Mercurial > emacs
comparison lisp/loaddefs-boot.el @ 52505:88edef684d4c
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2003/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-44
Add bootstrap mechanism for loaddefs.el
author | Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 15 Sep 2003 05:36:56 +0000 |
parents | |
children | 6c3511b37a9c |
comparison
equal
deleted
inserted
replaced
52504:cd1293e6665e | 52505:88edef684d4c |
---|---|
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads | |
2 ;; | |
3 ;;; Code: | |
4 | |
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best | |
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15941 42963)) | |
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el | |
9 | |
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
11 Play 5x5. | |
12 | |
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
14 squares you must fill the grid. | |
15 | |
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
17 \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
19 Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
20 Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
21 Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
22 Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game] | |
30 | |
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil) | |
32 | |
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions. | |
35 | |
36 \(fn)" t nil) | |
37 | |
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution. | |
40 | |
41 \(fn)" t nil) | |
42 | |
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution. | |
45 | |
46 \(fn)" t nil) | |
47 | |
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution. | |
50 Mutate the result. | |
51 | |
52 \(fn)" t nil) | |
53 | |
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
56 | |
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution. | |
61 | |
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil) | |
63 | |
64 ;;;*** | |
65 | |
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
67 ;;;;;; (16070 35808)) | |
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el | |
69 | |
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ | |
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. | |
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | |
73 extensions. | |
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | |
75 name | |
76 | |
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil) | |
78 | |
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ | |
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
81 This version was built on $Date: 2003/05/13 20:48:15 $. | |
82 | |
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
84 \\{ada-mode-map} | |
85 | |
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
88 | |
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
91 | |
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
94 | |
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' | |
96 | |
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
99 | |
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
102 | |
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
108 | |
109 If you use imenu.el: | |
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
111 | |
112 If you use find-file.el: | |
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. | |
118 | |
119 If you use ada-xref.el: | |
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'. | |
123 | |
124 \(fn)" t nil) | |
125 | |
126 ;;;*** | |
127 | |
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
129 ;;;;;; (16055 8591)) | |
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el | |
131 | |
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | |
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file. | |
134 | |
135 \(fn)" t nil) | |
136 | |
137 ;;;*** | |
138 | |
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" | |
140 ;;;;;; (16070 35808)) | |
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el | |
142 | |
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\ | |
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path. | |
145 Completion is available. | |
146 | |
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | |
148 | |
149 ;;;*** | |
150 | |
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun | |
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry | |
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address | |
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" | |
155 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16111 41824)) | |
156 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el | |
157 | |
158 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\ | |
159 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function. | |
160 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules. | |
161 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.") | |
162 | |
163 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log") | |
164 | |
165 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
166 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
167 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.") | |
168 | |
169 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log") | |
170 | |
171 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
172 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers. | |
173 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to | |
174 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements | |
175 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new | |
176 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.") | |
177 | |
178 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log") | |
179 | |
180 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
181 Prompt for a change log name. | |
182 | |
183 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
184 | |
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
187 | |
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
192 | |
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
196 | |
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
198 current buffer to the complete file name. | |
199 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'. | |
200 | |
201 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil) | |
202 | |
203 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
204 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file. | |
205 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
206 name and site. | |
207 | |
208 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log. | |
209 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
210 | |
211 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. | |
212 | |
213 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; | |
214 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
215 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
216 | |
217 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a | |
218 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by | |
219 the same person. | |
220 | |
221 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying | |
222 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these | |
223 notices. | |
224 | |
225 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if | |
226 non-nil, otherwise in local time. | |
227 | |
228 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil) | |
229 | |
230 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
231 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item. | |
232 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays | |
233 the change log file in another window. | |
234 | |
235 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil) | |
236 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) | |
237 | |
238 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
239 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
240 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
241 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
242 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
243 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'. | |
244 \\{change-log-mode-map} | |
245 | |
246 \(fn)" t nil) | |
247 | |
248 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
249 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
250 | |
251 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
252 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
253 | |
254 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
255 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
256 | |
257 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
258 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
259 | |
260 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
261 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl. | |
262 | |
263 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
264 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
265 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables | |
266 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and | |
267 `add-log-current-defun-function'. | |
268 | |
269 Has a preference of looking backwards. | |
270 | |
271 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
272 | |
273 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\ | |
274 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. | |
275 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on | |
276 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name | |
277 or a buffer. | |
278 | |
279 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and | |
280 old-style time formats for entries are supported. | |
281 | |
282 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil) | |
283 | |
284 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\ | |
285 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format. | |
286 | |
287 \(fn)" t nil) | |
288 | |
289 ;;;*** | |
290 | |
291 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
292 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16066 | |
293 ;;;;;; 53440)) | |
294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el | |
295 | |
296 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
297 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
298 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
299 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
300 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
301 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
302 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
303 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
304 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
305 interpreted as `error'.") | |
306 | |
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice") | |
308 | |
309 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
310 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
311 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
312 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
313 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
314 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will | |
315 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
316 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") | |
317 | |
318 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice") | |
319 | |
320 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
321 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. | |
322 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified | |
323 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
324 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
325 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
326 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
327 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
328 will be overwritten with the new one. | |
329 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be | |
330 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id | |
331 will clear the cache. | |
332 | |
333 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil) | |
334 | |
335 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). | |
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: | |
338 | |
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
341 BODY... ) | |
342 | |
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
347 see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
350 before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
357 | |
358 Semantics of the various flags: | |
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
362 | |
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
365 | |
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
367 advised function should be compiled. | |
368 | |
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used | |
370 during activation until somebody enables it. | |
371 | |
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
376 | |
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
382 during preloading. | |
383 | |
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation. | |
385 | |
386 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
387 | |
388 ;;;*** | |
389 | |
390 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule | |
391 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp | |
392 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16111 41824)) | |
393 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el | |
394 | |
395 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\ | |
396 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. | |
397 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to | |
398 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of | |
399 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location | |
400 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each | |
401 rule's `separate' attribute). | |
402 | |
403 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of | |
404 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their | |
405 `separate' attribute set. | |
406 | |
407 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the | |
408 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and | |
409 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details | |
410 on the format of these lists. | |
411 | |
412 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) | |
413 | |
414 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\ | |
415 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. | |
416 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt | |
417 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you | |
418 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding | |
419 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full | |
420 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also | |
421 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount | |
422 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout | |
423 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these | |
424 options. | |
425 | |
426 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to | |
427 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: | |
428 | |
429 Fred (123) 456-7890 | |
430 Alice (123) 456-7890 | |
431 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 | |
432 Joe (123) 456-7890 | |
433 | |
434 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it | |
435 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the | |
436 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression. | |
437 | |
438 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil) | |
439 | |
440 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\ | |
441 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. | |
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES | |
443 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to | |
444 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to | |
445 align that section. | |
446 | |
447 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) | |
448 | |
449 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\ | |
450 Call `align' on the current alignment section. | |
451 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and | |
452 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or | |
453 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it | |
454 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have | |
455 been used to align that section. | |
456 | |
457 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) | |
458 | |
459 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
460 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. | |
461 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule | |
462 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a | |
463 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the | |
464 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text | |
465 to be colored. | |
466 | |
467 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) | |
468 | |
469 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
470 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'. | |
471 | |
472 \(fn)" t nil) | |
473 | |
474 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\ | |
475 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes. | |
476 | |
477 \(fn)" t nil) | |
478 | |
479 ;;;*** | |
480 | |
481 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16066 53439)) | |
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el | |
483 | |
484 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\ | |
485 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'. | |
486 | |
487 MODE is one of the following symbols: | |
488 | |
489 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout; | |
490 - `activate', enable auto-activation only; | |
491 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with | |
492 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time; | |
493 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state; | |
494 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without | |
495 any confirmation check. | |
496 | |
497 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation | |
498 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of | |
499 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and | |
500 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout). | |
501 | |
502 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing) | |
503 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving | |
504 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting. | |
505 | |
506 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include | |
507 the following two lines in your emacs init file: | |
508 | |
509 \(require 'allout) | |
510 \(allout-init t) | |
511 | |
512 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | |
513 | |
514 ;;;*** | |
515 | |
516 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" | |
517 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16139 21086)) | |
518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el | |
519 | |
520 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir)) | |
521 | |
522 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
523 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
524 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
525 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
526 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
527 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents. | |
528 | |
529 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil) | |
530 | |
531 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
532 Not documented | |
533 | |
534 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
535 | |
536 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t) | |
537 | |
538 ;;;*** | |
539 | |
540 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string) | |
541 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15941 42963)) | |
542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el | |
543 | |
544 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\ | |
545 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation. | |
546 The characters start at randomly chosen places, | |
547 and all slide in parallel to their final positions, | |
548 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones. | |
549 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally | |
550 in the current window. | |
551 | |
552 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil) | |
553 | |
554 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\ | |
555 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer. | |
556 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines. | |
557 | |
558 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil) | |
559 | |
560 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\ | |
561 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer. | |
562 | |
563 \(fn)" t nil) | |
564 | |
565 ;;;*** | |
566 | |
567 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) | |
568 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16111 41824)) | |
569 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el | |
570 | |
571 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\ | |
572 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t. | |
573 | |
574 \(fn)" t nil) | |
575 | |
576 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\ | |
577 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties. | |
578 | |
579 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is | |
580 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using | |
581 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into | |
582 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'. | |
583 | |
584 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker | |
585 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark. | |
586 | |
587 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
588 | |
589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | |
590 | |
591 ;;;*** | |
592 | |
593 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules) | |
594 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15941 42963)) | |
595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el | |
596 | |
597 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
598 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory. | |
599 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode', | |
600 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer | |
601 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for | |
602 \\[yank]. | |
603 | |
604 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar | |
605 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary. | |
606 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of | |
607 the rules. | |
608 | |
609 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names | |
610 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a | |
611 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The | |
612 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'. | |
613 | |
614 \(fn)" t nil) | |
615 | |
616 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
617 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | |
618 \\{antlr-mode-map} | |
619 | |
620 \(fn)" t nil) | |
621 | |
622 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
623 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | |
624 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'. | |
625 | |
626 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
627 | |
628 ;;;*** | |
629 | |
630 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary | |
631 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
632 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
633 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15941 42957)) | |
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el | |
635 | |
636 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
637 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
638 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
639 as the first thing on a line.") | |
640 | |
641 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt") | |
642 | |
643 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
644 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
645 | |
646 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt") | |
647 | |
648 (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
649 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
650 | |
651 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt") | |
652 | |
653 (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
654 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
655 | |
656 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt") | |
657 | |
658 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
659 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
660 | |
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt") | |
662 | |
663 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
664 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
665 | |
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt") | |
667 | |
668 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
669 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
670 | |
671 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt") | |
672 | |
673 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
674 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
675 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
676 | |
677 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt") | |
678 | |
679 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
680 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG. | |
681 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format. | |
682 | |
683 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil) | |
684 | |
685 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
686 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments. | |
687 | |
688 \(fn)" t nil) | |
689 | |
690 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\ | |
691 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer. | |
692 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be | |
693 put in the appointments list. | |
694 02/23/89 | |
695 12:00pm lunch | |
696 Wednesday | |
697 10:00am group meeting | |
698 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER | |
699 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received. | |
700 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for. | |
701 | |
702 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
703 | |
704 ;;;*** | |
705 | |
706 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property | |
707 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" | |
708 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16174 61084)) | |
709 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el | |
710 | |
711 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\ | |
712 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. | |
713 | |
714 \\{apropos-mode-map} | |
715 | |
716 \(fn)" t nil) | |
717 | |
718 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ | |
719 Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
720 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
721 normal variables. | |
722 | |
723 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) | |
724 | |
725 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
726 | |
727 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
728 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP. | |
729 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
730 noninteractive functions. | |
731 | |
732 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
733 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE. | |
734 | |
735 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil) | |
736 | |
737 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\ | |
738 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors. | |
739 | |
740 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil) | |
741 | |
742 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
743 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP. | |
744 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also | |
745 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more | |
746 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found. | |
747 | |
748 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) | |
749 | |
750 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
751 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP. | |
752 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
753 at the function and at the names and values of properties. | |
754 Returns list of symbols and values found. | |
755 | |
756 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) | |
757 | |
758 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
759 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP. | |
760 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
761 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key | |
762 bindings. | |
763 Returns list of symbols and documentation found. | |
764 | |
765 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) | |
766 | |
767 ;;;*** | |
768 | |
769 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16111 | |
770 ;;;;;; 41824)) | |
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el | |
772 | |
773 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
774 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
775 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
776 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
777 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
778 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
779 | |
780 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
781 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
782 archive. | |
783 | |
784 \\{archive-mode-map} | |
785 | |
786 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil) | |
787 | |
788 ;;;*** | |
789 | |
790 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15941 42951)) | |
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el | |
792 | |
793 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
794 Major mode for editing arrays. | |
795 | |
796 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
797 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
798 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
799 | |
800 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. | |
801 | |
802 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
803 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, | |
804 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. | |
805 | |
806 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
807 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
808 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer | |
809 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | |
810 The variables are: | |
811 | |
812 Variables you assign: | |
813 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. | |
814 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
815 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
816 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
817 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
818 row numbers in the buffer. | |
819 | |
820 Variables which are calculated: | |
821 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. | |
822 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
823 | |
824 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
825 take a numeric prefix argument): | |
826 | |
827 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
828 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
829 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
830 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
831 | |
832 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
833 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
834 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
835 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
836 | |
837 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
838 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
839 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
840 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
841 | |
842 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
843 between that of point and mark. | |
844 | |
845 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
846 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
847 | |
848 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
849 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
850 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
851 newlines inside rows) | |
852 | |
853 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
854 | |
855 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'. | |
856 | |
857 \(fn)" t nil) | |
858 | |
859 ;;;*** | |
860 | |
861 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16162 | |
862 ;;;;;; 11943)) | |
863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el | |
864 | |
865 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\ | |
866 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive. | |
867 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses | |
868 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard. | |
869 | |
870 How to quit artist mode | |
871 | |
872 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode. | |
873 | |
874 | |
875 How to submit a bug report | |
876 | |
877 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report. | |
878 | |
879 | |
880 Drawing with the mouse: | |
881 | |
882 mouse-2 | |
883 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with | |
884 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described | |
885 below). | |
886 | |
887 mouse-1 | |
888 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies | |
889 or pastes: | |
890 | |
891 Operation Not shifted Shifted | |
892 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
893 Pen fill-char at point line from last point | |
894 to new point | |
895 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
896 Line Line in any direction Straight line | |
897 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
898 Rectangle Rectangle Square | |
899 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
900 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines | |
901 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
902 Ellipses Ellipses Circles | |
903 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
904 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite) | |
905 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
906 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray | |
907 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
908 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle | |
909 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
910 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected | |
911 lines | |
912 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
913 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square | |
914 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
915 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square | |
916 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
917 Paste Paste Paste | |
918 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
919 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill | |
920 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
921 | |
922 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically | |
923 or diagonally. | |
924 | |
925 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you | |
926 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment | |
927 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the | |
928 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing | |
929 poly-lines. | |
930 | |
931 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer | |
932 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while | |
933 overwrite means the opposite. | |
934 | |
935 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose | |
936 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable | |
937 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'. | |
938 | |
939 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square. | |
940 | |
941 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows. | |
942 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info. | |
943 | |
944 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation. | |
945 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you | |
946 are currently drawing something. | |
947 | |
948 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite | |
949 some time to fill. | |
950 | |
951 | |
952 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer | |
953 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle | |
954 | |
955 | |
956 Settings | |
957 | |
958 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares | |
959 | |
960 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines | |
961 | |
962 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing | |
963 | |
964 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding | |
965 | |
966 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape | |
967 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed) | |
968 | |
969 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes. | |
970 | |
971 | |
972 Drawing with keys | |
973 | |
974 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following: | |
975 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint | |
976 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point) | |
977 When erase characters: toggles erasing | |
978 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square | |
979 When pasting: Pastes | |
980 | |
981 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw | |
982 | |
983 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char]. | |
984 | |
985 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling | |
986 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing | |
987 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing | |
988 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding | |
989 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings | |
990 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes | |
991 | |
992 | |
993 Arrows | |
994 | |
995 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning | |
996 of the line/poly-line | |
997 | |
998 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end | |
999 of the line/poly-line | |
1000 | |
1001 | |
1002 Selecting operation | |
1003 | |
1004 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations: | |
1005 | |
1006 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines | |
1007 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines | |
1008 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles | |
1009 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares | |
1010 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines | |
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines | |
1012 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses | |
1013 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles | |
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru) | |
1015 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite) | |
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can | |
1017 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can | |
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters | |
1019 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles | |
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines | |
1021 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines | |
1022 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles | |
1023 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles | |
1024 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting | |
1025 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling | |
1026 | |
1027 | |
1028 Variables | |
1029 | |
1030 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info, | |
1031 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET). | |
1032 | |
1033 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not | |
1034 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point... | |
1035 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding | |
1036 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect | |
1037 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows | |
1038 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares | |
1039 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings | |
1040 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling | |
1041 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling | |
1042 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing | |
1043 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | |
1044 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | |
1045 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders | |
1046 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible | |
1047 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines | |
1048 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings | |
1049 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area | |
1050 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color'' | |
1051 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color'' | |
1052 | |
1053 Hooks | |
1054 | |
1055 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called. | |
1056 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called. | |
1057 | |
1058 | |
1059 Keymap summary | |
1060 | |
1061 \\{artist-mode-map} | |
1062 | |
1063 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil) | |
1064 | |
1065 ;;;*** | |
1066 | |
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16131 | |
1068 ;;;;;; 19792)) | |
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el | |
1070 | |
1071 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
1072 Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
1073 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
1074 | |
1075 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
1076 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
1077 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
1078 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
1079 | |
1080 The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
1081 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
1082 | |
1083 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
1084 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
1085 | |
1086 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
1087 | |
1088 Special commands: | |
1089 \\{asm-mode-map} | |
1090 | |
1091 \(fn)" t nil) | |
1092 | |
1093 ;;;*** | |
1094 | |
1095 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el" | |
1096 ;;;;;; (15941 42963)) | |
1097 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el | |
1098 | |
1099 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
1100 Obsolete.") | |
1101 | |
1102 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show") | |
1103 | |
1104 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
1105 This command is obsolete. | |
1106 | |
1107 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
1108 | |
1109 ;;;*** | |
1110 | |
1111 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el" | |
1112 ;;;;;; (15856 53268)) | |
1113 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el | |
1114 | |
1115 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\ | |
1116 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled. | |
1117 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
1118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
1119 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.") | |
1120 | |
1121 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg") | |
1122 | |
1123 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\ | |
1124 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally. | |
1125 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
1126 \\<autoarg-mode-map> | |
1127 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they | |
1128 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and | |
1129 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence | |
1130 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer. | |
1131 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is | |
1132 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off. | |
1133 | |
1134 For example: | |
1135 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'. | |
1136 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer. | |
1137 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and | |
1138 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]. | |
1139 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times. | |
1140 | |
1141 \\{autoarg-mode-map} | |
1142 | |
1143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
1144 | |
1145 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\ | |
1146 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled. | |
1147 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
1148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
1149 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.") | |
1150 | |
1151 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg") | |
1152 | |
1153 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\ | |
1154 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally. | |
1155 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
1156 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map> | |
1157 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1' | |
1158 &c to supply digit arguments. | |
1159 | |
1160 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map} | |
1161 | |
1162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
1163 | |
1164 ;;;*** | |
1165 | |
1166 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" | |
1167 ;;;;;; (16070 35808)) | |
1168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el | |
1169 | |
1170 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\ | |
1171 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files. | |
1172 | |
1173 \(fn)" t nil) | |
1174 | |
1175 ;;;*** | |
1176 | |
1177 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) | |
1178 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15941 42951)) | |
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el | |
1180 | |
1181 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
1182 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil. | |
1183 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'. | |
1184 | |
1185 \(fn)" t nil) | |
1186 | |
1187 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
1188 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
1189 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
1190 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs. | |
1191 | |
1192 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil) | |
1193 | |
1194 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\ | |
1195 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled. | |
1196 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
1197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
1198 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.") | |
1199 | |
1200 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert") | |
1201 | |
1202 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ | |
1203 Toggle Auto-insert mode. | |
1204 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
1205 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
1206 | |
1207 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | |
1208 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer. | |
1209 | |
1210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
1211 | |
1212 ;;;*** | |
1213 | |
1214 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads | |
1215 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
1216 ;;;;;; (16072 11522)) | |
1217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el | |
1218 | |
1219 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
1220 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
1221 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables). | |
1222 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it. | |
1223 | |
1224 \(fn FILE)" t nil) | |
1225 | |
1226 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
1227 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
1228 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work. | |
1229 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name | |
1230 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple | |
1231 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged. | |
1232 | |
1233 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the | |
1234 directory or directories specified. | |
1235 | |
1236 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil) | |
1237 | |
1238 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
1239 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
1240 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments. | |
1241 | |
1242 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
1243 | |
1244 ;;;*** | |
1245 | |
1246 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
1247 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 43199)) | |
1248 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el | |
1249 | |
1250 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ | |
1251 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
1252 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.") | |
1253 | |
1254 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
1255 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
1256 | |
1257 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
1258 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
1259 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers. | |
1260 | |
1261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
1262 | |
1263 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
1264 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
1265 | |
1266 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode) | |
1268 | |
1269 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
1270 | |
1271 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\ | |
1272 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled. | |
1273 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
1274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
1275 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.") | |
1276 | |
1277 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert") | |
1278 | |
1279 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
1280 Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
1281 | |
1282 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
1283 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
1284 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer. | |
1285 | |
1286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
1287 | |
1288 ;;;*** | |
1289 | |
1290 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" | |
1291 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 32214)) | |
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el | |
1293 | |
1294 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\ | |
1295 Activate mouse avoidance mode. | |
1296 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. | |
1297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
1298 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.") | |
1299 | |
1300 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid") | |
1301 | |
1302 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ | |
1303 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
1304 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
1305 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
1306 | |
1307 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish' | |
1308 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated | |
1309 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
1310 | |
1311 Effects of the different modes: | |
1312 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. | |
1313 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
1314 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
1315 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
1316 a random distance & direction. | |
1317 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
1318 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
1319 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
1320 | |
1321 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
1322 | |
1323 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
1324 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
1325 definition of \"random distance\".) | |
1326 | |
1327 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | |
1328 | |
1329 ;;;*** | |
1330 | |
1331 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
1332 ;;;;;; (15941 42958)) | |
1333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el | |
1334 | |
1335 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
1336 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
1337 | |
1338 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
1339 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
1340 | |
1341 For example: | |
1342 | |
1343 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
1344 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
1345 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
1346 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
1347 | |
1348 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted. | |
1349 | |
1350 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro)) | |
1351 | |
1352 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
1353 | |
1354 ;;;*** | |
1355 | |
1356 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
1357 ;;;;;; (15380 36786)) | |
1358 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el | |
1359 | |
1360 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
1361 Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
1362 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables | |
1363 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'. | |
1364 | |
1365 \(fn)" t nil) | |
1366 | |
1367 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
1368 Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
1369 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables | |
1370 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. | |
1371 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
1372 seconds. | |
1373 | |
1374 \(fn)" t nil) | |
1375 | |
1376 ;;;*** | |
1377 | |
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run) | |
1379 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (15934 33472)) | |
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el | |
1381 | |
1382 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\ | |
1383 Time execution of FORMS. | |
1384 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times, | |
1385 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run | |
1386 FORMS once. | |
1387 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of | |
1388 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection. | |
1389 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'. | |
1390 | |
1391 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro)) | |
1392 | |
1393 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\ | |
1394 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS. | |
1395 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the | |
1396 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the | |
1397 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for. | |
1398 | |
1399 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro)) | |
1400 | |
1401 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\ | |
1402 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM. | |
1403 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For | |
1404 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and | |
1405 `benchmark-run-compiled'. | |
1406 | |
1407 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil) | |
1408 | |
1409 ;;;*** | |
1410 | |
1411 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16136 | |
1412 ;;;;;; 53059)) | |
1413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el | |
1414 | |
1415 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
1416 Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
1417 | |
1418 General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
1419 | |
1420 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
1421 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
1422 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
1423 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
1424 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
1425 | |
1426 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable | |
1427 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
1428 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
1429 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
1430 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
1431 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
1432 | |
1433 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien' | |
1434 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode. | |
1435 | |
1436 | |
1437 Special information: | |
1438 | |
1439 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
1440 | |
1441 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
1442 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
1443 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
1444 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
1445 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
1446 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field. | |
1447 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
1448 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
1449 | |
1450 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
1451 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
1452 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
1453 `bibtex-entry-format'. | |
1454 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
1455 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
1456 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'. | |
1457 | |
1458 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
1459 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
1460 | |
1461 The following may be of interest as well: | |
1462 | |
1463 Functions: | |
1464 `bibtex-entry' | |
1465 `bibtex-kill-entry' | |
1466 `bibtex-yank-pop' | |
1467 `bibtex-pop-previous' | |
1468 `bibtex-pop-next' | |
1469 `bibtex-complete' | |
1470 `bibtex-print-help-message' | |
1471 `bibtex-generate-autokey' | |
1472 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry' | |
1473 `bibtex-end-of-entry' | |
1474 `bibtex-reposition-window' | |
1475 `bibtex-mark-entry' | |
1476 `bibtex-ispell-abstract' | |
1477 `bibtex-ispell-entry' | |
1478 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry' | |
1479 `bibtex-sort-buffer' | |
1480 `bibtex-validate' | |
1481 `bibtex-count' | |
1482 `bibtex-fill-entry' | |
1483 `bibtex-reformat' | |
1484 `bibtex-convert-alien' | |
1485 | |
1486 Variables: | |
1487 `bibtex-field-delimiters' | |
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref' | |
1489 `bibtex-include-OPTkey' | |
1490 `bibtex-user-optional-fields' | |
1491 `bibtex-entry-format' | |
1492 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries' | |
1493 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' | |
1494 `bibtex-entry-field-alist' | |
1495 `bibtex-predefined-strings' | |
1496 `bibtex-string-files' | |
1497 | |
1498 --------------------------------------------------------- | |
1499 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
1500 non-nil. | |
1501 | |
1502 \\{bibtex-mode-map} | |
1503 | |
1504 \(fn)" t nil) | |
1505 | |
1506 ;;;*** | |
1507 | |
1508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15856 53273)) | |
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el | |
1510 | |
1511 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$") | |
1512 | |
1513 ;;;*** | |
1514 | |
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15941 | |
1516 ;;;;;; 42963)) | |
1517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el | |
1518 | |
1519 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
1520 Play blackbox. | |
1521 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4. | |
1522 | |
1523 What is blackbox? | |
1524 | |
1525 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
1526 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
1527 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
1528 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
1529 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
1530 your score. | |
1531 | |
1532 Overview of play: | |
1533 | |
1534 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
1535 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
1536 four. | |
1537 | |
1538 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
1539 movement keys. | |
1540 | |
1541 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
1542 The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
1543 | |
1544 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
1545 box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
1546 | |
1547 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
1548 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
1549 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
1550 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
1551 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
1552 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
1553 | |
1554 Details: | |
1555 | |
1556 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
1557 | |
1558 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
1559 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
1560 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
1561 ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
1562 | |
1563 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
1564 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
1565 denoted by the letter `R'. | |
1566 | |
1567 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
1568 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
1569 denoted by the letter `H'. | |
1570 | |
1571 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
1572 example. | |
1573 | |
1574 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
1575 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
1576 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
1577 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
1578 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
1579 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
1580 ray. | |
1581 | |
1582 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
1583 degree deflection it causes. | |
1584 | |
1585 1 | |
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1587 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1588 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
1589 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
1594 2 3 | |
1595 | |
1596 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
1597 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
1598 | |
1599 | |
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1601 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1602 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
1603 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1606 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1608 | |
1609 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
1610 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
1611 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
1612 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
1613 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
1614 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
1615 emerging from the box. | |
1616 | |
1617 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
1618 | |
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
1622 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
1624 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1627 | |
1628 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
1629 a reflection. | |
1630 | |
1631 \(fn NUM)" t nil) | |
1632 | |
1633 ;;;*** | |
1634 | |
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
1638 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
1639 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
1640 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (16174 61084)) | |
1641 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el | |
1642 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
1643 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
1644 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
1645 | |
1646 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
1647 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
1648 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
1649 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
1650 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
1651 functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
1652 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map) | |
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set) | |
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark" | |
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump) | |
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go" | |
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert) | |
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) | |
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find" | |
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename) | |
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete) | |
1662 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load) | |
1663 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write) | |
1664 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save) | |
1665 | |
1666 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1667 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1668 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1669 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1670 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1671 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1672 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1673 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1674 recent one. | |
1675 | |
1676 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1677 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1678 yank successive words. | |
1679 | |
1680 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1681 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1682 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1683 name of the file being visited. | |
1684 | |
1685 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1686 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1687 the list of bookmarks.) | |
1688 | |
1689 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil) | |
1690 | |
1691 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1692 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1693 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1694 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1695 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1696 this. | |
1697 | |
1698 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1699 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1700 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1701 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record. | |
1702 | |
1703 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil) | |
1704 | |
1705 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1706 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1707 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1708 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1709 after a bookmark was set in it. | |
1710 | |
1711 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil) | |
1712 | |
1713 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1714 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1715 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1716 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'. | |
1717 | |
1718 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil) | |
1719 | |
1720 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1721 | |
1722 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1723 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1724 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1725 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1726 | |
1727 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1728 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1729 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1730 | |
1731 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1732 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1733 name. | |
1734 | |
1735 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil) | |
1736 | |
1737 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1738 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1739 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1740 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1741 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1742 this. | |
1743 | |
1744 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil) | |
1745 | |
1746 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1747 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. | |
1748 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1749 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1750 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1751 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1752 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1753 probably because we were called from there. | |
1754 | |
1755 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil) | |
1756 | |
1757 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1758 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1759 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead. | |
1760 | |
1761 \(fn)" t nil) | |
1762 | |
1763 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1764 Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1765 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1766 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1767 \(second argument). | |
1768 | |
1769 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1770 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1771 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1772 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1773 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1774 | |
1775 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1776 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1777 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1778 `bookmark-default-file'. | |
1779 | |
1780 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil) | |
1781 | |
1782 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1783 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1784 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1785 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1786 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1787 while loading. | |
1788 | |
1789 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1790 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1791 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1792 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1793 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1794 explicitly. | |
1795 | |
1796 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1797 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1798 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1799 method buffers use to resolve name collisions. | |
1800 | |
1801 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil) | |
1802 | |
1803 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1804 Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1805 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1806 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1807 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying. | |
1808 | |
1809 \(fn)" t nil) | |
1810 | |
1811 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1812 | |
1813 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1814 | |
1815 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1816 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1817 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1818 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1819 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1820 this. | |
1821 | |
1822 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1823 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1824 \"-menu-\" in its name). | |
1825 | |
1826 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
1827 | |
1828 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1829 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1830 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1831 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1832 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1833 this. | |
1834 | |
1835 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1836 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1837 \"-menu-\" in its name). | |
1838 | |
1839 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
1840 | |
1841 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1842 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1843 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). | |
1844 | |
1845 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1846 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1847 \"-menu-\" in its name). | |
1848 | |
1849 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
1850 | |
1851 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1852 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. | |
1853 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. | |
1854 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
1855 prompts for NEWNAME. | |
1856 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was | |
1857 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1858 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1859 | |
1860 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1861 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1862 name. | |
1863 | |
1864 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1865 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1866 \"-menu-\" in its name). | |
1867 | |
1868 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
1869 | |
1870 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1871 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. | |
1872 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1873 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1874 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1875 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1876 | |
1877 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1878 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1879 \"-menu-\" in its name). | |
1880 | |
1881 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
1882 | |
1883 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1884 | |
1885 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1886 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] | |
1887 '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) | |
1888 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] | |
1889 '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) | |
1890 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] | |
1891 '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) | |
1892 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] | |
1893 '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1894 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] | |
1895 '("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)) | |
1896 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] | |
1897 '("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)) | |
1898 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] | |
1899 '("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)) | |
1900 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] | |
1901 '("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)) | |
1902 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] | |
1903 '("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)) | |
1904 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] | |
1905 '("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)) | |
1906 | |
1907 ;;;*** | |
1908 | |
1909 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail | |
1910 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm | |
1911 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic | |
1912 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz | |
1913 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape | |
1914 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point | |
1915 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file | |
1916 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function) | |
1917 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16174 61085)) | |
1918 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el | |
1919 | |
1920 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\ | |
1921 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. | |
1922 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1923 `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1924 | |
1925 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1926 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1927 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1928 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1929 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1930 | |
1931 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url") | |
1932 | |
1933 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1934 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1935 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1936 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1937 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1938 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'. | |
1939 | |
1940 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | |
1941 | |
1942 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1943 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1944 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1945 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1946 narrowed. | |
1947 | |
1948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
1949 | |
1950 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1951 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line. | |
1952 | |
1953 \(fn)" t nil) | |
1954 | |
1955 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1956 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region. | |
1957 | |
1958 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil) | |
1959 | |
1960 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1961 Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1962 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1963 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use. | |
1964 | |
1965 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil) | |
1966 | |
1967 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1968 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1969 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1970 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use. | |
1971 | |
1972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
1973 | |
1974 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1975 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1976 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1977 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1978 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1979 to use. | |
1980 | |
1981 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
1982 | |
1983 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\ | |
1984 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL. | |
1985 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1986 | |
1987 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | |
1988 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use | |
1989 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1990 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
1991 | |
1992 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1993 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
1994 | |
1995 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape, | |
1996 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3. | |
1997 | |
1998 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
1999 | |
2000 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | |
2001 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
2002 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
2003 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
2004 | |
2005 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | |
2006 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a | |
2007 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
2008 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2009 | |
2010 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
2011 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2012 | |
2013 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2014 | |
2015 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\ | |
2016 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL. | |
2017 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
2018 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla. | |
2019 | |
2020 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | |
2021 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a | |
2022 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
2023 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2024 | |
2025 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a | |
2026 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a | |
2027 new tab in an existing window instead. | |
2028 | |
2029 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
2030 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2031 | |
2032 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2033 | |
2034 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\ | |
2035 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL. | |
2036 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
2037 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon. | |
2038 | |
2039 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | |
2040 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a | |
2041 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
2042 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2043 | |
2044 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a | |
2045 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a | |
2046 new tab in an existing window instead. | |
2047 | |
2048 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
2049 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2050 | |
2051 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2052 | |
2053 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\ | |
2054 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'. | |
2055 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
2056 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed. | |
2057 | |
2058 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | |
2059 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an | |
2060 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the | |
2061 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2062 | |
2063 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
2064 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2065 | |
2066 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2067 | |
2068 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
2069 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
2070 | |
2071 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
2072 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
2073 program is invoked according to the variable | |
2074 `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
2075 | |
2076 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | |
2077 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a | |
2078 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
2079 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2080 | |
2081 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
2082 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2083 | |
2084 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2085 | |
2086 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
2087 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
2088 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
2089 variable `browse-url-grail'. | |
2090 | |
2091 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2092 | |
2093 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
2094 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
2095 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
2096 | |
2097 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
2098 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
2099 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
2100 | |
2101 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | |
2102 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a | |
2103 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
2104 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2105 | |
2106 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
2107 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2108 | |
2109 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2110 | |
2111 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
2112 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
2113 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
2114 | |
2115 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2116 | |
2117 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
2118 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
2119 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
2120 | |
2121 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | |
2122 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive | |
2123 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2124 | |
2125 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
2126 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2127 | |
2128 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2129 | |
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
2131 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
2132 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
2133 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point. | |
2134 | |
2135 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2136 | |
2137 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
2138 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
2139 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
2140 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
2141 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'. | |
2142 | |
2143 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2144 | |
2145 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
2146 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
2147 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
2148 a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
2149 | |
2150 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | |
2151 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, | |
2152 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
2153 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2154 | |
2155 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
2156 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2157 | |
2158 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil) | |
2159 | |
2160 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
2161 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
2162 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
2163 | |
2164 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2165 | |
2166 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
2167 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
2168 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
2169 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
2170 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
2171 current one. | |
2172 | |
2173 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | |
2174 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A | |
2175 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
2176 `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2177 | |
2178 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
2179 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | |
2180 | |
2181 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2182 | |
2183 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
2184 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
2185 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
2186 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
2187 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
2188 don't offer a form of remote control. | |
2189 | |
2190 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2191 | |
2192 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\ | |
2193 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL. | |
2194 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
2195 | |
2196 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
2197 | |
2198 ;;;*** | |
2199 | |
2200 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15830 | |
2201 ;;;;;; 37093)) | |
2202 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el | |
2203 | |
2204 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
2205 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail. | |
2206 | |
2207 \(fn)" t nil) | |
2208 | |
2209 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
2210 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'. | |
2211 | |
2212 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
2213 | |
2214 ;;;*** | |
2215 | |
2216 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) | |
2217 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15731 5408)) | |
2218 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el | |
2219 | |
2220 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ | |
2221 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
2222 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
2223 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'. | |
2224 | |
2225 \(fn)" t nil) | |
2226 | |
2227 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ | |
2228 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
2229 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
2230 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'. | |
2231 | |
2232 \(fn)" t nil) | |
2233 | |
2234 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ | |
2235 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu. | |
2236 | |
2237 \(fn)" t nil) | |
2238 | |
2239 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ | |
2240 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list. | |
2241 \\<bs-mode-map> | |
2242 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for | |
2243 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. | |
2244 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer | |
2245 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] | |
2246 | |
2247 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. | |
2248 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. | |
2249 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function | |
2250 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly | |
2251 name of buffer configuration. | |
2252 | |
2253 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
2254 | |
2255 ;;;*** | |
2256 | |
2257 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button | |
2258 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15924 | |
2259 ;;;;;; 18767)) | |
2260 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el | |
2261 | |
2262 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " | |
2263 " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\ | |
2264 Keymap used by buttons.") | |
2265 | |
2266 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\ | |
2267 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons. | |
2268 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.") | |
2269 | |
2270 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\ | |
2271 Define a `button type' called NAME. | |
2272 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
2273 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type | |
2274 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when | |
2275 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument). | |
2276 | |
2277 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a | |
2278 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values | |
2279 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent | |
2280 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes). | |
2281 | |
2282 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) | |
2283 | |
2284 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\ | |
2285 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. | |
2286 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
2287 specifying properties to add to the button. | |
2288 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
2289 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
2290 `define-button-type'. | |
2291 | |
2292 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'. | |
2293 | |
2294 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) | |
2295 | |
2296 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\ | |
2297 Insert a button with the label LABEL. | |
2298 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
2299 specifying properties to add to the button. | |
2300 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
2301 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
2302 `define-button-type'. | |
2303 | |
2304 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'. | |
2305 | |
2306 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) | |
2307 | |
2308 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\ | |
2309 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. | |
2310 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
2311 specifying properties to add to the button. | |
2312 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
2313 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
2314 `define-button-type'. | |
2315 | |
2316 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually | |
2317 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating | |
2318 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using | |
2319 `make-text-button'. | |
2320 | |
2321 Also see `insert-text-button'. | |
2322 | |
2323 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) | |
2324 | |
2325 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\ | |
2326 Insert a button with the label LABEL. | |
2327 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
2328 specifying properties to add to the button. | |
2329 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
2330 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
2331 `define-button-type'. | |
2332 | |
2333 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is | |
2334 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. | |
2335 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using | |
2336 `insert-text-button'. | |
2337 | |
2338 Also see `make-text-button'. | |
2339 | |
2340 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) | |
2341 | |
2342 ;;;*** | |
2343 | |
2344 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile | |
2345 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile | |
2346 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory | |
2347 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" | |
2348 ;;;;;; (16136 53055)) | |
2349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el | |
2350 | |
2351 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2352 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
2353 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
2354 | |
2355 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil) | |
2356 | |
2357 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2358 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
2359 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
2360 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
2361 | |
2362 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not* | |
2363 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, | |
2364 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files. | |
2365 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, | |
2366 whether to compile it. | |
2367 | |
2368 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it. | |
2369 | |
2370 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
2371 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file. | |
2372 | |
2373 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil) | |
2374 | |
2375 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2376 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
2377 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
2378 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling. | |
2379 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors. | |
2380 | |
2381 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil) | |
2382 | |
2383 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2384 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
2385 Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
2386 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form. | |
2387 | |
2388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
2389 | |
2390 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2391 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
2392 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function. | |
2393 | |
2394 \(fn FORM)" nil nil) | |
2395 | |
2396 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2397 Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
2398 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
2399 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
2400 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
2401 all functions called by those functions. | |
2402 | |
2403 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
2404 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
2405 cons, etc.). | |
2406 | |
2407 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
2408 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
2409 invoked interactively. | |
2410 | |
2411 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
2412 | |
2413 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2414 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date. | |
2415 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
2416 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
2417 | |
2418 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
2419 | |
2420 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2421 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
2422 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
2423 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
2424 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
2425 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\". | |
2426 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be | |
2427 already up-to-date. | |
2428 | |
2429 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil) | |
2430 | |
2431 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2432 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
2433 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
2434 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'. | |
2435 | |
2436 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
2437 | |
2438 ;;;*** | |
2439 | |
2440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15941 42957)) | |
2441 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el | |
2442 | |
2443 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2444 | |
2445 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2446 | |
2447 ;;;*** | |
2448 | |
2449 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
2450 ;;;;;; (16174 61085)) | |
2451 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el | |
2452 | |
2453 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
2454 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
2455 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
2456 from the cursor position. | |
2457 | |
2458 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil) | |
2459 | |
2460 ;;;*** | |
2461 | |
2462 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle | |
2463 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc | |
2464 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15941 | |
2465 ;;;;;; 42957)) | |
2466 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el | |
2467 | |
2468 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\ | |
2469 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.") | |
2470 | |
2471 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\ | |
2472 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.") | |
2473 | |
2474 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\ | |
2475 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be | |
2476 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\". | |
2477 If nil, use original installation directory. | |
2478 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.") | |
2479 | |
2480 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\ | |
2481 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.") | |
2482 | |
2483 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\ | |
2484 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.") | |
2485 | |
2486 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\ | |
2487 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.") | |
2488 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch) | |
2489 | |
2490 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\ | |
2491 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details. | |
2492 | |
2493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
2494 | |
2495 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\ | |
2496 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\". | |
2497 | |
2498 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil) | |
2499 | |
2500 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\ | |
2501 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window. | |
2502 | |
2503 \(fn)" t nil) | |
2504 | |
2505 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\ | |
2506 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator. | |
2507 | |
2508 \(fn)" t nil) | |
2509 | |
2510 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\ | |
2511 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string. | |
2512 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form, | |
2513 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form. | |
2514 | |
2515 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
2516 | |
2517 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\ | |
2518 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode. | |
2519 This is most useful in the X window system. | |
2520 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button. | |
2521 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press. | |
2522 | |
2523 \(fn)" t nil) | |
2524 | |
2525 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\ | |
2526 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode. | |
2527 See calc-keypad for details. | |
2528 | |
2529 \(fn)" t nil) | |
2530 | |
2531 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\ | |
2532 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack. | |
2533 | |
2534 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil) | |
2535 | |
2536 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\ | |
2537 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack. | |
2538 | |
2539 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil) | |
2540 | |
2541 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\ | |
2542 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point. | |
2543 | |
2544 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil) | |
2545 | |
2546 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\ | |
2547 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas. | |
2548 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto. | |
2549 | |
2550 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil) | |
2551 | |
2552 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\ | |
2553 Not documented | |
2554 | |
2555 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
2556 | |
2557 ;;;*** | |
2558 | |
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" | |
2560 ;;;;;; (15941 42957)) | |
2561 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el | |
2562 | |
2563 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\ | |
2564 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc. | |
2565 | |
2566 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
2567 | |
2568 ;;;*** | |
2569 | |
2570 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15941 | |
2571 ;;;;;; 42951)) | |
2572 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el | |
2573 | |
2574 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\ | |
2575 Run the Emacs calculator. | |
2576 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information. | |
2577 | |
2578 \(fn)" t nil) | |
2579 | |
2580 ;;;*** | |
2581 | |
2582 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays | |
2583 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
2584 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
2585 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
2586 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
2587 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
2588 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
2589 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
2590 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
2591 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook | |
2592 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
2593 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
2594 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
2595 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar | |
2596 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | |
2597 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
2598 ;;;;;; (16174 61085)) | |
2599 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el | |
2600 | |
2601 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
2602 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
2603 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
2604 | |
2605 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar") | |
2606 | |
2607 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
2608 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
2609 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
2610 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
2611 the screen.") | |
2612 | |
2613 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar") | |
2614 | |
2615 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
2616 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
2617 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
2618 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
2619 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
2620 | |
2621 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar") | |
2622 | |
2623 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
2624 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
2625 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used, | |
2626 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For | |
2627 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
2628 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
2629 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
2630 | |
2631 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
2632 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
2633 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
2634 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
2635 Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
2636 | |
2637 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
2638 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
2639 number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
2640 | |
2641 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar") | |
2642 | |
2643 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
2644 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
2645 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
2646 | |
2647 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar") | |
2648 | |
2649 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ | |
2650 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | |
2651 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | |
2652 | |
2653 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar") | |
2654 | |
2655 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ | |
2656 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
2657 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
2658 displayed.") | |
2659 | |
2660 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar") | |
2661 | |
2662 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
2663 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
2664 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
2665 | |
2666 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar") | |
2667 | |
2668 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2669 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
2670 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2671 | |
2672 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
2673 | |
2674 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar") | |
2675 | |
2676 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2677 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
2678 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2679 | |
2680 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
2681 calendar.") | |
2682 | |
2683 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar") | |
2684 | |
2685 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2686 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
2687 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2688 | |
2689 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
2690 calendar.") | |
2691 | |
2692 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar") | |
2693 | |
2694 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
2695 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
2696 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
2697 | |
2698 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar") | |
2699 | |
2700 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
2701 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
2702 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
2703 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
2704 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
2705 | |
2706 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar") | |
2707 | |
2708 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
2709 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
2710 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
2711 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
2712 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
2713 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
2714 a function is also provided for this: | |
2715 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
2716 | |
2717 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
2718 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
2719 date is not visible in the window. | |
2720 | |
2721 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
2722 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
2723 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
2724 | |
2725 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar") | |
2726 | |
2727 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
2728 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
2729 | |
2730 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
2731 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
2732 date is visible in the window. | |
2733 | |
2734 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
2735 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
2736 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
2737 | |
2738 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar") | |
2739 | |
2740 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ | |
2741 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
2742 | |
2743 For example, | |
2744 | |
2745 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
2746 | |
2747 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
2748 | |
2749 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar") | |
2750 | |
2751 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ | |
2752 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
2753 | |
2754 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms | |
2755 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default: | |
2756 | |
2757 MONTH/DAY | |
2758 MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
2759 MONTHNAME DAY | |
2760 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
2761 DAYNAME | |
2762 | |
2763 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for | |
2764 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a | |
2765 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two | |
2766 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME | |
2767 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables | |
2768 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'), | |
2769 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and | |
2770 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period, | |
2771 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be | |
2772 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the | |
2773 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any | |
2774 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week | |
2775 in every week. | |
2776 | |
2777 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be | |
2778 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the | |
2779 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs | |
2780 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are | |
2781 | |
2782 DAY/MONTH | |
2783 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
2784 DAY MONTHNAME | |
2785 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
2786 DAYNAME | |
2787 | |
2788 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
2789 `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
2790 | |
2791 A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
2792 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
2793 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
2794 window but will appear in a diary window. | |
2795 | |
2796 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
2797 either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
2798 | |
2799 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
2800 entries (in the default American style): | |
2801 | |
2802 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
2803 &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
2804 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
2805 21: Payday | |
2806 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
2807 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
2808 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
2809 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
2810 mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
2811 April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
2812 &* 15 time cards due. | |
2813 | |
2814 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
2815 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
2816 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
2817 single diary entry | |
2818 | |
2819 02/11/1989 | |
2820 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
2821 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
2822 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
2823 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
2824 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
2825 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
2826 | |
2827 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
2828 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
2829 used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
2830 | |
2831 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
2832 | |
2833 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
2834 | |
2835 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
2836 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
2837 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
2838 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
2839 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
2840 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
2841 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
2842 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
2843 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
2844 | |
2845 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
2846 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
2847 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
2848 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
2849 for these functions for details. | |
2850 | |
2851 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
2852 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2853 | |
2854 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar") | |
2855 | |
2856 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
2857 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
2858 | |
2859 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar") | |
2860 | |
2861 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
2862 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
2863 | |
2864 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar") | |
2865 | |
2866 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
2867 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
2868 | |
2869 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar") | |
2870 | |
2871 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
2872 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
2873 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
2874 | |
2875 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar") | |
2876 | |
2877 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
2878 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'. | |
2879 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") | |
2880 | |
2881 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar") | |
2882 | |
2883 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
2884 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
2885 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
2886 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
2887 | |
2888 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar") | |
2889 | |
2890 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
2891 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
2892 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
2893 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern') | |
2894 are | |
2895 | |
2896 DAY/MONTH | |
2897 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
2898 DAY MONTHNAME | |
2899 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
2900 DAYNAME | |
2901 | |
2902 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the | |
2903 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by | |
2904 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.") | |
2905 | |
2906 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar") | |
2907 | |
2908 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
2909 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
2910 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2911 | |
2912 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar") | |
2913 | |
2914 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
2915 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. | |
2916 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2917 | |
2918 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar") | |
2919 | |
2920 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
2921 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
2922 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
2923 | |
2924 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar") | |
2925 | |
2926 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
2927 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
2928 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
2929 | |
2930 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar") | |
2931 | |
2932 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
2933 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
2934 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
2935 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
2936 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
2937 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
2938 | |
2939 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar") | |
2940 | |
2941 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2942 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
2943 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
2944 | |
2945 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
2946 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
2947 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
2948 of the form | |
2949 | |
2950 #include \"filename\" | |
2951 | |
2952 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2953 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
2954 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
2955 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2956 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
2957 | |
2958 For example, you could use | |
2959 | |
2960 (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
2961 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
2962 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
2963 | |
2964 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
2965 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
2966 lexicographic order.") | |
2967 | |
2968 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar") | |
2969 | |
2970 (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
2971 *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
2972 Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
2973 | |
2974 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar") | |
2975 | |
2976 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
2977 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
2978 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
2979 diary display. | |
2980 | |
2981 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
2982 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
2983 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
2984 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
2985 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
2986 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
2987 holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
2988 | |
2989 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
2990 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
2991 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
2992 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
2993 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
2994 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
2995 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
2996 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
2997 | |
2998 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar") | |
2999 | |
3000 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
3001 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
3002 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
3003 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
3004 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
3005 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
3006 | |
3007 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar") | |
3008 | |
3009 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
3010 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
3011 | |
3012 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
3013 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together | |
3014 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
3015 of the form | |
3016 #include \"filename\" | |
3017 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
3018 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
3019 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
3020 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
3021 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
3022 | |
3023 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar") | |
3024 | |
3025 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
3026 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
3027 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
3028 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
3029 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
3030 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
3031 | |
3032 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar") | |
3033 | |
3034 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
3035 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
3036 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
3037 are holidays.") | |
3038 | |
3039 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar") | |
3040 | |
3041 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
3042 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
3043 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
3044 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
3045 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
3046 | |
3047 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar") | |
3048 | |
3049 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3050 | |
3051 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
3052 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
3053 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
3054 | |
3055 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar") | |
3056 | |
3057 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3058 | |
3059 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
3060 *Oriental holidays. | |
3061 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
3062 | |
3063 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar") | |
3064 | |
3065 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3066 | |
3067 (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
3068 *Local holidays. | |
3069 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
3070 | |
3071 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar") | |
3072 | |
3073 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3074 | |
3075 (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
3076 *User defined holidays. | |
3077 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
3078 | |
3079 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar") | |
3080 | |
3081 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3082 | |
3083 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
3084 | |
3085 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3086 | |
3087 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
3088 | |
3089 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3090 | |
3091 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
3092 | |
3093 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3094 | |
3095 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
3096 | |
3097 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3098 | |
3099 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
3100 *Jewish holidays. | |
3101 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
3102 | |
3103 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar") | |
3104 | |
3105 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3106 | |
3107 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
3108 *Christian holidays. | |
3109 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
3110 | |
3111 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar") | |
3112 | |
3113 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3114 | |
3115 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
3116 *Islamic holidays. | |
3117 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
3118 | |
3119 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar") | |
3120 | |
3121 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3122 | |
3123 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
3124 *Sun-related holidays. | |
3125 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
3126 | |
3127 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar") | |
3128 | |
3129 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
3130 | |
3131 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
3132 The frame set up of the calendar. | |
3133 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
3134 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
3135 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
3136 any other value the current frame is used.") | |
3137 | |
3138 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
3139 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
3140 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
3141 | |
3142 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'. | |
3143 See the documentation of that function for more information. | |
3144 | |
3145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
3146 | |
3147 ;;;*** | |
3148 | |
3149 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
3150 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
3151 ;;;;;; (16174 61085)) | |
3152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el | |
3153 | |
3154 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
3155 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer. | |
3156 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary | |
3157 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise | |
3158 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or | |
3159 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more | |
3160 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info. | |
3161 | |
3162 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil) | |
3163 | |
3164 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
3165 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
3166 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode)) | |
3167 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode)) | |
3168 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode)) | |
3169 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode)) | |
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode)) | |
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode)) | |
3172 | |
3173 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
3174 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
3175 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
3176 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
3177 information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
3178 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message. | |
3179 | |
3180 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
3181 | |
3182 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | |
3183 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'. | |
3184 | |
3185 Key bindings: | |
3186 \\{c-mode-map} | |
3187 | |
3188 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3189 | |
3190 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
3191 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
3192 | |
3193 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
3194 Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
3195 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
3196 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
3197 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
3198 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
3199 message. | |
3200 | |
3201 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
3202 | |
3203 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | |
3204 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'. | |
3205 | |
3206 Key bindings: | |
3207 \\{c++-mode-map} | |
3208 | |
3209 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3210 | |
3211 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
3212 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode)) | |
3214 | |
3215 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
3216 Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
3217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
3218 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
3219 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
3220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
3221 message. | |
3222 | |
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
3224 | |
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | |
3226 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'. | |
3227 | |
3228 Key bindings: | |
3229 \\{objc-mode-map} | |
3230 | |
3231 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3232 | |
3233 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
3234 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode)) | |
3236 | |
3237 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
3238 Major mode for editing Java code. | |
3239 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
3240 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
3241 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
3242 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
3243 message. | |
3244 | |
3245 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
3246 | |
3247 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | |
3248 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'. | |
3249 | |
3250 Key bindings: | |
3251 \\{java-mode-map} | |
3252 | |
3253 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3254 | |
3255 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
3256 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode)) | |
3258 | |
3259 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
3260 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code. | |
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
3262 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
3265 message. | |
3266 | |
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
3268 | |
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | |
3270 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'. | |
3271 | |
3272 Key bindings: | |
3273 \\{idl-mode-map} | |
3274 | |
3275 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3276 | |
3277 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
3278 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
3279 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode)) | |
3280 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode)) | |
3281 | |
3282 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
3283 Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
3284 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
3285 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
3286 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
3287 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
3288 message. | |
3289 | |
3290 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
3291 | |
3292 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | |
3293 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'. | |
3294 | |
3295 Key bindings: | |
3296 \\{pike-mode-map} | |
3297 | |
3298 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3299 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode)) | |
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode)) | |
3301 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode)) | |
3302 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode)) | |
3303 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode)) | |
3304 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.") | |
3305 | |
3306 ;;;*** | |
3307 | |
3308 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
3309 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16139 20775)) | |
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el | |
3311 | |
3312 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
3313 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
3314 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
3315 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
3316 for details of setting up styles. | |
3317 | |
3318 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
3319 style name. | |
3320 | |
3321 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that | |
3322 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | |
3323 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | |
3324 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | |
3325 will be reassigned. | |
3326 | |
3327 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that | |
3328 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings | |
3329 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding | |
3330 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook | |
3331 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the | |
3332 default). | |
3333 | |
3334 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the | |
3335 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since | |
3336 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect | |
3337 when used elsewhere. | |
3338 | |
3339 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil) | |
3340 | |
3341 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
3342 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
3343 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION | |
3344 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
3345 | |
3346 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
3347 | |
3348 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
3349 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
3350 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil. | |
3351 | |
3352 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil) | |
3353 | |
3354 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
3355 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
3356 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
3357 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used | |
3358 and exists only for compatibility reasons. | |
3359 | |
3360 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil) | |
3361 | |
3362 ;;;*** | |
3363 | |
3364 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
3365 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
3366 ;;;;;; (16111 41831)) | |
3367 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el | |
3368 | |
3369 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
3370 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers. | |
3371 | |
3372 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil) | |
3373 | |
3374 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
3375 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE. | |
3376 | |
3377 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil) | |
3378 | |
3379 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
3380 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
3381 | |
3382 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
3383 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
3384 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
3385 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
3386 execution. | |
3387 | |
3388 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program. | |
3389 | |
3390 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro)) | |
3391 | |
3392 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
3393 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
3394 | |
3395 CCL-PROGRAM has this form: | |
3396 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION | |
3397 CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
3398 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ]) | |
3399 | |
3400 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate | |
3401 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data | |
3402 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and | |
3403 `write' commands. | |
3404 | |
3405 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
3406 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command | |
3407 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If | |
3408 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed. | |
3409 | |
3410 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines | |
3411 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the | |
3412 semantics. | |
3413 | |
3414 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
3415 | |
3416 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
3417 | |
3418 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
3419 | |
3420 STATEMENT := | |
3421 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL | |
3422 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END | |
3423 | |
3424 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) | |
3425 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION) | |
3426 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer). | |
3427 | integer | |
3428 | |
3429 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG) | |
3430 | |
3431 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute | |
3432 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1. | |
3433 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
3434 | |
3435 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute | |
3436 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N. | |
3437 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
3438 | |
3439 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed. | |
3440 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
3441 | |
3442 ;; Terminate the most inner loop. | |
3443 BREAK := (break) | |
3444 | |
3445 REPEAT := | |
3446 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop. | |
3447 (repeat) | |
3448 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string]) | |
3449 ;; (repeat)) | |
3450 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string]) | |
3451 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY]) | |
3452 ;; (read REG) | |
3453 ;; (repeat)) | |
3454 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY]) | |
3455 ;; Same as: ((write integer) | |
3456 ;; (read REG) | |
3457 ;; (repeat)) | |
3458 | (write-read-repeat REG integer) | |
3459 | |
3460 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1 | |
3461 ;; to the next byte read, and so on. | |
3462 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
3463 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
3464 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)) | |
3465 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
3466 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
3467 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])) | |
3468 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
3469 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing | |
3470 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of | |
3471 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the | |
3472 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1 | |
3473 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code | |
3474 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point. | |
3475 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
3476 | |
3477 WRITE := | |
3478 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is | |
3479 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
3480 ;; representation. | |
3481 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
3482 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION) | |
3483 ;; (write r7)) | |
3484 | (write EXPRESSION) | |
3485 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it | |
3486 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
3487 ;; representation. | |
3488 | (write integer) | |
3489 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output | |
3490 ;; buffer. | |
3491 | (write string) | |
3492 ;; Same as: (write string) | |
3493 | string | |
3494 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of | |
3495 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte | |
3496 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
3497 ;; representation. | |
3498 | (write REG ARRAY) | |
3499 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose | |
3500 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the | |
3501 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 << | |
3502 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1 | |
3503 ;; is the second code point of the character. | |
3504 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
3505 | |
3506 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name. | |
3507 CALL := (call ccl-program-name) | |
3508 | |
3509 ;; Terminate the CCL program. | |
3510 END := (end) | |
3511 | |
3512 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also | |
3513 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly. | |
3514 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 | |
3515 | |
3516 ARG := REG | integer | |
3517 | |
3518 OPERATOR := | |
3519 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code). | |
3520 + | - | * | / | % | |
3521 | |
3522 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code) | |
3523 | & | `|' | ^ | |
3524 | |
3525 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code) | |
3526 | << | >> | |
3527 | |
3528 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means: | |
3529 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1)) | |
3530 | <8 | |
3531 | |
3532 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means: | |
3533 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8)) | |
3534 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255))) | |
3535 | >8 | |
3536 | |
3537 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means: | |
3538 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1)) | |
3539 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1))) | |
3540 | // | |
3541 | |
3542 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code) | |
3543 | < | > | == | <= | >= | != | |
3544 | |
3545 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS | |
3546 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character, | |
3547 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
3548 ;; ((REG = CODE0) | |
3549 ;; (r7 = CODE1)) | |
3550 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the | |
3551 ;; second code point of CHAR. | |
3552 | de-sjis | |
3553 | |
3554 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of | |
3555 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding | |
3556 ;; Shift-JIS code, | |
3557 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
3558 ;; ((REG = HIGH) | |
3559 ;; (r7 = LOW)) | |
3560 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower | |
3561 ;; byte of SJIS. | |
3562 | en-sjis | |
3563 | |
3564 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR := | |
3565 ;; Same meaning as C code | |
3566 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= | |
3567 | |
3568 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as: | |
3569 ;; ((REG <<= 8) | |
3570 ;; (REG |= ARG)) | |
3571 | <8= | |
3572 | |
3573 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as: | |
3574 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255)) | |
3575 ;; (REG >>= 8)) | |
3576 | |
3577 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as: | |
3578 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG)) | |
3579 ;; (REG /= ARG)) | |
3580 | //= | |
3581 | |
3582 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]' | |
3583 | |
3584 | |
3585 TRANSLATE := | |
3586 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
3587 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
3588 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'. | |
3589 LOOKUP := | |
3590 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
3591 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer)) | |
3592 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'. | |
3593 MAP := | |
3594 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs) | |
3595 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET)) | |
3596 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID) | |
3597 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ... | |
3598 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET | |
3599 MAP-ID := integer | |
3600 | |
3601 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro)) | |
3602 | |
3603 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
3604 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
3605 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
3606 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
3607 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
3608 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME. | |
3609 | |
3610 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro)) | |
3611 | |
3612 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
3613 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
3614 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers. | |
3615 | |
3616 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program. | |
3617 | |
3618 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
3619 | |
3620 ;;;*** | |
3621 | |
3622 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
3623 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
3624 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
3625 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
3626 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
3627 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer | |
3628 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive | |
3629 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
3630 ;;;;;; (16111 41827)) | |
3631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el | |
3632 | |
3633 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3634 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
3635 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which | |
3636 the users will view as each check is completed. | |
3637 | |
3638 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3639 | |
3640 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3641 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
3642 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
3643 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
3644 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
3645 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
3646 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
3647 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior. | |
3648 | |
3649 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil) | |
3650 | |
3651 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3652 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
3653 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
3654 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
3655 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
3656 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
3657 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
3658 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior. | |
3659 | |
3660 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil) | |
3661 | |
3662 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3663 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
3664 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
3665 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
3666 spacing are all verified. | |
3667 | |
3668 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3669 | |
3670 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3671 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
3672 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
3673 store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
3674 otherwise stop after the first error. | |
3675 | |
3676 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3677 | |
3678 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3679 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
3680 Only documentation strings are checked. | |
3681 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
3682 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
3683 a separate buffer. | |
3684 | |
3685 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3686 | |
3687 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3688 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
3689 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
3690 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
3691 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead. | |
3692 | |
3693 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3694 | |
3695 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3696 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file. | |
3697 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
3698 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
3699 if there is one. | |
3700 | |
3701 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3702 | |
3703 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3704 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
3705 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
3706 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
3707 if there is one. | |
3708 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing. | |
3709 | |
3710 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil) | |
3711 | |
3712 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3713 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
3714 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged. | |
3715 | |
3716 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3717 | |
3718 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3719 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
3720 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
3721 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
3722 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message. | |
3723 | |
3724 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3725 | |
3726 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3727 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
3728 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
3729 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
3730 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
3731 space at the end of each line. | |
3732 | |
3733 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil) | |
3734 | |
3735 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3736 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
3737 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3738 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc' | |
3739 | |
3740 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3741 | |
3742 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3743 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
3744 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3745 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer' | |
3746 | |
3747 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3748 | |
3749 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3750 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
3751 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3752 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive' | |
3753 | |
3754 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3755 | |
3756 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3757 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
3758 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3759 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive' | |
3760 | |
3761 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3762 | |
3763 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3764 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
3765 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3766 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text' | |
3767 | |
3768 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3769 | |
3770 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3771 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
3772 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3773 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start' | |
3774 | |
3775 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3776 | |
3777 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3778 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
3779 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3780 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue' | |
3781 | |
3782 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3783 | |
3784 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3785 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
3786 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3787 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments' | |
3788 | |
3789 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3790 | |
3791 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3792 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
3793 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3794 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun' | |
3795 | |
3796 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | |
3797 | |
3798 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3799 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
3800 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
3801 | |
3802 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
3803 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include | |
3804 checking of documentation strings. | |
3805 | |
3806 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map} | |
3807 | |
3808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
3809 | |
3810 ;;;*** | |
3811 | |
3812 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
3813 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16118 | |
3814 ;;;;;; 44435)) | |
3815 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el | |
3816 | |
3817 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
3818 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
3819 Return the length of resulting text. | |
3820 | |
3821 \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | |
3822 | |
3823 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
3824 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer. | |
3825 | |
3826 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3827 | |
3828 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
3829 Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
3830 Return the length of resulting text. | |
3831 | |
3832 \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | |
3833 | |
3834 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
3835 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ. | |
3836 | |
3837 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3838 | |
3839 ;;;*** | |
3840 | |
3841 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) | |
3842 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15878 5274)) | |
3843 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el | |
3844 | |
3845 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
3846 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
3847 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
3848 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
3849 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
3850 editing and the result is evaluated. | |
3851 | |
3852 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil) | |
3853 | |
3854 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
3855 List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
3856 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
3857 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
3858 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
3859 | |
3860 The buffer is left in Command History mode. | |
3861 | |
3862 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3863 | |
3864 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
3865 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. | |
3866 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
3867 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
3868 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
3869 | |
3870 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
3871 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
3872 \\{command-history-map} | |
3873 | |
3874 This command always recompiles the Command History listing | |
3875 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'. | |
3876 | |
3877 \(fn)" t nil) | |
3878 | |
3879 ;;;*** | |
3880 | |
3881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15856 53273)) | |
3882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el | |
3883 | |
3884 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
3885 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
3886 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
3887 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
3888 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
3889 printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
3890 | |
3891 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
3892 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
3893 | |
3894 ;;;*** | |
3895 | |
3896 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
3897 ;;;;;; (16054 60749)) | |
3898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el | |
3899 | |
3900 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\ | |
3901 Not documented | |
3902 | |
3903 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil) | |
3904 | |
3905 ;;;*** | |
3906 | |
3907 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
3908 ;;;;;; (15251 46612)) | |
3909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el | |
3910 | |
3911 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
3912 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
3913 Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
3914 prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
3915 | |
3916 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
3917 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
3918 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
3919 | |
3920 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
3921 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'. | |
3922 | |
3923 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil) | |
3924 | |
3925 ;;;*** | |
3926 | |
3927 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15941 | |
3928 ;;;;;; 42951)) | |
3929 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el | |
3930 | |
3931 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
3932 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
3933 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
3934 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
3935 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' | |
3936 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
3937 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.) | |
3938 | |
3939 \(fn CMD)" t nil) | |
3940 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
3941 | |
3942 ;;;*** | |
3943 | |
3944 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el" | |
3945 ;;;;;; (16121 18697)) | |
3946 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el | |
3947 | |
3948 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\ | |
3949 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set. | |
3950 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of | |
3951 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the | |
3952 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given, | |
3953 ?* is used. | |
3954 | |
3955 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro)) | |
3956 | |
3957 ;;;*** | |
3958 | |
3959 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage | |
3960 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
3961 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15941 42961)) | |
3962 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el | |
3963 | |
3964 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3965 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
3966 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
3967 ASCII table. | |
3968 | |
3969 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
3970 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
3971 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
3972 decoder and encoder created by this function. | |
3973 | |
3974 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil) | |
3975 | |
3976 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3977 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
3978 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string. | |
3979 | |
3980 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil) | |
3981 | |
3982 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3983 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
3984 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string. | |
3985 | |
3986 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil) | |
3987 | |
3988 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3989 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
3990 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string. | |
3991 | |
3992 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil) | |
3993 | |
3994 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
3995 Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
3996 | |
3997 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
3998 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
3999 for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
4000 | |
4001 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
4002 is a vector, and has a charset property. | |
4003 | |
4004 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
4005 | |
4006 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
4007 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
4008 | |
4009 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
4010 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
4011 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal. | |
4012 | |
4013 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil) | |
4014 | |
4015 ;;;*** | |
4016 | |
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list | |
4018 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | |
4019 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el" | |
4020 ;;;;;; (16168 11508)) | |
4021 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el | |
4022 | |
4023 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\ | |
4024 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM. | |
4025 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s. | |
4026 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
4027 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
4028 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
4029 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
4030 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
4031 | |
4032 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM. | |
4033 | |
4034 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil) | |
4035 | |
4036 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ | |
4037 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
4038 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
4039 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
4040 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
4041 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
4042 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
4043 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
4044 | |
4045 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM. | |
4046 | |
4047 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil) | |
4048 | |
4049 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
4050 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
4051 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
4052 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
4053 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
4054 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'. | |
4055 | |
4056 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil) | |
4057 | |
4058 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ | |
4059 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
4060 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
4061 | |
4062 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer. | |
4063 | |
4064 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil) | |
4065 | |
4066 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | |
4067 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
4068 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
4069 | |
4070 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer. | |
4071 | |
4072 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil) | |
4073 | |
4074 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | |
4075 Send COMMAND to current process. | |
4076 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
4077 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use. | |
4078 | |
4079 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil) | |
4080 | |
4081 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | |
4082 Send COMMAND to PROCESS. | |
4083 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
4084 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use. | |
4085 | |
4086 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil) | |
4087 | |
4088 ;;;*** | |
4089 | |
4090 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15678 | |
4091 ;;;;;; 51462)) | |
4092 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el | |
4093 | |
4094 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
4095 Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
4096 Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
4097 moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
4098 | |
4099 This command pushes the mark in each window | |
4100 at the prior location of point in that window. | |
4101 If both windows display the same buffer, | |
4102 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
4103 first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
4104 | |
4105 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
4106 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
4107 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored. | |
4108 | |
4109 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil) | |
4110 | |
4111 ;;;*** | |
4112 | |
4113 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
4114 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
4115 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
4116 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16167 21090)) | |
4117 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el | |
4118 | |
4119 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
4120 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
4121 | |
4122 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile") | |
4123 | |
4124 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
4125 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
4126 | |
4127 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile") | |
4128 | |
4129 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
4130 *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
4131 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
4132 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
4133 while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
4134 | |
4135 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
4136 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
4137 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
4138 compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
4139 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
4140 | |
4141 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
4142 Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
4143 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
4144 describing how the process finished.") | |
4145 | |
4146 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
4147 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
4148 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
4149 and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
4150 | |
4151 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
4152 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. | |
4153 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") | |
4154 | |
4155 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile") | |
4156 | |
4157 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
4158 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
4159 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
4160 nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
4161 | |
4162 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile") | |
4163 | |
4164 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
4165 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
4166 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
4167 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
4168 | |
4169 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
4170 and move to the source code that caused it. | |
4171 | |
4172 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
4173 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
4174 | |
4175 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename | |
4176 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with | |
4177 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems, | |
4178 termination of the main compilation process kills its | |
4179 subprocesses. | |
4180 | |
4181 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
4182 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
4183 to a function that generates a unique name. | |
4184 | |
4185 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil) | |
4186 | |
4187 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
4188 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
4189 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
4190 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
4191 where grep found matches. | |
4192 | |
4193 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can | |
4194 easily repeat a grep command. | |
4195 | |
4196 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
4197 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
4198 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
4199 if that history list is empty). | |
4200 | |
4201 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil) | |
4202 | |
4203 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
4204 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. | |
4205 Collect output in a buffer. | |
4206 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command | |
4207 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
4208 | |
4209 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
4210 easily repeat a find command. | |
4211 | |
4212 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil) | |
4213 | |
4214 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\ | |
4215 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR. | |
4216 Collect output in a buffer. | |
4217 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter. | |
4218 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP. | |
4219 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES. | |
4220 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g. | |
4221 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. | |
4222 | |
4223 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command | |
4224 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
4225 | |
4226 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
4227 easily repeat a find command. | |
4228 | |
4229 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to | |
4230 those sub directories of DIR. | |
4231 | |
4232 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil) | |
4233 | |
4234 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
4235 Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
4236 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
4237 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
4238 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
4239 | |
4240 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see). | |
4241 | |
4242 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil) | |
4243 | |
4244 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
4245 Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
4246 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
4247 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the | |
4248 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't | |
4249 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'. | |
4250 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'. | |
4251 | |
4252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
4253 | |
4254 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
4255 Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
4256 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
4257 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the | |
4258 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'. | |
4259 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'. | |
4260 | |
4261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
4262 | |
4263 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
4264 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
4265 | |
4266 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
4267 the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
4268 | |
4269 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move; | |
4270 negative means move back to previous error messages. | |
4271 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer | |
4272 and start at the first error. | |
4273 | |
4274 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
4275 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
4276 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
4277 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
4278 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
4279 \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
4280 | |
4281 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
4282 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
4283 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
4284 | |
4285 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
4286 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas. | |
4287 | |
4288 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil) | |
4289 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
4290 | |
4291 ;;;*** | |
4292 | |
4293 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" | |
4294 ;;;;;; (15856 53268)) | |
4295 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el | |
4296 | |
4297 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\ | |
4298 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled. | |
4299 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
4300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4301 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.") | |
4302 | |
4303 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete") | |
4304 | |
4305 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ | |
4306 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
4307 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
4308 | |
4309 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
4310 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
4311 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
4312 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names. | |
4313 | |
4314 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
4315 command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
4316 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
4317 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
4318 | |
4319 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted | |
4320 specially in \\[find-file]. For example, | |
4321 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'. | |
4322 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'. | |
4323 | |
4324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
4325 | |
4326 ;;;*** | |
4327 | |
4328 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
4329 ;;;;;; (15941 42951)) | |
4330 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el | |
4331 | |
4332 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
4333 Enable dynamic word-completion. | |
4334 | |
4335 \(fn)" t nil) | |
4336 | |
4337 ;;;*** | |
4338 | |
4339 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after | |
4340 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string | |
4341 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el" | |
4342 ;;;;;; (15941 42951)) | |
4343 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el | |
4344 | |
4345 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ | |
4346 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. | |
4347 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition | |
4348 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and | |
4349 `make-composition'. | |
4350 | |
4351 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: | |
4352 | |
4353 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
4354 | | 1:tc or top-center | |
4355 | | 2:tr or top-right | |
4356 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left | |
4357 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | |
4358 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right | |
4359 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
4360 | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
4361 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
4362 | |
4363 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition | |
4364 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where | |
4365 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already | |
4366 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to | |
4367 be added. | |
4368 | |
4369 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and | |
4370 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as | |
4371 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): | |
4372 | |
4373 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
4374 | | | | |
4375 | global| | | |
4376 | glyph | | | |
4377 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
4378 +----+--*--+ | |
4379 | | new | | |
4380 | |glyph| | |
4381 +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
4382 ") | |
4383 | |
4384 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ | |
4385 Compose characters in the current region. | |
4386 | |
4387 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or | |
4388 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties. | |
4389 | |
4390 When called from a program, expects these four arguments. | |
4391 | |
4392 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) | |
4393 specifying the region. | |
4394 | |
4395 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
4396 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case, | |
4397 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS. | |
4398 | |
4399 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead | |
4400 of the text in the region. | |
4401 | |
4402 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. | |
4403 | |
4404 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and | |
4405 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th | |
4406 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th | |
4407 elements with previously composed N glyphs. | |
4408 | |
4409 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point | |
4410 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more | |
4411 detail. | |
4412 | |
4413 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
4414 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
4415 text in the composition. | |
4416 | |
4417 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil) | |
4418 | |
4419 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ | |
4420 Decompose text in the current region. | |
4421 | |
4422 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4423 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region. | |
4424 | |
4425 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
4426 | |
4427 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ | |
4428 Compose characters in string STRING. | |
4429 | |
4430 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all | |
4431 the characters in it. | |
4432 | |
4433 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of | |
4434 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of | |
4435 STRING respectively. | |
4436 | |
4437 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
4438 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function | |
4439 `compose-region' for more detail. | |
4440 | |
4441 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
4442 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
4443 text in the composition. | |
4444 | |
4445 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil) | |
4446 | |
4447 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ | |
4448 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed. | |
4449 | |
4450 \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | |
4451 | |
4452 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ | |
4453 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. | |
4454 For relative composition, arguments are characters. | |
4455 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are | |
4456 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. | |
4457 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form | |
4458 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of | |
4459 `reference-point-alist' for more detail. | |
4460 | |
4461 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
4462 | |
4463 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ | |
4464 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. | |
4465 | |
4466 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list | |
4467 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. | |
4468 | |
4469 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' | |
4470 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. | |
4471 | |
4472 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT | |
4473 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. | |
4474 | |
4475 If no composition is found, return nil. | |
4476 | |
4477 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a | |
4478 composition in; nil means the current buffer. | |
4479 | |
4480 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P | |
4481 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, | |
4482 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. | |
4483 | |
4484 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. | |
4485 | |
4486 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. | |
4487 | |
4488 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be | |
4489 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters | |
4490 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. | |
4491 | |
4492 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. | |
4493 | |
4494 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen. | |
4495 | |
4496 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil) | |
4497 | |
4498 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ | |
4499 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. | |
4500 | |
4501 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by | |
4502 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the | |
4503 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are | |
4504 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS | |
4505 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three | |
4506 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text | |
4507 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return | |
4508 nil. | |
4509 | |
4510 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value | |
4511 is: | |
4512 nil -- if no characters were composed. | |
4513 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. | |
4514 | |
4515 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. | |
4516 | |
4517 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the | |
4518 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string. | |
4519 | |
4520 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'. | |
4521 | |
4522 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil) | |
4523 | |
4524 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ | |
4525 Compose last characters. | |
4526 The argument is a parameterized event of the form | |
4527 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS), | |
4528 where N is the number of characters before point to compose, | |
4529 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region' | |
4530 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called, | |
4531 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters. | |
4532 This function is intended to be used from input methods. | |
4533 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this | |
4534 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS) | |
4535 after a sequence character events. | |
4536 | |
4537 \(fn ARGS)" t nil) | |
4538 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) | |
4539 | |
4540 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ | |
4541 Convert CHAR to string. | |
4542 | |
4543 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or | |
4544 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or | |
4545 vector of CHAR respectively. | |
4546 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored. | |
4547 | |
4548 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil) | |
4549 | |
4550 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1") | |
4551 | |
4552 ;;;*** | |
4553 | |
4554 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) | |
4555 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15366 772)) | |
4556 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el | |
4557 | |
4558 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
4559 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. | |
4560 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning | |
4561 of load, ENDMSG at the end. | |
4562 | |
4563 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil) | |
4564 | |
4565 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
4566 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. | |
4567 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning | |
4568 of load, ENDMSG at the end. | |
4569 | |
4570 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil) | |
4571 | |
4572 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
4573 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
4574 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
4575 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk. | |
4576 | |
4577 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil) | |
4578 | |
4579 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
4580 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely). | |
4581 | |
4582 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil) | |
4583 | |
4584 ;;;*** | |
4585 | |
4586 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
4587 ;;;;;; (16111 41827)) | |
4588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el | |
4589 | |
4590 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
4591 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year. | |
4592 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding | |
4593 the current year after them. If necessary, and | |
4594 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions | |
4595 following the copyright are updated as well. | |
4596 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called | |
4597 interactively. | |
4598 | |
4599 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil) | |
4600 | |
4601 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
4602 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor. | |
4603 | |
4604 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil) | |
4605 | |
4606 ;;;*** | |
4607 | |
4608 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
4609 ;;;;;; (16066 53440)) | |
4610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el | |
4611 | |
4612 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
4613 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
4614 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
4615 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
4616 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
4617 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
4618 | |
4619 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
4620 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
4621 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
4622 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
4623 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
4624 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess | |
4625 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
4626 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
4627 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
4628 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
4629 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
4630 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
4631 | |
4632 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
4633 | |
4634 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, | |
4635 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. | |
4636 | |
4637 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
4638 | |
4639 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
4640 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
4641 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
4642 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
4643 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
4644 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
4645 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
4646 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
4647 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). | |
4648 | |
4649 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
4650 | |
4651 bite if angry; | |
4652 | |
4653 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
4654 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
4655 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
4656 to nil.) | |
4657 | |
4658 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
4659 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
4660 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
4661 | |
4662 foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
4663 | |
4664 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
4665 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
4666 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual | |
4667 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
4668 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. | |
4669 | |
4670 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
4671 | |
4672 if (A) { B } | |
4673 | |
4674 into | |
4675 | |
4676 B if A; | |
4677 | |
4678 \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
4679 | |
4680 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
4681 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
4682 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
4683 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
4684 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
4685 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
4686 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
4687 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
4688 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
4689 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
4690 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
4691 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
4692 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
4693 | |
4694 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
4695 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
4696 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
4697 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
4698 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' | |
4699 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). | |
4700 | |
4701 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
4702 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
4703 man via menu. | |
4704 | |
4705 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
4706 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
4707 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
4708 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
4709 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
4710 | |
4711 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
4712 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
4713 span the needed amount of lines. | |
4714 | |
4715 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
4716 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and | |
4717 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
4718 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
4719 | |
4720 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
4721 `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
4722 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
4723 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
4724 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
4725 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
4726 `cperl-auto-newline' | |
4727 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
4728 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
4729 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
4730 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and | |
4731 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
4732 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' | |
4733 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
4734 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
4735 `cperl-indent-level' | |
4736 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
4737 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
4738 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
4739 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
4740 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
4741 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
4742 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
4743 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
4744 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
4745 `cperl-brace-offset' | |
4746 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
4747 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
4748 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
4749 this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
4750 `cperl-label-offset' | |
4751 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
4752 `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
4753 Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
4754 | |
4755 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
4756 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
4757 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
4758 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
4759 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
4760 | |
4761 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
4762 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
4763 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
4764 \(both available from menu). | |
4765 | |
4766 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
4767 column 0 is indented on | |
4768 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
4769 | |
4770 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
4771 with no args. | |
4772 | |
4773 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
4774 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
4775 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'. | |
4776 | |
4777 \(fn)" t nil) | |
4778 | |
4779 ;;;*** | |
4780 | |
4781 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
4782 ;;;;;; (16070 35808)) | |
4783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el | |
4784 | |
4785 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
4786 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
4787 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
4788 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
4789 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer. | |
4790 | |
4791 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
4792 | |
4793 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
4794 Edit display information for cpp conditionals. | |
4795 | |
4796 \(fn)" t nil) | |
4797 | |
4798 ;;;*** | |
4799 | |
4800 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
4801 ;;;;;; (16012 41367)) | |
4802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el | |
4803 | |
4804 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
4805 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
4806 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
4807 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
4808 | |
4809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4810 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
4811 | |
4812 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp") | |
4813 | |
4814 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
4815 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode. | |
4816 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
4817 | |
4818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
4819 | |
4820 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode)) | |
4821 | |
4822 ;;;*** | |
4823 | |
4824 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" | |
4825 ;;;;;; (15941 42958)) | |
4826 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el | |
4827 | |
4828 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\ | |
4829 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion. | |
4830 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a | |
4831 single prompt, optionally using completion. | |
4832 | |
4833 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with | |
4834 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator | |
4835 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be | |
4836 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'. | |
4837 | |
4838 The default value for the separator character is the value of | |
4839 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be | |
4840 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'. | |
4841 | |
4842 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as | |
4843 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice', | |
4844 'bob', and 'eve'. | |
4845 | |
4846 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the | |
4847 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between | |
4848 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'. | |
4849 | |
4850 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings. | |
4851 | |
4852 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments: | |
4853 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and | |
4854 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. | |
4855 | |
4856 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil) | |
4857 | |
4858 ;;;*** | |
4859 | |
4860 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16111 | |
4861 ;;;;;; 41830)) | |
4862 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el | |
4863 | |
4864 (defvar cua-mode nil "\ | |
4865 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled. | |
4866 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
4867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4868 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.") | |
4869 | |
4870 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base") | |
4871 | |
4872 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\ | |
4873 Toggle CUA key-binding mode. | |
4874 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and | |
4875 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces | |
4876 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and | |
4877 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings). | |
4878 | |
4879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
4880 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode | |
4881 '(error (concat "\n\n" | |
4882 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n" | |
4883 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n" | |
4884 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n" | |
4885 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n" | |
4886 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n" | |
4887 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n"))) | |
4888 | |
4889 ;;;*** | |
4890 | |
4891 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all | |
4892 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
4893 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
4894 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
4895 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window | |
4896 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window | |
4897 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group | |
4898 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable | |
4899 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16111 41824)) | |
4900 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el | |
4901 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
4902 | |
4903 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4904 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
4905 | |
4906 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4907 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4908 | |
4909 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
4910 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. | |
4911 | |
4912 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment. | |
4913 | |
4914 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil) | |
4915 | |
4916 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4917 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. | |
4918 VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
4919 | |
4920 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
4921 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
4922 | |
4923 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
4924 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
4925 | |
4926 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4927 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4928 | |
4929 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
4930 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. | |
4931 | |
4932 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment. | |
4933 | |
4934 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil) | |
4935 | |
4936 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4937 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
4938 Return VALUE. | |
4939 | |
4940 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
4941 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
4942 | |
4943 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
4944 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
4945 | |
4946 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4947 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4948 | |
4949 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
4950 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. | |
4951 | |
4952 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment. | |
4953 | |
4954 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil) | |
4955 | |
4956 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4957 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
4958 User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
4959 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
4960 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden. | |
4961 | |
4962 \(fn)" t nil) | |
4963 | |
4964 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4965 Customize options related to the current major mode. | |
4966 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group), | |
4967 then prompt for the MODE to customize. | |
4968 | |
4969 \(fn MODE)" t nil) | |
4970 | |
4971 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4972 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group. | |
4973 | |
4974 \(fn GROUP)" t nil) | |
4975 | |
4976 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4977 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group. | |
4978 | |
4979 \(fn GROUP)" t nil) | |
4980 | |
4981 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
4982 | |
4983 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4984 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
4985 | |
4986 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil) | |
4987 | |
4988 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
4989 | |
4990 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4991 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
4992 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it. | |
4993 | |
4994 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil) | |
4995 | |
4996 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4997 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
4998 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
4999 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
5000 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
5001 | |
5002 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
5003 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
5004 version. | |
5005 | |
5006 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil) | |
5007 | |
5008 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5009 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
5010 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces. | |
5011 | |
5012 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified, | |
5013 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable. | |
5014 | |
5015 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil) | |
5016 | |
5017 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5018 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window. | |
5019 | |
5020 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified, | |
5021 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable. | |
5022 | |
5023 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil) | |
5024 | |
5025 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5026 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session. | |
5027 | |
5028 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5029 | |
5030 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5031 Customize all user variable modified outside customize. | |
5032 | |
5033 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5034 | |
5035 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5036 Customize all already saved user options. | |
5037 | |
5038 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5039 | |
5040 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5041 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
5042 If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
5043 If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
5044 If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
5045 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
5046 user-settable, as well as faces and groups. | |
5047 | |
5048 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil) | |
5049 | |
5050 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5051 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
5052 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable. | |
5053 | |
5054 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
5055 | |
5056 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5057 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP. | |
5058 | |
5059 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
5060 | |
5061 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5062 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP. | |
5063 | |
5064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
5065 | |
5066 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5067 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
5068 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
5069 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
5070 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
5071 that option. | |
5072 | |
5073 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil) | |
5074 | |
5075 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5076 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
5077 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
5078 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
5079 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
5080 that option. | |
5081 | |
5082 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil) | |
5083 | |
5084 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5085 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy. | |
5086 | |
5087 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil) | |
5088 | |
5089 (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
5090 File used for storing customization information. | |
5091 The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
5092 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
5093 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. | |
5094 | |
5095 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | |
5096 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | |
5097 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | |
5098 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | |
5099 | |
5100 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit") | |
5101 | |
5102 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5103 Save all user options which have been set in this session. | |
5104 | |
5105 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5106 | |
5107 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5108 Save all customizations in `custom-file'. | |
5109 | |
5110 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
5111 | |
5112 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5113 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
5114 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'. | |
5115 | |
5116 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil) | |
5117 | |
5118 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
5119 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
5120 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. | |
5121 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. | |
5122 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'. | |
5123 | |
5124 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil) | |
5125 | |
5126 ;;;*** | |
5127 | |
5128 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value | |
5129 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" | |
5130 ;;;;;; (15941 42951)) | |
5131 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el | |
5132 | |
5133 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
5134 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument. | |
5135 | |
5136 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
5137 | |
5138 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
5139 Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
5140 This associates the settings with the `user' theme. | |
5141 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
5142 | |
5143 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) | |
5144 | |
5145 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the | |
5146 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs. | |
5147 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes. | |
5148 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay | |
5149 between themes and faces. | |
5150 See `defface' for the format of SPEC. | |
5151 | |
5152 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
5153 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. | |
5154 | |
5155 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
5156 | |
5157 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\ | |
5158 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE. | |
5159 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE | |
5160 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face | |
5161 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'. | |
5162 | |
5163 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil) | |
5164 | |
5165 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
5166 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined. | |
5167 Associate this setting with THEME. | |
5168 | |
5169 ARGS is a list of lists of the form | |
5170 | |
5171 (FACE TO-THEME) | |
5172 | |
5173 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME. | |
5174 | |
5175 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
5176 | |
5177 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
5178 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved. | |
5179 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme. | |
5180 | |
5181 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces' | |
5182 | |
5183 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
5184 | |
5185 ;;;*** | |
5186 | |
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" | |
5188 ;;;;;; (16136 53053)) | |
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el | |
5190 | |
5191 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\ | |
5192 Create a custom theme. | |
5193 | |
5194 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5195 | |
5196 ;;;*** | |
5197 | |
5198 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el" | |
5199 ;;;;;; (15941 42951)) | |
5200 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el | |
5201 | |
5202 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\ | |
5203 Mode used for cvs status output. | |
5204 | |
5205 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5206 | |
5207 ;;;*** | |
5208 | |
5209 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) | |
5210 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 43263)) | |
5211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el | |
5212 | |
5213 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
5214 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions. | |
5215 | |
5216 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must | |
5217 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and | |
5218 C++ modes are included. | |
5219 | |
5220 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
5221 | |
5222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
5223 | |
5224 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
5225 Turn on CWarn mode. | |
5226 | |
5227 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
5228 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode) | |
5229 | |
5230 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
5231 | |
5232 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\ | |
5233 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled. | |
5234 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
5235 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
5236 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.") | |
5237 | |
5238 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn") | |
5239 | |
5240 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
5241 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer. | |
5242 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
5243 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those | |
5244 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on. | |
5245 | |
5246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
5247 | |
5248 ;;;*** | |
5249 | |
5250 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char | |
5251 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" | |
5252 ;;;;;; (16118 44435)) | |
5253 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el | |
5254 | |
5255 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
5256 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate. | |
5257 | |
5258 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) | |
5259 | |
5260 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
5261 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate. | |
5262 | |
5263 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) | |
5264 | |
5265 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
5266 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
5267 For readability, the table is slightly | |
5268 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
5269 | |
5270 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
5271 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
5272 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
5273 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
5274 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state. | |
5275 | |
5276 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil) | |
5277 | |
5278 ;;;*** | |
5279 | |
5280 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
5281 ;;;;;; (16174 61084)) | |
5282 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el | |
5283 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand) | |
5284 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion) | |
5285 | |
5286 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
5287 Completion on current word. | |
5288 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
5289 and presents suggestions for completion. | |
5290 | |
5291 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
5292 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
5293 completions. | |
5294 | |
5295 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
5296 then it searches *all* buffers. | |
5297 | |
5298 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
5299 if there is a suitable one already. | |
5300 | |
5301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
5302 | |
5303 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
5304 Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
5305 | |
5306 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
5307 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
5308 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
5309 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
5310 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
5311 | |
5312 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
5313 possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
5314 | |
5315 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
5316 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
5317 with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
5318 | |
5319 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
5320 direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
5321 | |
5322 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]. | |
5323 | |
5324 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
5325 | |
5326 ;;;*** | |
5327 | |
5328 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15997 | |
5329 ;;;;;; 672)) | |
5330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el | |
5331 | |
5332 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
5333 Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
5334 | |
5335 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
5336 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
5337 dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
5338 | |
5339 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
5340 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
5341 Data lines are not indented. | |
5342 | |
5343 Key bindings: | |
5344 | |
5345 \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
5346 Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
5347 | |
5348 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
5349 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
5350 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
5351 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
5352 | |
5353 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
5354 | |
5355 dcl-basic-offset | |
5356 Extra indentation within blocks. | |
5357 | |
5358 dcl-continuation-offset | |
5359 Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
5360 | |
5361 dcl-margin-offset | |
5362 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
5363 | |
5364 dcl-margin-label-offset | |
5365 Indentation for a label. | |
5366 | |
5367 dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
5368 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
5369 | |
5370 dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
5371 dcl-block-end-regexp | |
5372 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
5373 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
5374 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
5375 make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
5376 Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
5377 | |
5378 dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
5379 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
5380 Two such functions are included in the package: | |
5381 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
5382 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
5383 | |
5384 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
5385 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
5386 One such function is included in the package: | |
5387 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
5388 | |
5389 dcl-tab-always-indent | |
5390 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
5391 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
5392 margin. | |
5393 | |
5394 dcl-electric-characters | |
5395 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
5396 typed. | |
5397 | |
5398 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
5399 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
5400 which words trigger electric indentation. | |
5401 | |
5402 dcl-tempo-comma | |
5403 dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
5404 dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
5405 These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
5406 | |
5407 dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
5408 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
5409 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
5410 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
5411 | |
5412 dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
5413 dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
5414 dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
5415 dcl-imenu-label-call | |
5416 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
5417 | |
5418 Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
5419 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
5420 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
5421 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
5422 | |
5423 | |
5424 The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
5425 | |
5426 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
5427 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
5428 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
5429 $ i = 1 | |
5430 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
5431 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
5432 $ label: | |
5433 $ if i.eq.1 | |
5434 $ then | |
5435 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
5436 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
5437 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
5438 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
5439 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
5440 \"lined up with the command line\" | |
5441 $ type sys$input | |
5442 Data lines are not indented at all. | |
5443 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
5444 $ endif | |
5445 $ | |
5446 | |
5447 | |
5448 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars | |
5449 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords'). | |
5450 | |
5451 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5452 | |
5453 ;;;*** | |
5454 | |
5455 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
5456 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16139 21085)) | |
5457 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el | |
5458 | |
5459 (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
5460 | |
5461 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
5462 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
5463 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
5464 of the evaluator. | |
5465 | |
5466 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
5467 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
5468 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer. | |
5469 | |
5470 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil) | |
5471 | |
5472 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
5473 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
5474 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
5475 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
5476 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
5477 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
5478 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it. | |
5479 | |
5480 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | |
5481 | |
5482 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
5483 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
5484 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions. | |
5485 | |
5486 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil) | |
5487 | |
5488 ;;;*** | |
5489 | |
5490 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
5491 ;;;;;; (16066 53440)) | |
5492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el | |
5493 | |
5494 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
5495 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode. | |
5496 | |
5497 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5498 | |
5499 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
5500 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
5501 Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
5502 Upper-case letters are commands. | |
5503 | |
5504 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
5505 modify it. | |
5506 | |
5507 The most useful commands are: | |
5508 \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
5509 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
5510 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
5511 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
5512 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
5513 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
5514 | |
5515 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5516 | |
5517 ;;;*** | |
5518 | |
5519 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region | |
5520 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15310 | |
5521 ;;;;;; 56703)) | |
5522 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el | |
5523 | |
5524 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\ | |
5525 Customization of `columns' group. | |
5526 | |
5527 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5528 | |
5529 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ | |
5530 Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
5531 | |
5532 START and END delimits the text region. | |
5533 | |
5534 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
5535 | |
5536 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
5537 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
5538 | |
5539 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle. | |
5540 | |
5541 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
5542 | |
5543 ;;;*** | |
5544 | |
5545 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16111 | |
5546 ;;;;;; 41832)) | |
5547 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el | |
5548 | |
5549 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
5550 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
5551 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
5552 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
5553 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
5554 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
5555 | |
5556 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
5557 | |
5558 Customization: | |
5559 | |
5560 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
5561 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
5562 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
5563 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
5564 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
5565 Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
5566 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
5567 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
5568 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
5569 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
5570 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
5571 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
5572 blank line. | |
5573 `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
5574 Directories to search when finding external units. | |
5575 `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
5576 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
5577 | |
5578 Coloring: | |
5579 | |
5580 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
5581 Face used to color delphi comments. | |
5582 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
5583 Face used to color delphi strings. | |
5584 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
5585 Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
5586 `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
5587 Face used to color everything else. | |
5588 | |
5589 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
5590 no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
5591 | |
5592 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil) | |
5593 | |
5594 ;;;*** | |
5595 | |
5596 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16016 | |
5597 ;;;;;; 56429)) | |
5598 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el | |
5599 | |
5600 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
5601 | |
5602 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ | |
5603 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled. | |
5604 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
5605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
5606 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
5607 | |
5608 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel") | |
5609 | |
5610 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ | |
5611 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
5612 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
5613 positive. | |
5614 | |
5615 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
5616 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
5617 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
5618 any selection. | |
5619 | |
5620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
5621 | |
5622 ;;;*** | |
5623 | |
5624 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode) | |
5625 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16162 11942)) | |
5626 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el | |
5627 | |
5628 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\ | |
5629 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
5630 | |
5631 The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
5632 | |
5633 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
5634 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode') | |
5635 or nil if there is no parent. | |
5636 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") | |
5637 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, | |
5638 the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
5639 BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
5640 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here. | |
5641 | |
5642 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword | |
5643 arguments are currently understood: | |
5644 :group GROUP | |
5645 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode. | |
5646 :syntax-table TABLE | |
5647 Use TABLE instead of the default. | |
5648 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent. | |
5649 :abbrev-table TABLE | |
5650 Use TABLE instead of the default. | |
5651 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent. | |
5652 | |
5653 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
5654 | |
5655 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
5656 | |
5657 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
5658 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
5659 and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
5660 | |
5661 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as | |
5662 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: | |
5663 | |
5664 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
5665 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
5666 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
5667 | |
5668 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
5669 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap. | |
5670 | |
5671 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function | |
5672 `derived-mode-hook-name'. | |
5673 | |
5674 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
5675 | |
5676 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ | |
5677 Initialise variables for a new MODE. | |
5678 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an | |
5679 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
5680 the first time the mode is used. | |
5681 | |
5682 \(fn MODE)" nil nil) | |
5683 | |
5684 ;;;*** | |
5685 | |
5686 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text" | |
5687 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16111 41824)) | |
5688 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el | |
5689 | |
5690 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\ | |
5691 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS. | |
5692 Interactively, describe them for the character after point. | |
5693 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil, | |
5694 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it | |
5695 otherwise. | |
5696 | |
5697 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil) | |
5698 | |
5699 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\ | |
5700 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point). | |
5701 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it, | |
5702 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file, | |
5703 character composition information (if relevant), | |
5704 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties. | |
5705 | |
5706 \(fn POS)" t nil) | |
5707 | |
5708 ;;;*** | |
5709 | |
5710 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-load-dir desktop-change-dir | |
5711 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
5712 ;;;;;; (16148 4632)) | |
5713 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el | |
5714 | |
5715 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
5716 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
5717 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode. | |
5718 Look for the desktop file according to the variables `desktop-base-file-name' | |
5719 and `desktop-path'. If no desktop file is found, clear the desktop. | |
5720 Returns t if it has read a desktop file, nil otherwise. | |
5721 | |
5722 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5723 | |
5724 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
5725 Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
5726 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
5727 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files. | |
5728 | |
5729 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
5730 | |
5731 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\ | |
5732 Save and clear the desktop, then load the desktop from directory DIR. | |
5733 However, if `desktop-enable' was nil at call, don't save the old desktop. | |
5734 This function always sets `desktop-enable' to t. | |
5735 | |
5736 \(fn DIR)" t nil) | |
5737 | |
5738 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-load-dir) "desktop" "\ | |
5739 Save desktop in directory from which it was loaded. | |
5740 | |
5741 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5742 | |
5743 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\ | |
5744 Revert to the last loaded desktop. | |
5745 | |
5746 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5747 | |
5748 ;;;*** | |
5749 | |
5750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (16142 | |
5751 ;;;;;; 4985)) | |
5752 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el | |
5753 | |
5754 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]") | |
5755 | |
5756 ;;;*** | |
5757 | |
5758 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" | |
5759 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16174 61085)) | |
5760 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el | |
5761 | |
5762 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
5763 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
5764 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
5765 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
5766 execution in a `.emacs' file. | |
5767 | |
5768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
5769 | |
5770 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
5771 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
5772 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
5773 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'. | |
5774 | |
5775 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
5776 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
5777 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
5778 all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
5779 | |
5780 #!/bin/sh | |
5781 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
5782 emacs -batch \\ | |
5783 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
5784 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\ | |
5785 european-calendar-style t \\ | |
5786 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
5787 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries | |
5788 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow | |
5789 | |
5790 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
5791 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
5792 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
5793 to run it every morning at 1am. | |
5794 | |
5795 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil) | |
5796 | |
5797 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\ | |
5798 Major mode for editing the diary file. | |
5799 | |
5800 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5801 | |
5802 ;;;*** | |
5803 | |
5804 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
5805 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15763 44949)) | |
5806 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el | |
5807 | |
5808 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
5809 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
5810 | |
5811 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff") | |
5812 | |
5813 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
5814 *The command to use to run diff.") | |
5815 | |
5816 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff") | |
5817 | |
5818 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
5819 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
5820 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
5821 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
5822 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches. | |
5823 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously. | |
5824 | |
5825 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil) | |
5826 | |
5827 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
5828 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
5829 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
5830 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
5831 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
5832 | |
5833 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | |
5834 | |
5835 ;;;*** | |
5836 | |
5837 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" | |
5838 ;;;;;; (15941 42951)) | |
5839 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el | |
5840 | |
5841 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ | |
5842 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
5843 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) | |
5844 normal diffs. | |
5845 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary. | |
5846 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk | |
5847 headers for you on-the-fly. | |
5848 | |
5849 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified], | |
5850 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of | |
5851 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction]. | |
5852 | |
5853 \(fn)" t nil) | |
5854 | |
5855 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ | |
5856 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
5857 \\{diff-minor-mode-map} | |
5858 | |
5859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
5860 | |
5861 ;;;*** | |
5862 | |
5863 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window | |
5864 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
5865 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
5866 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
5867 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16159 27802)) | |
5868 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el | |
5869 | |
5870 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
5871 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
5872 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
5873 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
5874 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch. | |
5875 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp, | |
5876 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of | |
5877 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.") | |
5878 | |
5879 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired") | |
5880 | |
5881 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
5882 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
5883 | |
5884 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
5885 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
5886 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
5887 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
5888 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
5889 | |
5890 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
5891 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
5892 | |
5893 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
5894 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
5895 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
5896 always set this variable to t.") | |
5897 | |
5898 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired") | |
5899 | |
5900 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
5901 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
5902 A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
5903 A value of t means move to first file.") | |
5904 | |
5905 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired") | |
5906 | |
5907 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
5908 *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
5909 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
5910 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
5911 are afterward marked with that character.") | |
5912 | |
5913 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired") | |
5914 | |
5915 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
5916 *Controls marking of copied files. | |
5917 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
5918 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
5919 | |
5920 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired") | |
5921 | |
5922 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
5923 *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
5924 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
5925 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
5926 | |
5927 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired") | |
5928 | |
5929 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
5930 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
5931 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
5932 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
5933 | |
5934 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired") | |
5935 | |
5936 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
5937 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
5938 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
5939 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
5940 | |
5941 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
5942 | |
5943 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired") | |
5944 | |
5945 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
5946 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
5947 \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
5948 | |
5949 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired") | |
5950 | |
5951 (defvar dired-directory nil "\ | |
5952 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists. | |
5953 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the | |
5954 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention. | |
5955 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.") | |
5956 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
5957 | |
5958 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
5959 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
5960 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
5961 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
5962 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
5963 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
5964 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
5965 list of files to make directory entries for. | |
5966 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
5967 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
5968 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
5969 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
5970 | |
5971 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh. | |
5972 | |
5973 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | |
5974 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
5975 | |
5976 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
5977 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window. | |
5978 | |
5979 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | |
5980 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
5981 | |
5982 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
5983 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame. | |
5984 | |
5985 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | |
5986 | |
5987 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
5988 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it. | |
5989 | |
5990 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil) | |
5991 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t) | |
5992 | |
5993 ;;;*** | |
5994 | |
5995 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp | |
5996 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down | |
5997 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir | |
5998 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir | |
5999 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | |
6000 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename | |
6001 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | |
6002 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | |
6003 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | |
6004 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | |
6005 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | |
6006 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | |
6007 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15961 24150)) | |
6008 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el | |
6009 | |
6010 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6011 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
6012 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by | |
6013 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.) | |
6014 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
6015 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
6016 which is options for `diff'. | |
6017 | |
6018 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | |
6019 | |
6020 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6021 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
6022 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
6023 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
6024 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
6025 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'. | |
6026 | |
6027 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | |
6028 | |
6029 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6030 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
6031 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed. | |
6032 | |
6033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6034 | |
6035 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6036 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
6037 | |
6038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6039 | |
6040 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6041 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
6042 | |
6043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6044 | |
6045 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6046 Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
6047 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
6048 `lpr-switches' as default. | |
6049 | |
6050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6051 | |
6052 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6053 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
6054 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
6055 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
6056 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
6057 | |
6058 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs | |
6059 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
6060 | |
6061 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by | |
6062 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the | |
6063 file name substituted for `?'. | |
6064 | |
6065 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the | |
6066 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space). | |
6067 | |
6068 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special | |
6069 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through | |
6070 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by | |
6071 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'. | |
6072 | |
6073 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
6074 | |
6075 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as | |
6076 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed. | |
6077 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
6078 | |
6079 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of | |
6080 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of | |
6081 in a subdir. | |
6082 | |
6083 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
6084 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument. | |
6085 | |
6086 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil) | |
6087 | |
6088 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6089 Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
6090 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
6091 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
6092 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
6093 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter). | |
6094 | |
6095 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil) | |
6096 | |
6097 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6098 Not documented | |
6099 | |
6100 \(fn FILE)" nil nil) | |
6101 | |
6102 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6103 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files. | |
6104 | |
6105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6106 | |
6107 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6108 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files. | |
6109 | |
6110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6111 | |
6112 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6113 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files. | |
6114 | |
6115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6116 | |
6117 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6118 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
6119 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
6120 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing. | |
6121 | |
6122 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil) | |
6123 | |
6124 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6125 Not documented | |
6126 | |
6127 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil) | |
6128 | |
6129 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6130 Not documented | |
6131 | |
6132 \(fn FILE)" nil nil) | |
6133 | |
6134 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6135 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in. | |
6136 | |
6137 \(fn FILE)" nil nil) | |
6138 | |
6139 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6140 Not documented | |
6141 | |
6142 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil) | |
6143 | |
6144 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6145 Not documented | |
6146 | |
6147 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil) | |
6148 | |
6149 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6150 Create a directory called DIRECTORY. | |
6151 | |
6152 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil) | |
6153 | |
6154 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6155 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
6156 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
6157 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
6158 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
6159 and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
6160 with the same names that the files currently have. The default | |
6161 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
6162 `dired-dwim-target', which see. | |
6163 | |
6164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6165 | |
6166 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6167 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
6168 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
6169 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
6170 and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
6171 with the same names that the files currently have. The default | |
6172 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
6173 `dired-dwim-target', which see. | |
6174 | |
6175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6176 | |
6177 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6178 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
6179 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
6180 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
6181 and new hard links are made in that directory | |
6182 with the same names that the files currently have. The default | |
6183 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
6184 `dired-dwim-target', which see. | |
6185 | |
6186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6187 | |
6188 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6189 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
6190 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
6191 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory. | |
6192 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files. | |
6193 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value | |
6194 of `dired-dwim-target', which see. | |
6195 | |
6196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6197 | |
6198 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6199 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
6200 | |
6201 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG | |
6202 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current | |
6203 file if none are marked. | |
6204 | |
6205 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying | |
6206 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
6207 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
6208 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
6209 | |
6210 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
6211 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed. | |
6212 | |
6213 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) | |
6214 | |
6215 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6216 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
6217 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info. | |
6218 | |
6219 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) | |
6220 | |
6221 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6222 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
6223 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info. | |
6224 | |
6225 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) | |
6226 | |
6227 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6228 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
6229 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info. | |
6230 | |
6231 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) | |
6232 | |
6233 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6234 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case. | |
6235 | |
6236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6237 | |
6238 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6239 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case. | |
6240 | |
6241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6242 | |
6243 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6244 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
6245 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
6246 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
6247 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
6248 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
6249 this subdirectory. | |
6250 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output. | |
6251 | |
6252 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil) | |
6253 | |
6254 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6255 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
6256 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | |
6257 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
6258 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | |
6259 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
6260 this subdirectory. | |
6261 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output. | |
6262 | |
6263 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil) | |
6264 | |
6265 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6266 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
6267 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line. | |
6268 | |
6269 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil) | |
6270 | |
6271 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6272 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
6273 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
6274 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden. | |
6275 | |
6276 \(fn DIR)" t nil) | |
6277 | |
6278 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6279 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
6280 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
6281 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in. | |
6282 | |
6283 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6284 | |
6285 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6286 Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
6287 Lower levels are unaffected. | |
6288 | |
6289 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil) | |
6290 | |
6291 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6292 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree. | |
6293 | |
6294 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
6295 | |
6296 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6297 Go down in the dired tree. | |
6298 | |
6299 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6300 | |
6301 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6302 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
6303 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
6304 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories. | |
6305 | |
6306 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
6307 | |
6308 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6309 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
6310 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
6311 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory. | |
6312 | |
6313 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
6314 | |
6315 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6316 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
6317 Stops when a match is found. | |
6318 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6319 | |
6320 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
6321 | |
6322 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6323 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. | |
6324 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
6325 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace | |
6326 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6327 | |
6328 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil) | |
6329 | |
6330 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\ | |
6331 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command. | |
6332 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is | |
6333 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead. | |
6334 | |
6335 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil) | |
6336 | |
6337 ;;;*** | |
6338 | |
6339 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15997 670)) | |
6340 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el | |
6341 | |
6342 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
6343 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
6344 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
6345 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
6346 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
6347 buffer and try again. | |
6348 | |
6349 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
6350 | |
6351 ;;;*** | |
6352 | |
6353 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15997 5127)) | |
6354 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el | |
6355 | |
6356 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
6357 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
6358 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
6359 | |
6360 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
6361 | |
6362 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
6363 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
6364 | |
6365 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
6366 `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
6367 | |
6368 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil) | |
6369 | |
6370 ;;;*** | |
6371 | |
6372 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16111 | |
6373 ;;;;;; 41828)) | |
6374 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el | |
6375 | |
6376 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
6377 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
6378 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
6379 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
6380 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
6381 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol. | |
6382 | |
6383 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil) | |
6384 | |
6385 ;;;*** | |
6386 | |
6387 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
6388 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
6389 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
6390 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
6391 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15941 42951)) | |
6392 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el | |
6393 | |
6394 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
6395 Return a new, empty display table. | |
6396 | |
6397 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
6398 | |
6399 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
6400 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
6401 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
6402 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
6403 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'. | |
6404 | |
6405 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil) | |
6406 | |
6407 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
6408 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
6409 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
6410 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
6411 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'. | |
6412 | |
6413 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil) | |
6414 | |
6415 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
6416 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer. | |
6417 | |
6418 \(fn DT)" nil nil) | |
6419 | |
6420 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
6421 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer. | |
6422 | |
6423 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6424 | |
6425 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
6426 Display characters in the range L to H literally. | |
6427 | |
6428 \(fn L H)" nil nil) | |
6429 | |
6430 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
6431 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation. | |
6432 | |
6433 \(fn L H)" nil nil) | |
6434 | |
6435 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
6436 Display character C using printable string S. | |
6437 | |
6438 \(fn C S)" nil nil) | |
6439 | |
6440 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
6441 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
6442 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
6443 it is meaningless for an X frame. | |
6444 | |
6445 \(fn C SC)" nil nil) | |
6446 | |
6447 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
6448 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
6449 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
6450 X frame. | |
6451 | |
6452 \(fn C GC)" nil nil) | |
6453 | |
6454 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
6455 Display character C as character UC plus underlining. | |
6456 | |
6457 \(fn C UC)" nil nil) | |
6458 | |
6459 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\ | |
6460 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal. | |
6461 | |
6462 \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | |
6463 | |
6464 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
6465 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
6466 | |
6467 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
6468 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
6469 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
6470 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
6471 | |
6472 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
6473 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
6474 European character display. | |
6475 | |
6476 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
6477 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
6478 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
6479 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
6480 | |
6481 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
6482 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
6483 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
6484 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
6485 for users who call this function in `.emacs'. | |
6486 | |
6487 \(fn ARG)" nil nil) | |
6488 | |
6489 ;;;*** | |
6490 | |
6491 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
6492 ;;;;;; (15186 43694)) | |
6493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el | |
6494 | |
6495 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
6496 Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
6497 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
6498 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
6499 Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
6500 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
6501 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
6502 Default is 2. | |
6503 | |
6504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
6505 | |
6506 ;;;*** | |
6507 | |
6508 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15941 42963)) | |
6509 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el | |
6510 | |
6511 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
6512 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy. | |
6513 | |
6514 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6515 | |
6516 ;;;*** | |
6517 | |
6518 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" | |
6519 ;;;;;; (15941 42951)) | |
6520 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el | |
6521 | |
6522 (defvar double-mode nil "\ | |
6523 Toggle Double mode. | |
6524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
6525 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
6526 | |
6527 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double") | |
6528 | |
6529 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ | |
6530 Toggle Double mode. | |
6531 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
6532 | |
6533 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
6534 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details. | |
6535 | |
6536 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
6537 | |
6538 ;;;*** | |
6539 | |
6540 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15941 42963)) | |
6541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el | |
6542 | |
6543 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
6544 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game. | |
6545 | |
6546 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6547 | |
6548 ;;;*** | |
6549 | |
6550 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
6551 ;;;;;; (15235 28667)) | |
6552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el | |
6553 | |
6554 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
6555 Play sounds in message buffers. | |
6556 | |
6557 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6558 | |
6559 ;;;*** | |
6560 | |
6561 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap | |
6562 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" | |
6563 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16131 19792)) | |
6564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el | |
6565 | |
6566 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) | |
6567 | |
6568 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
6569 Define a new minor mode MODE. | |
6570 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map, | |
6571 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. | |
6572 | |
6573 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
6574 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. | |
6575 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on. | |
6576 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. | |
6577 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' | |
6578 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use | |
6579 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument. | |
6580 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are | |
6581 used (see below). | |
6582 | |
6583 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. | |
6584 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks. | |
6585 Before the actual body code, you can write | |
6586 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values). | |
6587 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords | |
6588 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global): | |
6589 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms. | |
6590 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be | |
6591 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local. | |
6592 By default, the mode is buffer-local. | |
6593 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument. | |
6594 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument. | |
6595 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument. | |
6596 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'. | |
6597 | |
6598 For example, you could write | |
6599 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\" | |
6600 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\" | |
6601 ...BODY CODE...) | |
6602 | |
6603 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
6604 | |
6605 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
6606 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE. | |
6607 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer | |
6608 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer. | |
6609 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments: | |
6610 :group to specify the custom group. | |
6611 | |
6612 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro)) | |
6613 | |
6614 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
6615 Return a keymap built from bindings BS. | |
6616 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where | |
6617 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'. | |
6618 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'. | |
6619 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map. | |
6620 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments. | |
6621 | |
6622 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil) | |
6623 | |
6624 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
6625 Not documented | |
6626 | |
6627 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro)) | |
6628 | |
6629 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
6630 Define variable ST as a syntax-table. | |
6631 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX). | |
6632 | |
6633 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro)) | |
6634 | |
6635 ;;;*** | |
6636 | |
6637 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
6638 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16054 | |
6639 ;;;;;; 60749)) | |
6640 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el | |
6641 | |
6642 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun)) | |
6643 | |
6644 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ | |
6645 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
6646 | |
6647 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL, | |
6648 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string. | |
6649 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS. | |
6650 | |
6651 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
6652 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
6653 | |
6654 :filter FUNCTION | |
6655 | |
6656 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
6657 menu displayed. | |
6658 | |
6659 :visible INCLUDE | |
6660 | |
6661 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
6662 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
6663 | |
6664 :active ENABLE | |
6665 | |
6666 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
6667 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
6668 | |
6669 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
6670 | |
6671 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
6672 | |
6673 NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
6674 | |
6675 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
6676 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
6677 | |
6678 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
6679 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
6680 | |
6681 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: | |
6682 | |
6683 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
6684 | |
6685 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
6686 | |
6687 :keys KEYS | |
6688 | |
6689 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
6690 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
6691 computed automatically. | |
6692 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
6693 | |
6694 :key-sequence KEYS | |
6695 | |
6696 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this | |
6697 menu item. | |
6698 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of | |
6699 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no | |
6700 keyboard equivalent. | |
6701 | |
6702 :active ENABLE | |
6703 | |
6704 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
6705 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
6706 | |
6707 :included INCLUDE | |
6708 | |
6709 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
6710 expression has a non-nil value. | |
6711 | |
6712 :suffix FORM | |
6713 | |
6714 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose | |
6715 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME. | |
6716 | |
6717 :style STYLE | |
6718 | |
6719 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are | |
6720 defined: | |
6721 | |
6722 toggle: A checkbox. | |
6723 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
6724 radio: A radio button. | |
6725 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
6726 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the | |
6727 menu bar itself. | |
6728 anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
6729 | |
6730 :selected SELECTED | |
6731 | |
6732 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
6733 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
6734 | |
6735 :help HELP | |
6736 | |
6737 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item. | |
6738 | |
6739 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as | |
6740 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
6741 as a solid horizontal line. | |
6742 | |
6743 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu. | |
6744 | |
6745 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro)) | |
6746 | |
6747 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\ | |
6748 Not documented | |
6749 | |
6750 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil) | |
6751 | |
6752 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
6753 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
6754 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
6755 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'. | |
6756 | |
6757 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil) | |
6758 | |
6759 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
6760 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
6761 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that | |
6762 should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
6763 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
6764 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
6765 | |
6766 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
6767 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
6768 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
6769 | |
6770 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
6771 to implement dynamic menus. | |
6772 | |
6773 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil) | |
6774 | |
6775 ;;;*** | |
6776 | |
6777 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style | |
6778 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup | |
6779 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer | |
6780 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer | |
6781 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15961 24154)) | |
6782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el | |
6783 | |
6784 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6785 Customization for ebnf group. | |
6786 | |
6787 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6788 | |
6789 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6790 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer. | |
6791 | |
6792 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for | |
6793 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending | |
6794 it to the printer. | |
6795 | |
6796 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it | |
6797 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
6798 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a | |
6799 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in. | |
6800 | |
6801 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
6802 | |
6803 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6804 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region. | |
6805 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region. | |
6806 | |
6807 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
6808 | |
6809 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6810 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer. | |
6811 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
6812 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
6813 | |
6814 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | |
6815 | |
6816 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6817 | |
6818 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6819 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally. | |
6820 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
6821 | |
6822 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | |
6823 | |
6824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
6825 | |
6826 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6827 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. | |
6828 | |
6829 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
6830 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
6831 | |
6832 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
6833 | |
6834 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
6835 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
6836 | |
6837 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
6838 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
6839 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
6840 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
6841 | |
6842 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file. | |
6843 | |
6844 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6845 | |
6846 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6847 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file. | |
6848 | |
6849 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
6850 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
6851 | |
6852 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
6853 | |
6854 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
6855 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
6856 | |
6857 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
6858 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
6859 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
6860 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
6861 | |
6862 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file. | |
6863 | |
6864 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
6865 | |
6866 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool)) | |
6867 | |
6868 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6869 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer. | |
6870 | |
6871 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6872 | |
6873 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6874 Does a syntactic analysis of a region. | |
6875 | |
6876 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
6877 | |
6878 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6879 Return the current ebnf2ps setup. | |
6880 | |
6881 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
6882 | |
6883 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6884 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES. | |
6885 | |
6886 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil) | |
6887 | |
6888 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6889 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES. | |
6890 | |
6891 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil) | |
6892 | |
6893 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6894 Set STYLE to current style. | |
6895 | |
6896 It returns the old style symbol. | |
6897 | |
6898 \(fn STYLE)" t nil) | |
6899 | |
6900 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6901 Reset current style. | |
6902 | |
6903 It returns the old style symbol. | |
6904 | |
6905 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil) | |
6906 | |
6907 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6908 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style. | |
6909 | |
6910 It returns the old style symbol. | |
6911 | |
6912 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil) | |
6913 | |
6914 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
6915 Pop a style and set it to current style. | |
6916 | |
6917 It returns the old style symbol. | |
6918 | |
6919 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6920 | |
6921 ;;;*** | |
6922 | |
6923 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree | |
6924 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack | |
6925 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use | |
6926 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol | |
6927 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" | |
6928 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15961 24154)) | |
6929 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el | |
6930 | |
6931 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\ | |
6932 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers. | |
6933 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree. | |
6934 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands. | |
6935 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures. | |
6936 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from. | |
6937 | |
6938 Tree mode key bindings: | |
6939 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map} | |
6940 | |
6941 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6942 | |
6943 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
6944 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled. | |
6945 | |
6946 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6947 | |
6948 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\ | |
6949 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point. | |
6950 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. | |
6951 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with | |
6952 completion. | |
6953 | |
6954 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil) | |
6955 | |
6956 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\ | |
6957 Repeat last operation on files in tree. | |
6958 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time. | |
6959 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over. | |
6960 | |
6961 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil) | |
6962 | |
6963 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\ | |
6964 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree. | |
6965 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only. | |
6966 | |
6967 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
6968 | |
6969 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\ | |
6970 Search for call sites of a member. | |
6971 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member. | |
6972 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer. | |
6973 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that | |
6974 looks like a function call to the member. | |
6975 | |
6976 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil) | |
6977 | |
6978 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ | |
6979 Move backward in the position stack. | |
6980 Prefix arg ARG says how much. | |
6981 | |
6982 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
6983 | |
6984 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ | |
6985 Move forward in the position stack. | |
6986 Prefix arg ARG says how much. | |
6987 | |
6988 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
6989 | |
6990 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\ | |
6991 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer. | |
6992 | |
6993 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6994 | |
6995 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
6996 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from. | |
6997 | |
6998 \(fn)" t nil) | |
6999 | |
7000 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\ | |
7001 Write the current tree data structure to a file. | |
7002 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive. | |
7003 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in. | |
7004 | |
7005 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil) | |
7006 | |
7007 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\ | |
7008 Display statistics for a class tree. | |
7009 | |
7010 \(fn)" t nil) | |
7011 | |
7012 ;;;*** | |
7013 | |
7014 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" | |
7015 ;;;;;; (15997 671)) | |
7016 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el | |
7017 | |
7018 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
7019 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
7020 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
7021 listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
7022 | |
7023 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
7024 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
7025 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
7026 | |
7027 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
7028 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
7029 much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
7030 | |
7031 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
7032 | |
7033 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map} | |
7034 | |
7035 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
7036 | |
7037 ;;;*** | |
7038 | |
7039 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
7040 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15941 42951)) | |
7041 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el | |
7042 | |
7043 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
7044 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
7045 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing. | |
7046 | |
7047 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil) | |
7048 | |
7049 ;;;*** | |
7050 | |
7051 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
7052 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16111 41828)) | |
7053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el | |
7054 | |
7055 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
7056 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
7057 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
7058 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
7059 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
7060 | |
7061 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
7062 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
7063 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
7064 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
7065 | |
7066 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug") | |
7067 | |
7068 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
7069 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
7070 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
7071 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
7072 | |
7073 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug") | |
7074 | |
7075 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
7076 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. | |
7077 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol | |
7078 \(naming a function), or a list. | |
7079 | |
7080 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro)) | |
7081 | |
7082 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
7083 | |
7084 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
7085 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug. | |
7086 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug | |
7087 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area | |
7088 using `eval-expression' (which see). | |
7089 | |
7090 If you do this on a function definition | |
7091 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments | |
7092 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called | |
7093 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate | |
7094 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug. | |
7095 | |
7096 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom', | |
7097 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value | |
7098 expression even if the variable already has some other value. | |
7099 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there | |
7100 already is one.) | |
7101 | |
7102 \(fn)" t nil) | |
7103 | |
7104 ;;;*** | |
7105 | |
7106 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
7107 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
7108 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
7109 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
7110 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
7111 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
7112 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
7113 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
7114 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup | |
7115 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16111 41824)) | |
7116 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el | |
7117 | |
7118 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
7119 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B. | |
7120 | |
7121 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7122 | |
7123 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
7124 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C. | |
7125 | |
7126 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7127 | |
7128 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
7129 | |
7130 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
7131 | |
7132 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\ | |
7133 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file. | |
7134 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
7135 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original. | |
7136 | |
7137 \(fn FILE)" t nil) | |
7138 | |
7139 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
7140 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B. | |
7141 | |
7142 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil) | |
7143 | |
7144 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
7145 | |
7146 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
7147 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C. | |
7148 | |
7149 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil) | |
7150 | |
7151 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
7152 | |
7153 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
7154 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
7155 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular | |
7156 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered. | |
7157 | |
7158 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil) | |
7159 | |
7160 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
7161 | |
7162 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
7163 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
7164 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
7165 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account. | |
7166 | |
7167 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil) | |
7168 | |
7169 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
7170 | |
7171 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
7172 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
7173 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a | |
7174 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered. | |
7175 | |
7176 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil) | |
7177 | |
7178 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
7179 | |
7180 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
7181 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
7182 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular | |
7183 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered. | |
7184 | |
7185 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) | |
7186 | |
7187 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
7188 | |
7189 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
7190 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
7191 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files | |
7192 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge | |
7193 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression; | |
7194 only file names that match the regexp are considered. | |
7195 | |
7196 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) | |
7197 | |
7198 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
7199 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
7200 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
7201 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account. | |
7202 | |
7203 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) | |
7204 | |
7205 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
7206 | |
7207 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
7208 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
7209 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
7210 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account. | |
7211 | |
7212 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) | |
7213 | |
7214 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
7215 | |
7216 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
7217 | |
7218 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
7219 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
7220 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
7221 follows: | |
7222 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
7223 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A. | |
7224 | |
7225 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7226 | |
7227 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
7228 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
7229 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
7230 follows: | |
7231 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
7232 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A. | |
7233 | |
7234 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7235 | |
7236 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
7237 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers. | |
7238 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except | |
7239 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer. | |
7240 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second | |
7241 region. | |
7242 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | |
7243 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'. | |
7244 | |
7245 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7246 | |
7247 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
7248 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers. | |
7249 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except | |
7250 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer. | |
7251 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second | |
7252 region. | |
7253 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | |
7254 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
7255 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'. | |
7256 | |
7257 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7258 | |
7259 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
7260 | |
7261 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
7262 Merge two files without ancestor. | |
7263 | |
7264 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | |
7265 | |
7266 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
7267 Merge two files with ancestor. | |
7268 | |
7269 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | |
7270 | |
7271 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
7272 | |
7273 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
7274 Merge buffers without ancestor. | |
7275 | |
7276 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | |
7277 | |
7278 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
7279 Merge buffers with ancestor. | |
7280 | |
7281 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | |
7282 | |
7283 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
7284 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
7285 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
7286 buffer. | |
7287 | |
7288 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | |
7289 | |
7290 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
7291 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
7292 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
7293 buffer. | |
7294 | |
7295 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | |
7296 | |
7297 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
7298 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
7299 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a | |
7300 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'. | |
7301 | |
7302 \(fn POS)" t nil) | |
7303 | |
7304 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
7305 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. | |
7306 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | |
7307 and don't ask the user. | |
7308 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | |
7309 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file. | |
7310 | |
7311 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil) | |
7312 | |
7313 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
7314 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME. | |
7315 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for | |
7316 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer. | |
7317 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file. | |
7318 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer. | |
7319 | |
7320 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil) | |
7321 | |
7322 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
7323 | |
7324 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
7325 | |
7326 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
7327 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
7328 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt. | |
7329 Default: the file visited by the current buffer. | |
7330 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'. | |
7331 | |
7332 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7333 | |
7334 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
7335 | |
7336 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
7337 Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
7338 When called interactively, displays the version. | |
7339 | |
7340 \(fn)" t nil) | |
7341 | |
7342 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
7343 Display Ediff's manual. | |
7344 With optional NODE, goes to that node. | |
7345 | |
7346 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil) | |
7347 | |
7348 ;;;*** | |
7349 | |
7350 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el" | |
7351 ;;;;;; (15941 42951)) | |
7352 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el | |
7353 | |
7354 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\ | |
7355 Not documented | |
7356 | |
7357 \(fn)" t nil) | |
7358 | |
7359 ;;;*** | |
7360 | |
7361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15941 42951)) | |
7362 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el | |
7363 | |
7364 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) | |
7365 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form)) | |
7366 | |
7367 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil) | |
7368 | |
7369 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))) | |
7370 | |
7371 ;;;*** | |
7372 | |
7373 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" | |
7374 ;;;;;; (16111 41824)) | |
7375 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el | |
7376 | |
7377 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
7378 Display Ediff's registry. | |
7379 | |
7380 \(fn)" t nil) | |
7381 | |
7382 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
7383 | |
7384 ;;;*** | |
7385 | |
7386 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
7387 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16111 41824)) | |
7388 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el | |
7389 | |
7390 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
7391 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
7392 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
7393 which see. | |
7394 | |
7395 \(fn)" t nil) | |
7396 | |
7397 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
7398 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
7399 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
7400 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see. | |
7401 | |
7402 \(fn)" t nil) | |
7403 | |
7404 ;;;*** | |
7405 | |
7406 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
7407 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
7408 ;;;;;; (15941 42952)) | |
7409 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el | |
7410 | |
7411 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
7412 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
7413 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
7414 | |
7415 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
7416 Edit a keyboard macro. | |
7417 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
7418 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
7419 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
7420 its command name. | |
7421 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way. | |
7422 | |
7423 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil) | |
7424 | |
7425 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
7426 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro. | |
7427 | |
7428 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) | |
7429 | |
7430 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
7431 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'. | |
7432 | |
7433 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) | |
7434 | |
7435 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
7436 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
7437 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
7438 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
7439 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
7440 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
7441 | |
7442 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
7443 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
7444 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
7445 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always. | |
7446 | |
7447 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil) | |
7448 | |
7449 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
7450 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
7451 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
7452 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
7453 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
7454 or nil, use a compact 80-column format. | |
7455 | |
7456 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil) | |
7457 | |
7458 ;;;*** | |
7459 | |
7460 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" | |
7461 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15941 42958)) | |
7462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el | |
7463 | |
7464 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\ | |
7465 Set scroll margins. | |
7466 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window. | |
7467 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window. | |
7468 | |
7469 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil) | |
7470 | |
7471 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ | |
7472 Turn on EDT Emulation. | |
7473 | |
7474 \(fn)" t nil) | |
7475 | |
7476 ;;;*** | |
7477 | |
7478 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
7479 ;;;;;; (16139 21083)) | |
7480 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el | |
7481 | |
7482 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
7483 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
7484 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
7485 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
7486 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
7487 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
7488 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
7489 the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
7490 | |
7491 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
7492 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
7493 | |
7494 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
7495 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
7496 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
7497 this value is non-nil. | |
7498 | |
7499 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
7500 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil. | |
7501 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
7502 | |
7503 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help | |
7504 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and | |
7505 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit. | |
7506 | |
7507 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil) | |
7508 | |
7509 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\ | |
7510 Not documented | |
7511 | |
7512 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil) | |
7513 | |
7514 ;;;*** | |
7515 | |
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string) | |
7517 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16066 53440)) | |
7518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el | |
7519 | |
7520 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\ | |
7521 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.") | |
7522 | |
7523 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc") | |
7524 | |
7525 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
7526 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off. | |
7527 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | |
7528 | |
7529 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
7530 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
7531 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
7532 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
7533 from the documentation string if possible. | |
7534 | |
7535 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
7536 instead. | |
7537 | |
7538 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
7539 | |
7540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
7541 | |
7542 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
7543 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation). | |
7544 | |
7545 \(fn)" t nil) | |
7546 | |
7547 ;;;*** | |
7548 | |
7549 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15829 | |
7550 ;;;;;; 28907)) | |
7551 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el | |
7552 | |
7553 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | |
7554 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | |
7555 | |
7556 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | |
7557 an elided material again. | |
7558 | |
7559 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks. | |
7560 | |
7561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
7562 | |
7563 ;;;*** | |
7564 | |
7565 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" | |
7566 ;;;;;; (15829 28908)) | |
7567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el | |
7568 | |
7569 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
7570 Initialize elint. | |
7571 | |
7572 \(fn)" t nil) | |
7573 | |
7574 ;;;*** | |
7575 | |
7576 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list | |
7577 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15407 | |
7578 ;;;;;; 8858)) | |
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el | |
7580 | |
7581 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
7582 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
7583 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function. | |
7584 | |
7585 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil) | |
7586 | |
7587 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
7588 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
7589 Use optional LIST if provided instead. | |
7590 | |
7591 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil) | |
7592 | |
7593 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
7594 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
7595 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
7596 | |
7597 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET | |
7598 | |
7599 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil) | |
7600 | |
7601 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
7602 Display current profiling results. | |
7603 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
7604 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
7605 displayed. | |
7606 | |
7607 \(fn)" t nil) | |
7608 | |
7609 ;;;*** | |
7610 | |
7611 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
7612 ;;;;;; (15678 51470)) | |
7613 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el | |
7614 | |
7615 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
7616 Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
7617 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer. | |
7618 | |
7619 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil) | |
7620 | |
7621 ;;;*** | |
7622 | |
7623 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
7624 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
7625 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
7626 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
7627 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16174 61084)) | |
7628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el | |
7629 | |
7630 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
7631 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu)) | |
7632 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] | |
7633 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)) | |
7634 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] | |
7635 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
7636 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] | |
7637 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)) | |
7638 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] | |
7639 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
7640 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] | |
7641 '("Files..." . emerge-files)) | |
7642 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] | |
7643 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)) | |
7644 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] | |
7645 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)) | |
7646 | |
7647 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
7648 Run Emerge on two files. | |
7649 | |
7650 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7651 | |
7652 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
7653 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor. | |
7654 | |
7655 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7656 | |
7657 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
7658 Run Emerge on two buffers. | |
7659 | |
7660 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7661 | |
7662 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
7663 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor. | |
7664 | |
7665 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7666 | |
7667 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\ | |
7668 Not documented | |
7669 | |
7670 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
7671 | |
7672 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\ | |
7673 Not documented | |
7674 | |
7675 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
7676 | |
7677 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\ | |
7678 Not documented | |
7679 | |
7680 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil) | |
7681 | |
7682 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\ | |
7683 Not documented | |
7684 | |
7685 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil) | |
7686 | |
7687 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
7688 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file. | |
7689 | |
7690 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7691 | |
7692 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
7693 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor. | |
7694 | |
7695 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | |
7696 | |
7697 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\ | |
7698 Not documented | |
7699 | |
7700 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil) | |
7701 | |
7702 ;;;*** | |
7703 | |
7704 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
7705 ;;;;;; (15941 42961)) | |
7706 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el | |
7707 | |
7708 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\ | |
7709 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled. | |
7710 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
7711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
7712 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.") | |
7713 | |
7714 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb") | |
7715 | |
7716 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | |
7717 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
7718 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
7719 | |
7720 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
7721 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
7722 automatically. | |
7723 | |
7724 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
7725 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
7726 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]. | |
7727 | |
7728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
7729 | |
7730 ;;;*** | |
7731 | |
7732 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
7733 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16162 11943)) | |
7734 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el | |
7735 | |
7736 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
7737 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
7738 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
7739 text/enriched format. | |
7740 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
7741 | |
7742 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | |
7743 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | |
7744 | |
7745 Commands: | |
7746 | |
7747 \\{enriched-mode-map} | |
7748 | |
7749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
7750 | |
7751 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\ | |
7752 Not documented | |
7753 | |
7754 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil) | |
7755 | |
7756 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\ | |
7757 Not documented | |
7758 | |
7759 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | |
7760 | |
7761 ;;;*** | |
7762 | |
7763 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15678 | |
7764 ;;;;;; 51469)) | |
7765 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el | |
7766 | |
7767 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\ | |
7768 Emacs shell interactive mode. | |
7769 | |
7770 \\{eshell-mode-map} | |
7771 | |
7772 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
7773 | |
7774 ;;;*** | |
7775 | |
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15472 | |
7777 ;;;;;; 50922)) | |
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el | |
7779 | |
7780 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\ | |
7781 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected. | |
7782 | |
7783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
7784 | |
7785 ;;;*** | |
7786 | |
7787 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command | |
7788 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16070 35808)) | |
7789 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el | |
7790 | |
7791 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\ | |
7792 Create an interactive Eshell buffer. | |
7793 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of | |
7794 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in | |
7795 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session | |
7796 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET') | |
7797 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A | |
7798 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the | |
7799 buffer selected (or created). | |
7800 | |
7801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
7802 | |
7803 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\ | |
7804 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND. | |
7805 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point. | |
7806 | |
7807 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil) | |
7808 | |
7809 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\ | |
7810 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result. | |
7811 The result might be any Lisp object. | |
7812 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the | |
7813 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned | |
7814 corresponding to a successful execution. | |
7815 | |
7816 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil) | |
7817 | |
7818 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\ | |
7819 Report a bug in Eshell. | |
7820 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer. | |
7821 Please include any configuration details that might be involved. | |
7822 | |
7823 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil) | |
7824 | |
7825 ;;;*** | |
7826 | |
7827 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags | |
7828 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
7829 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
7830 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer | |
7831 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook | |
7832 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list | |
7833 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16148 | |
7834 ;;;;;; 4633)) | |
7835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el | |
7836 | |
7837 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
7838 *File name of tags table. | |
7839 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
7840 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
7841 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
7842 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
7843 | |
7844 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\ | |
7845 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive. | |
7846 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive. | |
7847 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.") | |
7848 | |
7849 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags") | |
7850 | |
7851 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ | |
7852 *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
7853 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
7854 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
7855 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
7856 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
7857 | |
7858 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags") | |
7859 | |
7860 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\ | |
7861 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used. | |
7862 An empty string means search the non-compressed file. | |
7863 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated | |
7864 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function | |
7865 `auto-compression-mode').") | |
7866 | |
7867 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags") | |
7868 | |
7869 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ | |
7870 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
7871 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
7872 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
7873 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
7874 | |
7875 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags") | |
7876 | |
7877 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
7878 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
7879 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
7880 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
7881 | |
7882 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags") | |
7883 | |
7884 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
7885 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
7886 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
7887 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
7888 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
7889 | |
7890 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags") | |
7891 | |
7892 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
7893 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
7894 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
7895 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
7896 | |
7897 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
7898 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
7899 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
7900 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
7901 file the tag was in. | |
7902 | |
7903 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil) | |
7904 | |
7905 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\ | |
7906 Select the buffer containing the current tags table. | |
7907 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table. | |
7908 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'. | |
7909 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table; | |
7910 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'. | |
7911 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in | |
7912 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'. | |
7913 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list. | |
7914 | |
7915 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil) | |
7916 | |
7917 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
7918 Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
7919 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
7920 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
7921 without directory names. | |
7922 | |
7923 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
7924 | |
7925 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
7926 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
7927 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
7928 but does not select the buffer. | |
7929 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
7930 | |
7931 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
7932 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
7933 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
7934 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
7935 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
7936 | |
7937 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
7938 | |
7939 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed | |
7940 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
7941 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
7942 | |
7943 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | |
7944 | |
7945 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil) | |
7946 | |
7947 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
7948 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
7949 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
7950 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
7951 | |
7952 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
7953 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
7954 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
7955 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
7956 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
7957 | |
7958 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
7959 | |
7960 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed | |
7961 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
7962 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
7963 | |
7964 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | |
7965 | |
7966 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil) | |
7967 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
7968 | |
7969 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
7970 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
7971 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
7972 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
7973 around or before point. | |
7974 | |
7975 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
7976 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
7977 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
7978 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
7979 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
7980 | |
7981 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
7982 | |
7983 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed | |
7984 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
7985 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
7986 | |
7987 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | |
7988 | |
7989 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil) | |
7990 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
7991 | |
7992 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
7993 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
7994 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
7995 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
7996 around or before point. | |
7997 | |
7998 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
7999 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
8000 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
8001 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
8002 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
8003 | |
8004 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
8005 | |
8006 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed | |
8007 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
8008 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
8009 | |
8010 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | |
8011 | |
8012 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil) | |
8013 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
8014 | |
8015 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
8016 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
8017 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
8018 | |
8019 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
8020 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
8021 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
8022 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
8023 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
8024 | |
8025 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
8026 | |
8027 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed | |
8028 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
8029 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
8030 | |
8031 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | |
8032 | |
8033 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
8034 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
8035 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
8036 | |
8037 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
8038 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
8039 | |
8040 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
8041 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
8042 where they were found. | |
8043 | |
8044 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8045 | |
8046 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
8047 Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
8048 | |
8049 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
8050 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
8051 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
8052 | |
8053 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
8054 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
8055 | |
8056 Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
8057 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename. | |
8058 | |
8059 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil) | |
8060 | |
8061 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
8062 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
8063 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
8064 argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
8065 | |
8066 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
8067 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
8068 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
8069 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
8070 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file. | |
8071 | |
8072 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil) | |
8073 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
8074 | |
8075 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
8076 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
8077 Stops when a match is found. | |
8078 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
8079 | |
8080 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | |
8081 | |
8082 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil) | |
8083 | |
8084 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
8085 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table. | |
8086 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
8087 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace | |
8088 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
8089 | |
8090 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | |
8091 | |
8092 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil) | |
8093 | |
8094 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
8095 Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
8096 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
8097 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
8098 directory specification. | |
8099 | |
8100 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil) | |
8101 | |
8102 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
8103 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches. | |
8104 | |
8105 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
8106 | |
8107 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
8108 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
8109 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
8110 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list. | |
8111 | |
8112 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8113 | |
8114 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
8115 Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
8116 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
8117 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
8118 for \\[find-tag] (which see). | |
8119 | |
8120 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8121 | |
8122 ;;;*** | |
8123 | |
8124 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
8125 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
8126 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
8127 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
8128 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
8129 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
8130 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) | |
8131 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16118 44435)) | |
8132 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el | |
8133 | |
8134 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8135 Not documented | |
8136 | |
8137 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
8138 | |
8139 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8140 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
8141 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
8142 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
8143 | |
8144 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
8145 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
8146 language. | |
8147 | |
8148 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
8149 even if the buffer is read-only. | |
8150 | |
8151 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
8152 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
8153 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'. | |
8154 | |
8155 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) | |
8156 | |
8157 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8158 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
8159 | |
8160 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
8161 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
8162 | |
8163 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
8164 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
8165 language. | |
8166 | |
8167 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
8168 buffer is read-only. | |
8169 | |
8170 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
8171 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
8172 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'. | |
8173 | |
8174 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) | |
8175 | |
8176 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8177 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
8178 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter. | |
8179 | |
8180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
8181 | |
8182 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8183 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
8184 | |
8185 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
8186 convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
8187 | |
8188 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
8189 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'. | |
8190 | |
8191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
8192 | |
8193 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8194 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
8195 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
8196 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted. | |
8197 | |
8198 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil) | |
8199 | |
8200 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8201 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
8202 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
8203 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
8204 | |
8205 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
8206 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
8207 the primary language. | |
8208 | |
8209 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
8210 buffer is read-only. | |
8211 | |
8212 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
8213 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
8214 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'. | |
8215 | |
8216 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) | |
8217 | |
8218 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8219 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
8220 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
8221 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
8222 | |
8223 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
8224 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
8225 primary language. | |
8226 | |
8227 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
8228 buffer is read-only. | |
8229 | |
8230 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
8231 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
8232 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'. | |
8233 | |
8234 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) | |
8235 | |
8236 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8237 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
8238 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter. | |
8239 | |
8240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
8241 | |
8242 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8243 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
8244 | |
8245 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
8246 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
8247 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
8248 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
8249 | |
8250 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too. | |
8251 | |
8252 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8253 | |
8254 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8255 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
8256 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted. | |
8257 | |
8258 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil) | |
8259 | |
8260 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8261 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor. | |
8262 | |
8263 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8264 | |
8265 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8266 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
8267 | |
8268 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
8269 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
8270 be 1, 2, or 3. | |
8271 | |
8272 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
8273 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
8274 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
8275 | |
8276 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region. | |
8277 | |
8278 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil) | |
8279 | |
8280 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8281 Allow the user to input special characters. | |
8282 | |
8283 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
8284 | |
8285 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8286 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
8287 Each command is always surrounded by braces. | |
8288 | |
8289 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8290 | |
8291 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8292 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars. | |
8293 | |
8294 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8295 | |
8296 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8297 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
8298 | |
8299 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
8300 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
8301 | |
8302 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
8303 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]. | |
8304 | |
8305 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
8306 | |
8307 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8308 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters. | |
8309 | |
8310 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
8311 | |
8312 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8313 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix. | |
8314 | |
8315 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
8316 | |
8317 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
8318 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension. | |
8319 | |
8320 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
8321 | |
8322 ;;;*** | |
8323 | |
8324 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline | |
8325 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el" | |
8326 ;;;;;; (15829 28909)) | |
8327 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el | |
8328 | |
8329 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\ | |
8330 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. | |
8331 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default | |
8332 server for future sessions. | |
8333 | |
8334 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil) | |
8335 | |
8336 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\ | |
8337 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server. | |
8338 | |
8339 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
8340 | |
8341 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\ | |
8342 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server. | |
8343 | |
8344 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
8345 | |
8346 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\ | |
8347 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. | |
8348 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
8349 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. | |
8350 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the | |
8351 individual inline query words with directory attribute names. | |
8352 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | |
8353 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | |
8354 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | |
8355 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. | |
8356 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, | |
8357 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers' | |
8358 | |
8359 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil) | |
8360 | |
8361 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\ | |
8362 Display a form to query the directory server. | |
8363 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first | |
8364 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form. | |
8365 | |
8366 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil) | |
8367 | |
8368 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\ | |
8369 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. | |
8370 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect. | |
8371 | |
8372 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8373 | |
8374 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu))))))))))) | |
8375 | |
8376 ;;;*** | |
8377 | |
8378 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline | |
8379 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary) | |
8380 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 17608)) | |
8381 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el | |
8382 | |
8383 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
8384 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA. | |
8385 | |
8386 \(fn DATA)" nil nil) | |
8387 | |
8388 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
8389 Display URL and make it clickable. | |
8390 | |
8391 \(fn URL)" nil nil) | |
8392 | |
8393 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
8394 Display e-mail address and make it clickable. | |
8395 | |
8396 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil) | |
8397 | |
8398 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
8399 Display a button to play the sound DATA. | |
8400 | |
8401 \(fn DATA)" nil nil) | |
8402 | |
8403 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
8404 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible. | |
8405 | |
8406 \(fn DATA)" nil nil) | |
8407 | |
8408 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
8409 Display a button for the JPEG DATA. | |
8410 | |
8411 \(fn DATA)" nil nil) | |
8412 | |
8413 ;;;*** | |
8414 | |
8415 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) | |
8416 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 17608)) | |
8417 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el | |
8418 | |
8419 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\ | |
8420 Insert record at point into the BBDB database. | |
8421 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer. | |
8422 | |
8423 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8424 | |
8425 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\ | |
8426 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record. | |
8427 | |
8428 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8429 | |
8430 ;;;*** | |
8431 | |
8432 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" | |
8433 ;;;;;; (15429 17608)) | |
8434 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el | |
8435 | |
8436 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\ | |
8437 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer. | |
8438 | |
8439 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8440 | |
8441 ;;;*** | |
8442 | |
8443 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p | |
8444 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find) | |
8445 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16111 41832)) | |
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el | |
8447 | |
8448 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\ | |
8449 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name. | |
8450 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'. | |
8451 | |
8452 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil) | |
8453 | |
8454 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ | |
8455 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
8456 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
8457 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
8458 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
8459 executable. | |
8460 | |
8461 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil) | |
8462 | |
8463 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
8464 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
8465 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself. | |
8466 | |
8467 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8468 | |
8469 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\ | |
8470 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable. | |
8471 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing | |
8472 file modes. | |
8473 | |
8474 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
8475 | |
8476 ;;;*** | |
8477 | |
8478 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
8479 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15364 46020)) | |
8480 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el | |
8481 | |
8482 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
8483 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
8484 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
8485 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
8486 | |
8487 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
8488 | |
8489 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
8490 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
8491 to generate such functions. | |
8492 | |
8493 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
8494 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
8495 beginning of the expanded text. | |
8496 | |
8497 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
8498 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
8499 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
8500 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
8501 | |
8502 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text. | |
8503 | |
8504 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil) | |
8505 | |
8506 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
8507 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
8508 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'. | |
8509 | |
8510 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8511 | |
8512 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
8513 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
8514 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'. | |
8515 | |
8516 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8517 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
8518 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
8519 | |
8520 ;;;*** | |
8521 | |
8522 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16054 60750)) | |
8523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el | |
8524 | |
8525 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
8526 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format. | |
8527 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'. | |
8528 | |
8529 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line. | |
8530 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line. | |
8531 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
8532 | |
8533 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
8534 | |
8535 Key definitions: | |
8536 \\{f90-mode-map} | |
8537 | |
8538 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
8539 | |
8540 `f90-do-indent' | |
8541 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3). | |
8542 `f90-if-indent' | |
8543 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3). | |
8544 `f90-type-indent' | |
8545 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3). | |
8546 `f90-program-indent' | |
8547 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks | |
8548 (default 2). | |
8549 `f90-continuation-indent' | |
8550 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5). | |
8551 `f90-comment-region' | |
8552 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each | |
8553 line in region (default \"!!!$\"). | |
8554 `f90-indented-comment-re' | |
8555 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code | |
8556 (default \"!\"). | |
8557 `f90-directive-comment-re' | |
8558 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented | |
8559 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\"). | |
8560 `f90-break-delimiters' | |
8561 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken | |
8562 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\"). | |
8563 `f90-break-before-delimiters' | |
8564 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters | |
8565 (default t). | |
8566 `f90-beginning-ampersand' | |
8567 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t). | |
8568 `f90-smart-end' | |
8569 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
8570 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
8571 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink). | |
8572 `f90-auto-keyword-case' | |
8573 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil). | |
8574 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
8575 `f90-leave-line-no' | |
8576 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil). | |
8577 `f90-keywords-re' | |
8578 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
8579 | |
8580 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
8581 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
8582 | |
8583 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8584 | |
8585 ;;;*** | |
8586 | |
8587 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special | |
8588 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only | |
8589 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu | |
8590 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) | |
8591 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15941 42952)) | |
8592 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el | |
8593 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
8594 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
8595 | |
8596 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
8597 Menu keymap for faces.") | |
8598 | |
8599 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
8600 | |
8601 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
8602 Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
8603 | |
8604 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
8605 | |
8606 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
8607 Menu keymap for background colors.") | |
8608 | |
8609 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
8610 | |
8611 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ | |
8612 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") | |
8613 | |
8614 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
8615 | |
8616 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ | |
8617 Submenu for text justification commands.") | |
8618 | |
8619 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
8620 | |
8621 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ | |
8622 Submenu for indentation commands.") | |
8623 | |
8624 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
8625 | |
8626 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
8627 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
8628 | |
8629 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
8630 | |
8631 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--")))) | |
8632 | |
8633 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | |
8634 | |
8635 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
8636 | |
8637 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
8638 Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
8639 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that | |
8640 will not show through at all will be removed. | |
8641 | |
8642 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer. | |
8643 | |
8644 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | |
8645 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
8646 requested face. | |
8647 | |
8648 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
8649 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
8650 typing a character to insert cancels the specification. | |
8651 | |
8652 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil) | |
8653 | |
8654 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
8655 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed. | |
8656 This command reads the color in the minibuffer. | |
8657 | |
8658 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | |
8659 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
8660 requested face. | |
8661 | |
8662 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
8663 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
8664 typing a character to insert cancels the specification. | |
8665 | |
8666 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil) | |
8667 | |
8668 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
8669 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed. | |
8670 This command reads the color in the minibuffer. | |
8671 | |
8672 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | |
8673 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
8674 requested face. | |
8675 | |
8676 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
8677 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
8678 typing a character to insert cancels the specification. | |
8679 | |
8680 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil) | |
8681 | |
8682 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
8683 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed. | |
8684 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use | |
8685 is the menu item's name. | |
8686 | |
8687 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | |
8688 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
8689 requested face. | |
8690 | |
8691 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
8692 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
8693 typing a character to insert cancels the specification. | |
8694 | |
8695 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil) | |
8696 | |
8697 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
8698 Make the region invisible. | |
8699 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
8700 `facemenu-remove-special'. | |
8701 | |
8702 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
8703 | |
8704 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
8705 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
8706 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
8707 `facemenu-remove-special'. | |
8708 | |
8709 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
8710 | |
8711 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
8712 Make the region unmodifiable. | |
8713 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
8714 `facemenu-remove-special'. | |
8715 | |
8716 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
8717 | |
8718 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
8719 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties. | |
8720 | |
8721 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
8722 | |
8723 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
8724 Remove all text properties from the region. | |
8725 | |
8726 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
8727 | |
8728 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
8729 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
8730 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'. | |
8731 | |
8732 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
8733 | |
8734 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
8735 Read a color using the minibuffer. | |
8736 | |
8737 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil) | |
8738 | |
8739 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
8740 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
8741 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
8742 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
8743 of colors that the current display can handle. | |
8744 | |
8745 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil) | |
8746 | |
8747 ;;;*** | |
8748 | |
8749 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
8750 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15941 42952)) | |
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el | |
8752 | |
8753 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
8754 Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
8755 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
8756 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
8757 | |
8758 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
8759 | |
8760 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
8761 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
8762 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
8763 | |
8764 Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
8765 - When you save the file's buffer. | |
8766 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
8767 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
8768 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
8769 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
8770 | |
8771 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
8772 | |
8773 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
8774 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
8775 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
8776 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'. | |
8777 | |
8778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
8779 | |
8780 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
8781 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode. | |
8782 | |
8783 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
8784 | |
8785 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
8786 | |
8787 ;;;*** | |
8788 | |
8789 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
8790 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts | |
8791 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15856 53274)) | |
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el | |
8793 | |
8794 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\ | |
8795 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package. | |
8796 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used | |
8797 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing. | |
8798 | |
8799 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
8800 | |
8801 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ | |
8802 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts. | |
8803 | |
8804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
8805 | |
8806 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
8807 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
8808 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
8809 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt. | |
8810 | |
8811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
8812 | |
8813 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
8814 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
8815 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
8816 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
8817 backup file names and the like). | |
8818 | |
8819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
8820 | |
8821 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
8822 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
8823 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
8824 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
8825 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
8826 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
8827 internally by feedmail): | |
8828 | |
8829 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
8830 after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
8831 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
8832 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
8833 | |
8834 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
8835 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
8836 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
8837 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
8838 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil. | |
8839 | |
8840 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil) | |
8841 | |
8842 ;;;*** | |
8843 | |
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu | |
8845 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15997 671)) | |
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el | |
8847 | |
8848 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
8849 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
8850 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
8851 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
8852 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
8853 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
8854 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'. | |
8855 | |
8856 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil) | |
8857 | |
8858 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
8859 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
8860 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
8861 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
8862 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
8863 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
8864 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
8865 | |
8866 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version. | |
8867 | |
8868 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
8869 | |
8870 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point)) | |
8871 | |
8872 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
8873 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
8874 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
8875 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
8876 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
8877 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'. | |
8878 | |
8879 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil) | |
8880 | |
8881 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
8882 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
8883 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
8884 Return value: | |
8885 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
8886 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
8887 * otherwise, nil | |
8888 | |
8889 \(fn E)" t nil) | |
8890 | |
8891 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
8892 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'. | |
8893 | |
8894 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
8895 | |
8896 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\ | |
8897 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'. | |
8898 | |
8899 \(fn)" t nil) | |
8900 | |
8901 ;;;*** | |
8902 | |
8903 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
8904 ;;;;;; (15997 5128)) | |
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el | |
8906 | |
8907 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
8908 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
8909 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
8910 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
8911 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, | |
8912 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
8913 \(directories) is done. | |
8914 | |
8915 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
8916 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
8917 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
8918 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
8919 | |
8920 ;;;*** | |
8921 | |
8922 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
8923 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15941 42952)) | |
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el | |
8925 | |
8926 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
8927 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
8928 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
8929 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
8930 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
8931 | |
8932 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired") | |
8933 | |
8934 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
8935 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
8936 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
8937 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
8938 | |
8939 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired") | |
8940 | |
8941 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
8942 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
8943 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
8944 | |
8945 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
8946 | |
8947 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
8948 as the final argument. | |
8949 | |
8950 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil) | |
8951 | |
8952 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
8953 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
8954 and run dired on those files. | |
8955 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
8956 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
8957 | |
8958 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls | |
8959 | |
8960 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil) | |
8961 | |
8962 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
8963 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output. | |
8964 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
8965 | |
8966 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls | |
8967 | |
8968 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options. | |
8969 | |
8970 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil) | |
8971 | |
8972 ;;;*** | |
8973 | |
8974 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
8975 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
8976 ;;;;;; (16111 41825)) | |
8977 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el | |
8978 | |
8979 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
8980 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
8981 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'. | |
8982 | |
8983 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window. | |
8984 | |
8985 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil) | |
8986 | |
8987 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file)) | |
8988 | |
8989 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
8990 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
8991 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
8992 | |
8993 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
8994 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
8995 | |
8996 Variables of interest include: | |
8997 | |
8998 - `ff-case-fold-search' | |
8999 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search'). | |
9000 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. | |
9001 | |
9002 - `ff-always-in-other-window' | |
9003 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an | |
9004 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'. | |
9005 | |
9006 - `ff-ignore-include' | |
9007 If non-nil, ignores #include lines. | |
9008 | |
9009 - `ff-always-try-to-create' | |
9010 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. | |
9011 | |
9012 - `ff-quiet-mode' | |
9013 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. | |
9014 | |
9015 - `ff-special-constructs' | |
9016 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
9017 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
9018 extracting the filename from that construct. | |
9019 | |
9020 - `ff-other-file-alist' | |
9021 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. | |
9022 | |
9023 - `ff-search-directories' | |
9024 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in | |
9025 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension. | |
9026 | |
9027 - `ff-pre-find-hook' | |
9028 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. | |
9029 | |
9030 - `ff-pre-load-hook' | |
9031 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. | |
9032 | |
9033 - `ff-post-load-hook' | |
9034 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. | |
9035 | |
9036 - `ff-not-found-hook' | |
9037 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. | |
9038 | |
9039 - `ff-file-created-hook' | |
9040 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created. | |
9041 | |
9042 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil) | |
9043 | |
9044 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
9045 Visit the file you click on. | |
9046 | |
9047 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
9048 | |
9049 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
9050 Visit the file you click on in another window. | |
9051 | |
9052 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
9053 | |
9054 ;;;*** | |
9055 | |
9056 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
9057 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
9058 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
9059 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
9060 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) | |
9061 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16111 41828)) | |
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el | |
9063 | |
9064 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\ | |
9065 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY. | |
9066 | |
9067 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil) | |
9068 | |
9069 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\ | |
9070 Search for SYMBOL. | |
9071 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise | |
9072 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY. | |
9073 | |
9074 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil) | |
9075 | |
9076 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
9077 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
9078 | |
9079 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
9080 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
9081 not selected. | |
9082 | |
9083 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
9084 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
9085 in `load-path'. | |
9086 | |
9087 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil) | |
9088 | |
9089 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
9090 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
9091 | |
9092 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
9093 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
9094 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
9095 it is one of the current buffers. | |
9096 | |
9097 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
9098 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
9099 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'. | |
9100 | |
9101 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | |
9102 | |
9103 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
9104 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
9105 | |
9106 See `find-function' for more details. | |
9107 | |
9108 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | |
9109 | |
9110 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
9111 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
9112 | |
9113 See `find-function' for more details. | |
9114 | |
9115 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | |
9116 | |
9117 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
9118 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | |
9119 | |
9120 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
9121 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
9122 not selected. | |
9123 | |
9124 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or | |
9125 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
9126 | |
9127 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil) | |
9128 | |
9129 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
9130 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
9131 | |
9132 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
9133 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
9134 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
9135 it is one of the current buffers. | |
9136 | |
9137 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
9138 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
9139 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'. | |
9140 | |
9141 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil) | |
9142 | |
9143 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
9144 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
9145 | |
9146 See `find-variable' for more details. | |
9147 | |
9148 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil) | |
9149 | |
9150 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
9151 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
9152 | |
9153 See `find-variable' for more details. | |
9154 | |
9155 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil) | |
9156 | |
9157 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
9158 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
9159 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer. | |
9160 | |
9161 \(fn KEY)" t nil) | |
9162 | |
9163 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
9164 Find directly the function at point in the other window. | |
9165 | |
9166 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9167 | |
9168 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
9169 Find directly the function at point in the other window. | |
9170 | |
9171 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9172 | |
9173 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
9174 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions. | |
9175 | |
9176 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
9177 | |
9178 ;;;*** | |
9179 | |
9180 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories | |
9181 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15188 556)) | |
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el | |
9183 | |
9184 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\ | |
9185 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP. | |
9186 | |
9187 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil) | |
9188 | |
9189 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\ | |
9190 Find all subdirectories of DIR. | |
9191 | |
9192 \(fn DIR)" t nil) | |
9193 | |
9194 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\ | |
9195 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP. | |
9196 | |
9197 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
9198 | |
9199 ;;;*** | |
9200 | |
9201 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords) | |
9202 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15924 18767)) | |
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el | |
9204 | |
9205 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\ | |
9206 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer. | |
9207 | |
9208 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9209 | |
9210 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\ | |
9211 Display FILE's commentary section. | |
9212 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'. | |
9213 | |
9214 \(fn FILE)" t nil) | |
9215 | |
9216 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\ | |
9217 Find packages matching a given keyword. | |
9218 | |
9219 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9220 | |
9221 ;;;*** | |
9222 | |
9223 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" | |
9224 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15941 42952)) | |
9225 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el | |
9226 | |
9227 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
9228 Toggle flow control handling. | |
9229 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
9230 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable. | |
9231 | |
9232 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil) | |
9233 | |
9234 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
9235 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
9236 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
9237 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
9238 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
9239 to get the effect of a C-q. | |
9240 | |
9241 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil) | |
9242 | |
9243 ;;;*** | |
9244 | |
9245 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off | |
9246 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string) | |
9247 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15589 6175)) | |
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el | |
9249 | |
9250 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\ | |
9251 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active. | |
9252 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.") | |
9253 | |
9254 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell") | |
9255 | |
9256 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
9257 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings. | |
9258 | |
9259 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9260 | |
9261 (defvar flyspell-mode nil) | |
9262 | |
9263 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) | |
9264 | |
9265 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
9266 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
9267 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
9268 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
9269 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
9270 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
9271 | |
9272 Bindings: | |
9273 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
9274 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
9275 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
9276 | |
9277 Hooks: | |
9278 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered. | |
9279 | |
9280 Remark: | |
9281 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
9282 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
9283 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
9284 | |
9285 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
9286 consider adding: | |
9287 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
9288 in your .emacs file. | |
9289 | |
9290 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region. | |
9291 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer. | |
9292 | |
9293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
9294 | |
9295 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) | |
9296 | |
9297 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\ | |
9298 The flyspell version | |
9299 | |
9300 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9301 | |
9302 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ | |
9303 Turn Flyspell mode off. | |
9304 | |
9305 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
9306 | |
9307 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\ | |
9308 Flyspell text between BEG and END. | |
9309 | |
9310 \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | |
9311 | |
9312 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\ | |
9313 Flyspell whole buffer. | |
9314 | |
9315 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9316 | |
9317 ;;;*** | |
9318 | |
9319 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
9320 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
9321 ;;;;;; (15856 53268)) | |
9322 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el | |
9323 | |
9324 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
9325 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'. | |
9326 | |
9327 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9328 | |
9329 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
9330 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'. | |
9331 | |
9332 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9333 | |
9334 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
9335 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
9336 | |
9337 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
9338 of two major techniques: | |
9339 | |
9340 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
9341 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
9342 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
9343 | |
9344 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
9345 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
9346 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
9347 movement commands. | |
9348 | |
9349 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
9350 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
9351 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
9352 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
9353 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
9354 mileage may vary). | |
9355 | |
9356 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
9357 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
9358 | |
9359 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
9360 | |
9361 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
9362 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
9363 \(This is the default.) | |
9364 | |
9365 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
9366 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
9367 | |
9368 Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
9369 \\{follow-mode-map} | |
9370 | |
9371 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
9372 | |
9373 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
9374 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
9375 | |
9376 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
9377 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
9378 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
9379 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
9380 two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
9381 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
9382 | |
9383 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
9384 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
9385 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
9386 | |
9387 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
9388 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
9389 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) | |
9390 | |
9391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
9392 | |
9393 ;;;*** | |
9394 | |
9395 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords | |
9396 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" | |
9397 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16138 682)) | |
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el | |
9399 | |
9400 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\ | |
9401 Not documented | |
9402 | |
9403 \(fn ARG)" nil nil) | |
9404 | |
9405 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
9406 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. | |
9407 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
9408 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. | |
9409 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
9410 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
9411 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
9412 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
9413 end of the current highlighting list. | |
9414 | |
9415 For example: | |
9416 | |
9417 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
9418 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
9419 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
9420 | |
9421 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
9422 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
9423 | |
9424 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended | |
9425 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid | |
9426 subtle problems due to details of the implementation. | |
9427 | |
9428 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g., | |
9429 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
9430 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'. | |
9431 | |
9432 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil) | |
9433 | |
9434 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
9435 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. | |
9436 | |
9437 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
9438 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer. | |
9439 | |
9440 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended | |
9441 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid | |
9442 subtle problems due to details of the implementation. | |
9443 | |
9444 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil) | |
9445 | |
9446 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ | |
9447 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would. | |
9448 | |
9449 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9450 | |
9451 ;;;*** | |
9452 | |
9453 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15941 | |
9454 ;;;;;; 42961)) | |
9455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el | |
9456 | |
9457 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ | |
9458 Toggle footnote minor mode. | |
9459 \\<message-mode-map> | |
9460 key binding | |
9461 --- ------- | |
9462 | |
9463 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes | |
9464 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote | |
9465 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote | |
9466 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style | |
9467 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message | |
9468 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote | |
9469 | |
9470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
9471 | |
9472 ;;;*** | |
9473 | |
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) | |
9475 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16111 41825)) | |
9476 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el | |
9477 | |
9478 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
9479 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
9480 | |
9481 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
9482 TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
9483 C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
9484 C-c < forms-first-record < | |
9485 C-c > forms-last-record > | |
9486 C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
9487 C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
9488 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
9489 C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
9490 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
9491 C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
9492 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
9493 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
9494 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
9495 C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
9496 | |
9497 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil) | |
9498 | |
9499 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
9500 Visit a file in Forms mode. | |
9501 | |
9502 \(fn FN)" t nil) | |
9503 | |
9504 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
9505 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window. | |
9506 | |
9507 \(fn FN)" t nil) | |
9508 | |
9509 ;;;*** | |
9510 | |
9511 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
9512 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16131 19793)) | |
9513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el | |
9514 | |
9515 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
9516 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
9517 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
9518 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
9519 with a character in column 6.") | |
9520 | |
9521 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran") | |
9522 | |
9523 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
9524 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format. | |
9525 For free format code, use `f90-mode'. | |
9526 | |
9527 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
9528 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
9529 | |
9530 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords. | |
9531 | |
9532 Key definitions: | |
9533 \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
9534 | |
9535 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
9536 | |
9537 `comment-start' | |
9538 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\". | |
9539 `fortran-do-indent' | |
9540 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3). | |
9541 `fortran-if-indent' | |
9542 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3). | |
9543 `fortran-structure-indent' | |
9544 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks. | |
9545 (default 3) | |
9546 `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
9547 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5). | |
9548 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
9549 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0). | |
9550 `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
9551 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are: | |
9552 nil don't change the indentation | |
9553 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
9554 value of either | |
9555 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or | |
9556 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format), | |
9557 depending on the continuation format in use. | |
9558 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
9559 indentation for a line of code. | |
9560 (default 'fixed) | |
9561 `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
9562 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
9563 full-line comment indentation (default \" \"). | |
9564 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
9565 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6). | |
9566 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
9567 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9). | |
9568 `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
9569 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will | |
9570 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
9571 column 5. | |
9572 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
9573 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
9574 statements (default nil). | |
9575 `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
9576 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement | |
9577 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil) | |
9578 `fortran-continuation-string' | |
9579 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
9580 line (default \"$\"). | |
9581 `fortran-comment-region' | |
9582 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
9583 the region (default \"c$$$\"). | |
9584 `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
9585 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
9586 as typed (default t). | |
9587 `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
9588 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t). | |
9589 | |
9590 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
9591 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
9592 | |
9593 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9594 | |
9595 ;;;*** | |
9596 | |
9597 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region | |
9598 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15941 42963)) | |
9599 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el | |
9600 | |
9601 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\ | |
9602 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE. | |
9603 | |
9604 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, | |
9605 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'. | |
9606 | |
9607 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil) | |
9608 | |
9609 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\ | |
9610 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file. | |
9611 | |
9612 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, | |
9613 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'. | |
9614 | |
9615 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil) | |
9616 | |
9617 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\ | |
9618 Compile fortune file. | |
9619 | |
9620 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses | |
9621 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories. | |
9622 | |
9623 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | |
9624 | |
9625 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\ | |
9626 Create signature from output of the fortune program. | |
9627 | |
9628 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, | |
9629 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune | |
9630 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix | |
9631 and choose the directory as the fortune-file. | |
9632 | |
9633 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | |
9634 | |
9635 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\ | |
9636 Display a fortune cookie. | |
9637 | |
9638 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, | |
9639 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune | |
9640 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix | |
9641 and choose the directory as the fortune-file. | |
9642 | |
9643 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | |
9644 | |
9645 ;;;*** | |
9646 | |
9647 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe" | |
9648 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (15997 671)) | |
9649 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el | |
9650 | |
9651 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\ | |
9652 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames. | |
9653 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have | |
9654 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying | |
9655 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or | |
9656 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates | |
9657 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no | |
9658 fringe). | |
9659 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make | |
9660 it take real effect. | |
9661 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect. | |
9662 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame, | |
9663 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'") | |
9664 | |
9665 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe") | |
9666 | |
9667 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\ | |
9668 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames. | |
9669 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', | |
9670 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell | |
9671 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the | |
9672 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not | |
9673 specified, the user is queried. | |
9674 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the | |
9675 future. | |
9676 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only, | |
9677 see `set-fringe-style'. | |
9678 | |
9679 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | |
9680 | |
9681 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\ | |
9682 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame. | |
9683 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', | |
9684 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell | |
9685 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the | |
9686 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not | |
9687 specified, the user is queried. | |
9688 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'. | |
9689 | |
9690 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | |
9691 | |
9692 ;;;*** | |
9693 | |
9694 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16167 21090)) | |
9695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el | |
9696 | |
9697 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\ | |
9698 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
9699 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
9700 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
9701 | |
9702 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with | |
9703 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the | |
9704 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) : | |
9705 | |
9706 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9707 GDB Toolbar | |
9708 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9709 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer | |
9710 | | |
9711 | | |
9712 | | |
9713 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9714 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer | |
9715 | (comint-mode) | |
9716 | | |
9717 | | |
9718 | | |
9719 | | |
9720 | | |
9721 | | |
9722 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9723 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer | |
9724 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint | |
9725 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint | |
9726 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint | |
9727 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9728 | |
9729 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same | |
9730 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint | |
9731 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break | |
9732 in the GUD buffer. | |
9733 | |
9734 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the | |
9735 screen. | |
9736 | |
9737 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed | |
9738 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed. | |
9739 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion. | |
9740 | |
9741 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation : | |
9742 | |
9743 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses. | |
9744 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout. | |
9745 `gdb-quit' - To delete (most) of the buffers used by GDB-UI and | |
9746 reset variables. | |
9747 | |
9748 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | |
9749 | |
9750 ;;;*** | |
9751 | |
9752 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" | |
9753 ;;;;;; (15188 557)) | |
9754 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el | |
9755 | |
9756 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
9757 Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
9758 | |
9759 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
9760 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
9761 | |
9762 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
9763 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
9764 function. | |
9765 | |
9766 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
9767 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
9768 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
9769 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the | |
9770 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively. | |
9771 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. | |
9772 | |
9773 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
9774 Each keyword should be a string. | |
9775 | |
9776 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
9777 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
9778 | |
9779 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'. | |
9780 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
9781 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. | |
9782 | |
9783 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
9784 | |
9785 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'. | |
9786 | |
9787 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil) | |
9788 | |
9789 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
9790 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
9791 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
9792 comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
9793 | |
9794 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
9795 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'. | |
9796 | |
9797 \(fn TYPE)" t nil) | |
9798 | |
9799 ;;;*** | |
9800 | |
9801 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" | |
9802 ;;;;;; (15251 46612)) | |
9803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el | |
9804 | |
9805 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\ | |
9806 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. | |
9807 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) | |
9808 at places they belong to. | |
9809 | |
9810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
9811 | |
9812 ;;;*** | |
9813 | |
9814 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server | |
9815 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15941 42960)) | |
9816 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el | |
9817 | |
9818 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
9819 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server. | |
9820 | |
9821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
9822 | |
9823 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
9824 Read network news. | |
9825 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
9826 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
9827 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
9828 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
9829 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server. | |
9830 | |
9831 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil) | |
9832 | |
9833 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
9834 Read news as a slave. | |
9835 | |
9836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
9837 | |
9838 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
9839 Pop up a frame to read news. | |
9840 | |
9841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
9842 | |
9843 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
9844 Read network news. | |
9845 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
9846 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
9847 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
9848 | |
9849 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil) | |
9850 | |
9851 ;;;*** | |
9852 | |
9853 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
9854 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
9855 ;;;;;; (15941 42960)) | |
9856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el | |
9857 | |
9858 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
9859 Start Gnus unplugged. | |
9860 | |
9861 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9862 | |
9863 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
9864 Start Gnus plugged. | |
9865 | |
9866 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9867 | |
9868 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
9869 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
9870 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
9871 last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
9872 | |
9873 \(gnus-agentize) | |
9874 | |
9875 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
9876 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
9877 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers. | |
9878 | |
9879 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9880 | |
9881 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
9882 Start Gnus and fetch session. | |
9883 | |
9884 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9885 | |
9886 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
9887 Not documented | |
9888 | |
9889 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9890 | |
9891 ;;;*** | |
9892 | |
9893 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" | |
9894 ;;;;;; (16066 53440)) | |
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el | |
9896 | |
9897 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\ | |
9898 Make the current buffer look like a nice article. | |
9899 | |
9900 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
9901 | |
9902 ;;;*** | |
9903 | |
9904 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" | |
9905 ;;;;;; (15186 43688)) | |
9906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el | |
9907 | |
9908 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
9909 Play a sound FILE through the speaker. | |
9910 | |
9911 \(fn FILE)" t nil) | |
9912 | |
9913 ;;;*** | |
9914 | |
9915 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
9916 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15941 | |
9917 ;;;;;; 42960)) | |
9918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el | |
9919 | |
9920 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
9921 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
9922 | |
9923 Usage: | |
9924 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache | |
9925 | |
9926 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9927 | |
9928 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
9929 Generate the cache active file. | |
9930 | |
9931 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil) | |
9932 | |
9933 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
9934 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR. | |
9935 | |
9936 \(fn DIR)" t nil) | |
9937 | |
9938 ;;;*** | |
9939 | |
9940 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
9941 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16131 19792)) | |
9942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el | |
9943 | |
9944 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
9945 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
9946 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not. | |
9947 | |
9948 \(fn GROUP)" t nil) | |
9949 | |
9950 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
9951 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP. | |
9952 | |
9953 \(fn GROUP)" t nil) | |
9954 | |
9955 ;;;*** | |
9956 | |
9957 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
9958 ;;;;;; (14813 33717)) | |
9959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el | |
9960 | |
9961 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
9962 | |
9963 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
9964 Run batched scoring. | |
9965 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score | |
9966 | |
9967 \(fn)" t nil) | |
9968 | |
9969 ;;;*** | |
9970 | |
9971 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) | |
9972 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15941 42960)) | |
9973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el | |
9974 | |
9975 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\ | |
9976 Not documented | |
9977 | |
9978 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
9979 | |
9980 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\ | |
9981 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands. | |
9982 | |
9983 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map} | |
9984 | |
9985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
9986 | |
9987 ;;;*** | |
9988 | |
9989 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update | |
9990 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" | |
9991 ;;;;;; (15856 53273)) | |
9992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el | |
9993 | |
9994 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
9995 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy. | |
9996 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail | |
9997 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with | |
9998 group parameters. | |
9999 | |
10000 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called | |
10001 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before | |
10002 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to | |
10003 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook. | |
10004 | |
10005 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of | |
10006 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used | |
10007 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is | |
10008 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as | |
10009 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy, | |
10010 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical | |
10011 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more | |
10012 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't | |
10013 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See | |
10014 gnus-group-split-fancy for details. | |
10015 | |
10016 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil) | |
10017 | |
10018 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
10019 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by | |
10020 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL). | |
10021 | |
10022 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used | |
10023 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup. | |
10024 | |
10025 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil) | |
10026 | |
10027 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
10028 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. | |
10029 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information. | |
10030 | |
10031 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods. | |
10032 | |
10033 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
10034 | |
10035 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
10036 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. | |
10037 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT | |
10038 | |
10039 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL) | |
10040 | |
10041 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will | |
10042 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all | |
10043 existing groups are considered. | |
10044 | |
10045 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned, | |
10046 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be | |
10047 returned. | |
10048 | |
10049 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC | |
10050 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this | |
10051 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or | |
10052 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is | |
10053 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if | |
10054 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it | |
10055 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT | |
10056 clauses will be generated. | |
10057 | |
10058 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of | |
10059 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no | |
10060 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is | |
10061 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy | |
10062 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list, | |
10063 as the last element of a '| SPLIT. | |
10064 | |
10065 For example, given the following group parameters: | |
10066 | |
10067 nnml:mail.bar: | |
10068 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\") | |
10069 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\")) | |
10070 nnml:mail.foo: | |
10071 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\") | |
10072 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\") | |
10073 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\") | |
10074 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\")) | |
10075 nnml:mail.others: | |
10076 \((split-spec . catch-all)) | |
10077 | |
10078 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns: | |
10079 | |
10080 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\" | |
10081 \"mail.bar\") | |
10082 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\" | |
10083 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\")) | |
10084 \"mail.others\") | |
10085 | |
10086 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil) | |
10087 | |
10088 ;;;*** | |
10089 | |
10090 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" | |
10091 ;;;;;; (14792 28984)) | |
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el | |
10093 | |
10094 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
10095 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
10096 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server. | |
10097 | |
10098 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil) | |
10099 | |
10100 ;;;*** | |
10101 | |
10102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15941 | |
10103 ;;;;;; 42960)) | |
10104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el | |
10105 | |
10106 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\ | |
10107 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
10108 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the | |
10109 Gcc: header for archiving purposes. | |
10110 | |
10111 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil) | |
10112 | |
10113 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) | |
10114 | |
10115 ;;;*** | |
10116 | |
10117 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el" | |
10118 ;;;;;; (15856 53273)) | |
10119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el | |
10120 | |
10121 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
10122 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
10123 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
10124 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr | |
10125 part is ignored. | |
10126 | |
10127 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is | |
10128 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist' | |
10129 rather than using this function. | |
10130 | |
10131 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) | |
10132 | |
10133 ;;;*** | |
10134 | |
10135 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" | |
10136 ;;;;;; (14792 28985)) | |
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el | |
10138 | |
10139 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
10140 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
10141 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
10142 for matching on group names. | |
10143 | |
10144 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
10145 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
10146 | |
10147 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
10148 | |
10149 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet. | |
10150 | |
10151 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10152 | |
10153 ;;;*** | |
10154 | |
10155 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
10156 ;;;;;; (14870 42286)) | |
10157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el | |
10158 | |
10159 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
10160 Update the format specification near point. | |
10161 | |
10162 \(fn VAR)" t nil) | |
10163 | |
10164 ;;;*** | |
10165 | |
10166 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
10167 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15678 51469)) | |
10168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el | |
10169 | |
10170 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
10171 Unload all Gnus features. | |
10172 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names | |
10173 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use | |
10174 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble. | |
10175 | |
10176 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10177 | |
10178 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
10179 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend. | |
10180 | |
10181 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil) | |
10182 | |
10183 ;;;*** | |
10184 | |
10185 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
10186 ;;;;;; (15856 53274)) | |
10187 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el | |
10188 | |
10189 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
10190 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'. | |
10191 | |
10192 \(fn CONF)" nil nil) | |
10193 | |
10194 ;;;*** | |
10195 | |
10196 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16027 27252)) | |
10197 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el | |
10198 | |
10199 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
10200 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
10201 | |
10202 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | |
10203 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
10204 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
10205 | |
10206 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
10207 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
10208 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
10209 | |
10210 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
10211 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
10212 | |
10213 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the | |
10214 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules. | |
10215 | |
10216 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info. | |
10217 | |
10218 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil) | |
10219 | |
10220 ;;;*** | |
10221 | |
10222 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
10223 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16111 41831)) | |
10224 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el | |
10225 | |
10226 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
10227 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
10228 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
10229 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
10230 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click. | |
10231 | |
10232 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
10233 | |
10234 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
10235 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
10236 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
10237 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
10238 there, then load the URL at or before point. | |
10239 | |
10240 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10241 | |
10242 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
10243 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
10244 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
10245 or to send e-mail. | |
10246 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
10247 | |
10248 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
10249 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information). | |
10250 | |
10251 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10252 | |
10253 ;;;*** | |
10254 | |
10255 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15289 33013)) | |
10256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el | |
10257 | |
10258 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
10259 Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
10260 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
10261 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
10262 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful. | |
10263 | |
10264 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil) | |
10265 | |
10266 ;;;*** | |
10267 | |
10268 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx | |
10269 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16165 36290)) | |
10270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el | |
10271 | |
10272 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
10273 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
10274 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
10275 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
10276 | |
10277 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | |
10278 | |
10279 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
10280 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
10281 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
10282 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
10283 | |
10284 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | |
10285 | |
10286 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
10287 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
10288 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
10289 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
10290 | |
10291 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | |
10292 | |
10293 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
10294 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
10295 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
10296 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
10297 | |
10298 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
10299 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory. | |
10300 | |
10301 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | |
10302 | |
10303 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
10304 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
10305 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
10306 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
10307 | |
10308 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | |
10309 | |
10310 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
10311 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
10312 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
10313 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
10314 | |
10315 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | |
10316 | |
10317 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
10318 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. | |
10319 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or | |
10320 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\" | |
10321 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value. | |
10322 | |
10323 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for | |
10324 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if | |
10325 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the | |
10326 original source file access method. | |
10327 | |
10328 For general information about commands available to control jdb from | |
10329 gud, see `gud-mode'. | |
10330 | |
10331 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | |
10332 | |
10333 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\ | |
10334 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
10335 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
10336 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
10337 | |
10338 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | |
10339 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
10340 | |
10341 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))) | |
10342 | |
10343 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\ | |
10344 Major mode for editing GDB scripts | |
10345 | |
10346 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10347 | |
10348 ;;;*** | |
10349 | |
10350 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15941 | |
10351 ;;;;;; 42963)) | |
10352 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el | |
10353 | |
10354 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
10355 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
10356 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
10357 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
10358 | |
10359 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
10360 handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
10361 handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
10362 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil) | |
10363 | |
10364 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10365 | |
10366 ;;;*** | |
10367 | |
10368 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" | |
10369 ;;;;;; (15941 42963)) | |
10370 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el | |
10371 | |
10372 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
10373 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings. | |
10374 | |
10375 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil) | |
10376 | |
10377 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
10378 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
10379 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
10380 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
10381 | |
10382 Repent before ring 31 moves. | |
10383 | |
10384 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10385 | |
10386 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
10387 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
10388 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
10389 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
10390 to be updated. | |
10391 | |
10392 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10393 | |
10394 ;;;*** | |
10395 | |
10396 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable | |
10397 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library | |
10398 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16070 35806)) | |
10399 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el | |
10400 | |
10401 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\ | |
10402 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial. | |
10403 If there is a tutorial version written in the language | |
10404 of the selected language environment, that version is used. | |
10405 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected. | |
10406 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language. | |
10407 | |
10408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
10409 | |
10410 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\ | |
10411 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY. | |
10412 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]' | |
10413 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load. | |
10414 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes' | |
10415 to the specified name LIBRARY. | |
10416 | |
10417 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories | |
10418 is used instead of `load-path'. | |
10419 | |
10420 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a | |
10421 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t, | |
10422 and the file name is displayed in the echo area. | |
10423 | |
10424 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil) | |
10425 | |
10426 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\ | |
10427 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol). | |
10428 | |
10429 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | |
10430 | |
10431 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\ | |
10432 Not documented | |
10433 | |
10434 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil) | |
10435 | |
10436 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\ | |
10437 Return the bound variable symbol found around point. | |
10438 Return 0 if there is no such symbol. | |
10439 | |
10440 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
10441 | |
10442 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\ | |
10443 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol). | |
10444 Returns the documentation as a string, also. | |
10445 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer), | |
10446 it is displayed along with the global value. | |
10447 | |
10448 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
10449 | |
10450 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\ | |
10451 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER. | |
10452 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed. | |
10453 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. | |
10454 | |
10455 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
10456 | |
10457 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\ | |
10458 Describe the category specifications in the current category table. | |
10459 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed. | |
10460 | |
10461 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
10462 | |
10463 ;;;*** | |
10464 | |
10465 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" | |
10466 ;;;;;; (15961 24150)) | |
10467 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el | |
10468 | |
10469 (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
10470 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
10471 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
10472 and window listing and describing the options. | |
10473 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
10474 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
10475 | |
10476 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro") | |
10477 | |
10478 ;;;*** | |
10479 | |
10480 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button | |
10481 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup | |
10482 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16054 60746)) | |
10483 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el | |
10484 | |
10485 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\ | |
10486 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it. | |
10487 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'. | |
10488 Commands: | |
10489 \\{help-mode-map} | |
10490 | |
10491 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10492 | |
10493 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\ | |
10494 Not documented | |
10495 | |
10496 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
10497 | |
10498 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\ | |
10499 Not documented | |
10500 | |
10501 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
10502 | |
10503 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\ | |
10504 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info. | |
10505 | |
10506 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help | |
10507 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the | |
10508 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of | |
10509 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared. | |
10510 | |
10511 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared, | |
10512 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can | |
10513 restore it properly when going back. | |
10514 | |
10515 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil) | |
10516 | |
10517 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\ | |
10518 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER. | |
10519 | |
10520 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross | |
10521 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have | |
10522 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be | |
10523 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in | |
10524 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. | |
10525 | |
10526 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also | |
10527 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment | |
10528 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate | |
10529 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. | |
10530 | |
10531 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of | |
10532 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for | |
10533 that. | |
10534 | |
10535 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
10536 | |
10537 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ | |
10538 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched. | |
10539 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched | |
10540 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are | |
10541 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked. | |
10542 See `help-make-xrefs'. | |
10543 | |
10544 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
10545 | |
10546 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ | |
10547 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it. | |
10548 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed | |
10549 to the button's help-function when it is invoked. | |
10550 See `help-make-xrefs'. | |
10551 | |
10552 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
10553 | |
10554 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\ | |
10555 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO. | |
10556 | |
10557 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | |
10558 | |
10559 ;;;*** | |
10560 | |
10561 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" | |
10562 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15961 24152)) | |
10563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el | |
10564 | |
10565 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
10566 Describe local key bindings of current mode. | |
10567 | |
10568 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10569 | |
10570 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
10571 Provide help for current mode. | |
10572 | |
10573 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10574 | |
10575 ;;;*** | |
10576 | |
10577 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
10578 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16054 60746)) | |
10579 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el | |
10580 | |
10581 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
10582 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. | |
10583 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
10584 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
10585 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
10586 | |
10587 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
10588 using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
10589 | |
10590 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
10591 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
10592 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
10593 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
10594 | |
10595 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
10596 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
10597 periods. | |
10598 | |
10599 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
10600 in hexl format. | |
10601 | |
10602 A sample format: | |
10603 | |
10604 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
10605 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
10606 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
10607 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
10608 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
10609 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
10610 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
10611 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
10612 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
10613 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
10614 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
10615 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
10616 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
10617 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
10618 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
10619 | |
10620 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
10621 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
10622 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
10623 | |
10624 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
10625 also supported. | |
10626 | |
10627 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
10628 | |
10629 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
10630 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
10631 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
10632 | |
10633 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
10634 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
10635 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
10636 | |
10637 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
10638 into the buffer at the current point. | |
10639 | |
10640 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
10641 into the buffer at the current point. | |
10642 | |
10643 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
10644 into the buffer at the current point. | |
10645 | |
10646 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
10647 | |
10648 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
10649 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
10650 | |
10651 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. | |
10652 | |
10653 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands. | |
10654 | |
10655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
10656 | |
10657 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
10658 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
10659 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists. | |
10660 | |
10661 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | |
10662 | |
10663 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
10664 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
10665 This discards the buffer's undo information. | |
10666 | |
10667 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10668 | |
10669 ;;;*** | |
10670 | |
10671 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer | |
10672 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer | |
10673 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15941 | |
10674 ;;;;;; 42952)) | |
10675 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el | |
10676 | |
10677 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\ | |
10678 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.") | |
10679 | |
10680 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock") | |
10681 | |
10682 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\ | |
10683 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns. | |
10684 | |
10685 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also | |
10686 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" | |
10687 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, | |
10688 which can be called interactively, are: | |
10689 | |
10690 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE | |
10691 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
10692 | |
10693 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE | |
10694 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE. | |
10695 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches | |
10696 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.) | |
10697 | |
10698 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE | |
10699 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
10700 | |
10701 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP | |
10702 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer. | |
10703 | |
10704 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns] | |
10705 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will | |
10706 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command | |
10707 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords. | |
10708 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns], | |
10709 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. | |
10710 | |
10711 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] | |
10712 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]). | |
10713 | |
10714 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the | |
10715 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form: | |
10716 Hi-lock: FOO | |
10717 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords | |
10718 already present. The patterns must start before position (number | |
10719 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns | |
10720 will be read until | |
10721 Hi-lock: end | |
10722 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'. | |
10723 | |
10724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
10725 | |
10726 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer)) | |
10727 | |
10728 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
10729 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE. | |
10730 | |
10731 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
10732 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
10733 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
10734 \(See info node `Minibuffer History') | |
10735 | |
10736 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil) | |
10737 | |
10738 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer)) | |
10739 | |
10740 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
10741 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE. | |
10742 | |
10743 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
10744 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
10745 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
10746 \(See info node `Minibuffer History') | |
10747 | |
10748 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil) | |
10749 | |
10750 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)) | |
10751 | |
10752 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
10753 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE. | |
10754 | |
10755 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial | |
10756 lower-case letters made case insensitive. | |
10757 | |
10758 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil) | |
10759 | |
10760 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer)) | |
10761 | |
10762 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
10763 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock. | |
10764 | |
10765 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted | |
10766 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock | |
10767 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.) | |
10768 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp. | |
10769 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.) | |
10770 | |
10771 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
10772 | |
10773 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\ | |
10774 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point. | |
10775 | |
10776 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using | |
10777 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can | |
10778 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'. | |
10779 | |
10780 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10781 | |
10782 ;;;*** | |
10783 | |
10784 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially | |
10785 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15941 42965)) | |
10786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el | |
10787 | |
10788 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ | |
10789 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
10790 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
10791 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
10792 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
10793 how the hiding is done: | |
10794 | |
10795 `hide-ifdef-env' | |
10796 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | |
10797 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
10798 is used. | |
10799 | |
10800 `hide-ifdef-define-alist' | |
10801 An association list of defined symbol lists. | |
10802 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
10803 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
10804 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
10805 | |
10806 `hide-ifdef-lines' | |
10807 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | |
10808 #endif lines when hiding. | |
10809 | |
10810 `hide-ifdef-initially' | |
10811 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | |
10812 is activated. | |
10813 | |
10814 `hide-ifdef-read-only' | |
10815 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | |
10816 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
10817 | |
10818 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map} | |
10819 | |
10820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
10821 | |
10822 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
10823 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
10824 | |
10825 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif") | |
10826 | |
10827 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
10828 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
10829 | |
10830 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif") | |
10831 | |
10832 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
10833 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
10834 | |
10835 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif") | |
10836 | |
10837 ;;;*** | |
10838 | |
10839 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) | |
10840 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16162 11943)) | |
10841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el | |
10842 | |
10843 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
10844 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") | |
10845 | |
10846 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow") | |
10847 | |
10848 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
10849 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. | |
10850 Each element has the form | |
10851 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). | |
10852 | |
10853 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks | |
10854 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. | |
10855 | |
10856 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is | |
10857 defined as text surrounded by START and END. | |
10858 | |
10859 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START | |
10860 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and | |
10861 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper | |
10862 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point | |
10863 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example, | |
10864 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. | |
10865 | |
10866 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those | |
10867 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. | |
10868 | |
10869 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the | |
10870 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
10871 | |
10872 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess | |
10873 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing | |
10874 whitespace. Case does not matter.") | |
10875 | |
10876 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
10877 Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
10878 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
10879 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
10880 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
10881 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
10882 | |
10883 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
10884 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also | |
10885 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. | |
10886 | |
10887 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
10888 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
10889 | |
10890 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. | |
10891 | |
10892 Key bindings: | |
10893 \\{hs-minor-mode-map} | |
10894 | |
10895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
10896 | |
10897 ;;;*** | |
10898 | |
10899 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
10900 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
10901 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
10902 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15941 42952)) | |
10903 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el | |
10904 | |
10905 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) | |
10906 | |
10907 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
10908 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END. | |
10909 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes. | |
10910 | |
10911 \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | |
10912 | |
10913 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
10914 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
10915 | |
10916 Without an argument: | |
10917 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active | |
10918 or passive state as determined by the variable | |
10919 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active | |
10920 and passive state. | |
10921 | |
10922 With an argument ARG: | |
10923 If ARG is positive, set state to active; | |
10924 If ARG is zero, set state to passive; | |
10925 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
10926 | |
10927 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | |
10928 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are | |
10929 not displayed in a different face. | |
10930 | |
10931 Functions: | |
10932 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
10933 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
10934 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
10935 buffer with the contents of a file | |
10936 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
10937 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
10938 various faces. | |
10939 | |
10940 Hook variables: | |
10941 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode. | |
10942 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state | |
10943 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode. | |
10944 | |
10945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
10946 | |
10947 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
10948 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode. | |
10949 | |
10950 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10951 | |
10952 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
10953 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode. | |
10954 | |
10955 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10956 | |
10957 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
10958 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
10959 | |
10960 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element | |
10961 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in | |
10962 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain | |
10963 shown in the last face in the list. | |
10964 | |
10965 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
10966 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the | |
10967 buffer to be saved): | |
10968 | |
10969 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces) | |
10970 | |
10971 \(fn)" t nil) | |
10972 | |
10973 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
10974 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
10975 | |
10976 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
10977 and must not be read-only. | |
10978 | |
10979 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when | |
10980 this function is called interactively. | |
10981 | |
10982 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it | |
10983 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is | |
10984 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
10985 | |
10986 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | |
10987 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
10988 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work. | |
10989 | |
10990 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil) | |
10991 | |
10992 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
10993 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
10994 | |
10995 When called interactively: | |
10996 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
10997 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
10998 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
10999 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
11000 | |
11001 When called from a program: | |
11002 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
11003 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode | |
11004 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode | |
11005 - otherwise just turn it on | |
11006 | |
11007 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
11008 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
11009 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
11010 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'. | |
11011 | |
11012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
11013 | |
11014 ;;;*** | |
11015 | |
11016 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
11017 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
11018 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
11019 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" | |
11020 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15941 42952)) | |
11021 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el | |
11022 | |
11023 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
11024 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
11025 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
11026 or insert functions in this list.") | |
11027 | |
11028 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp") | |
11029 | |
11030 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
11031 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
11032 | |
11033 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp") | |
11034 | |
11035 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
11036 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
11037 | |
11038 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp") | |
11039 | |
11040 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
11041 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
11042 | |
11043 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp") | |
11044 | |
11045 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
11046 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
11047 | |
11048 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp") | |
11049 | |
11050 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
11051 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
11052 If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
11053 | |
11054 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp") | |
11055 | |
11056 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
11057 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
11058 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
11059 \(as atoms)") | |
11060 | |
11061 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp") | |
11062 | |
11063 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
11064 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
11065 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
11066 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable | |
11067 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | |
11068 | |
11069 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp") | |
11070 | |
11071 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
11072 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
11073 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
11074 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
11075 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
11076 expansions. | |
11077 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
11078 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
11079 undoes the expansion. | |
11080 | |
11081 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
11082 | |
11083 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
11084 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
11085 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
11086 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose. | |
11087 | |
11088 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro)) | |
11089 | |
11090 ;;;*** | |
11091 | |
11092 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" | |
11093 ;;;;;; (16072 11522)) | |
11094 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el | |
11095 | |
11096 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
11097 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point. | |
11098 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
11099 | |
11100 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the | |
11101 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the | |
11102 buffer's point might be different from the point of a | |
11103 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function | |
11104 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case. | |
11105 | |
11106 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the | |
11107 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it | |
11108 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in | |
11109 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'. | |
11110 | |
11111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
11112 | |
11113 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\ | |
11114 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled. | |
11115 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
11116 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
11117 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.") | |
11118 | |
11119 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line") | |
11120 | |
11121 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
11122 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. | |
11123 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
11124 | |
11125 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and | |
11126 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'. | |
11127 | |
11128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
11129 | |
11130 ;;;*** | |
11131 | |
11132 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" | |
11133 ;;;;;; (16174 61085)) | |
11134 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el | |
11135 | |
11136 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\ | |
11137 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month. | |
11138 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
11139 | |
11140 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file. | |
11141 | |
11142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
11143 | |
11144 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ | |
11145 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
11146 | |
11147 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
11148 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
11149 | |
11150 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created. | |
11151 | |
11152 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil) | |
11153 | |
11154 ;;;*** | |
11155 | |
11156 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
11157 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15941 42963)) | |
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el | |
11159 | |
11160 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
11161 This function is obsolete. | |
11162 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
11163 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'. | |
11164 | |
11165 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
11166 | |
11167 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
11168 This function is obsolete. | |
11169 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
11170 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'. | |
11171 | |
11172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
11173 | |
11174 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
11175 This function is obsolete. | |
11176 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
11177 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'. | |
11178 | |
11179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
11180 | |
11181 ;;;*** | |
11182 | |
11183 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers | |
11184 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers | |
11185 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers | |
11186 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp | |
11187 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill | |
11188 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines | |
11189 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked | |
11190 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show | |
11191 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters | |
11192 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters | |
11193 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters | |
11194 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable | |
11195 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups | |
11196 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank | |
11197 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group | |
11198 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group | |
11199 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode | |
11200 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p | |
11201 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group | |
11202 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group | |
11203 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode | |
11204 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16136 53054)) | |
11205 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el | |
11206 | |
11207 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11208 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility. | |
11209 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive. | |
11210 | |
11211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
11212 | |
11213 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11214 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse. | |
11215 | |
11216 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
11217 | |
11218 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11219 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point. | |
11220 | |
11221 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil) | |
11222 | |
11223 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11224 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse. | |
11225 | |
11226 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
11227 | |
11228 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11229 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line. | |
11230 | |
11231 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11232 | |
11233 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11234 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups. | |
11235 | |
11236 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil) | |
11237 | |
11238 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11239 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups. | |
11240 | |
11241 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil) | |
11242 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11243 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11244 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11245 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11246 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11247 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11248 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11249 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11250 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11251 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11252 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11253 | |
11254 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11255 Not documented | |
11256 | |
11257 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil) | |
11258 | |
11259 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11260 Make the current filters into a filtering group. | |
11261 | |
11262 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
11263 | |
11264 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11265 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode. | |
11266 | |
11267 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11268 | |
11269 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11270 Remove the first filter group. | |
11271 | |
11272 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11273 | |
11274 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11275 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters. | |
11276 | |
11277 \(fn GROUP)" t nil) | |
11278 | |
11279 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11280 Remove all filter groups. | |
11281 | |
11282 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11283 | |
11284 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11285 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME. | |
11286 | |
11287 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
11288 | |
11289 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11290 Kill the filter group named NAME. | |
11291 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'. | |
11292 | |
11293 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
11294 | |
11295 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11296 Kill the filter group at point. | |
11297 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'. | |
11298 | |
11299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
11300 | |
11301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11302 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point. | |
11303 | |
11304 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11305 | |
11306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11307 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME. | |
11308 | |
11309 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
11310 | |
11311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11312 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME. | |
11313 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively, | |
11314 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters. | |
11315 | |
11316 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil) | |
11317 | |
11318 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11319 Delete saved filter groups with NAME. | |
11320 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. | |
11321 | |
11322 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
11323 | |
11324 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11325 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME. | |
11326 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used. | |
11327 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead | |
11328 of replacing the current filters. | |
11329 | |
11330 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
11331 | |
11332 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11333 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer. | |
11334 | |
11335 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11336 | |
11337 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11338 Remove the top filter in this buffer. | |
11339 | |
11340 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11341 | |
11342 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11343 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer. | |
11344 | |
11345 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must | |
11346 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be | |
11347 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]. | |
11348 | |
11349 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11350 | |
11351 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11352 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer. | |
11353 | |
11354 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11355 | |
11356 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11357 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer. | |
11358 | |
11359 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11360 | |
11361 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11362 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR. | |
11363 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR | |
11364 filter into parts. | |
11365 | |
11366 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil) | |
11367 | |
11368 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11369 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'. | |
11370 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters. | |
11371 | |
11372 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil) | |
11373 | |
11374 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11375 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'. | |
11376 | |
11377 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
11378 | |
11379 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11380 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters. | |
11381 | |
11382 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
11383 | |
11384 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11385 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'. | |
11386 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead | |
11387 of replacing the current filters. | |
11388 | |
11389 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
11390 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11391 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11392 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11393 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11394 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11395 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11396 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11397 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11398 | |
11399 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11400 Toggle the current sorting mode. | |
11401 Default sorting modes are: | |
11402 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed | |
11403 Name - the name of the buffer | |
11404 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer | |
11405 Size - the size of the buffer | |
11406 | |
11407 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11408 | |
11409 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11410 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order. | |
11411 | |
11412 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11413 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11414 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11415 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11416 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el") | |
11417 | |
11418 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11419 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package. | |
11420 | |
11421 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11422 | |
11423 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11424 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'. | |
11425 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown | |
11426 for this Ibuffer session. | |
11427 | |
11428 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
11429 | |
11430 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11431 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'. | |
11432 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown | |
11433 for this Ibuffer session. | |
11434 | |
11435 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
11436 | |
11437 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11438 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1). | |
11439 | |
11440 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark | |
11441 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'. | |
11442 | |
11443 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers | |
11444 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards. | |
11445 | |
11446 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil) | |
11447 | |
11448 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11449 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1). | |
11450 | |
11451 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark | |
11452 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'. | |
11453 | |
11454 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil) | |
11455 | |
11456 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11457 Hide all of the currently marked lines. | |
11458 | |
11459 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11460 | |
11461 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11462 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME. | |
11463 | |
11464 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
11465 | |
11466 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11467 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file. | |
11468 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'. | |
11469 | |
11470 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11471 | |
11472 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11473 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring. | |
11474 | |
11475 The names are separated by a space. | |
11476 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored. | |
11477 | |
11478 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file. | |
11479 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file. | |
11480 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative | |
11481 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'. | |
11482 | |
11483 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank]. | |
11484 | |
11485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
11486 | |
11487 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11488 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP. | |
11489 | |
11490 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
11491 | |
11492 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11493 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP. | |
11494 | |
11495 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
11496 | |
11497 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11498 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP. | |
11499 | |
11500 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
11501 | |
11502 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11503 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE. | |
11504 | |
11505 \(fn MODE)" t nil) | |
11506 | |
11507 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11508 Mark all modified buffers. | |
11509 | |
11510 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11511 | |
11512 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11513 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file. | |
11514 | |
11515 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11516 | |
11517 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11518 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist. | |
11519 | |
11520 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11521 | |
11522 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11523 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*. | |
11524 | |
11525 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11526 | |
11527 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11528 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days. | |
11529 | |
11530 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11531 | |
11532 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11533 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'. | |
11534 | |
11535 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11536 | |
11537 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11538 Mark all read-only buffers. | |
11539 | |
11540 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11541 | |
11542 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11543 Mark all `dired' buffers. | |
11544 | |
11545 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11546 | |
11547 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
11548 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers. | |
11549 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it | |
11550 defaults to one. | |
11551 | |
11552 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil) | |
11553 | |
11554 ;;;*** | |
11555 | |
11556 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter | |
11557 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16111 | |
11558 ;;;;;; 41826)) | |
11559 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el | |
11560 | |
11561 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\ | |
11562 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'. | |
11563 | |
11564 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and | |
11565 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer | |
11566 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'. | |
11567 | |
11568 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column. | |
11569 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the | |
11570 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to | |
11571 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a | |
11572 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column; | |
11573 it should return a string to display at the bottom. | |
11574 | |
11575 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named | |
11576 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be | |
11577 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you | |
11578 change its definition, you should explicitly call | |
11579 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'. | |
11580 | |
11581 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
11582 | |
11583 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\ | |
11584 Define a method of sorting named NAME. | |
11585 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called | |
11586 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'. | |
11587 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method. | |
11588 | |
11589 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one | |
11590 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil | |
11591 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'. | |
11592 | |
11593 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
11594 | |
11595 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\ | |
11596 Generate a function which operates on a buffer. | |
11597 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with | |
11598 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it. | |
11599 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for | |
11600 each marked buffer, with that buffer current. | |
11601 | |
11602 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function. | |
11603 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function. | |
11604 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function. | |
11605 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation | |
11606 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for | |
11607 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers. | |
11608 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used | |
11609 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid | |
11610 values are: | |
11611 nil - the function never modifiers buffers | |
11612 t - the function it always modifies buffers | |
11613 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the | |
11614 buffer's modification flag. | |
11615 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be | |
11616 prompted before performing this operation. | |
11617 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the | |
11618 operation is complete, in the form: | |
11619 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\" | |
11620 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a | |
11621 confirmation message, in the form: | |
11622 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\" | |
11623 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this | |
11624 macro for exactly what it does. | |
11625 | |
11626 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
11627 | |
11628 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\ | |
11629 Define a filter named NAME. | |
11630 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function. | |
11631 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user. | |
11632 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter. | |
11633 | |
11634 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or | |
11635 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY | |
11636 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER | |
11637 bound to the current value of the filter. | |
11638 | |
11639 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
11640 | |
11641 ;;;*** | |
11642 | |
11643 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers) | |
11644 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16136 53054)) | |
11645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el | |
11646 | |
11647 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\ | |
11648 Display a list of buffers, in another window. | |
11649 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for | |
11650 buffers which are visiting a file. | |
11651 | |
11652 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil) | |
11653 | |
11654 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\ | |
11655 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default. | |
11656 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for | |
11657 buffers which are visiting a file. | |
11658 | |
11659 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil) | |
11660 | |
11661 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\ | |
11662 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers. | |
11663 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information. | |
11664 | |
11665 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window. | |
11666 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults | |
11667 to \"*Ibuffer*\". | |
11668 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers | |
11669 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'. | |
11670 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer. | |
11671 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The | |
11672 special value `onewindow' means always use another window. | |
11673 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering | |
11674 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'. | |
11675 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'. | |
11676 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value | |
11677 locally in this buffer. | |
11678 | |
11679 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil) | |
11680 | |
11681 ;;;*** | |
11682 | |
11683 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | |
11684 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15941 42953)) | |
11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el | |
11686 | |
11687 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
11688 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. | |
11689 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
11690 | |
11691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
11692 | |
11693 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
11694 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
11695 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'. | |
11696 | |
11697 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
11698 | |
11699 ;;;*** | |
11700 | |
11701 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15941 42965)) | |
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el | |
11703 | |
11704 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
11705 Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
11706 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
11707 Tab indents for Icon code. | |
11708 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
11709 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11710 \\{icon-mode-map} | |
11711 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
11712 icon-tab-always-indent | |
11713 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
11714 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
11715 icon-auto-newline | |
11716 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
11717 inserted in Icon code. | |
11718 icon-indent-level | |
11719 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
11720 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
11721 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
11722 icon-continued-statement-offset | |
11723 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
11724 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
11725 icon-continued-brace-offset | |
11726 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
11727 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
11728 icon-brace-offset | |
11729 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
11730 icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
11731 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
11732 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
11733 | |
11734 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
11735 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
11736 | |
11737 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11738 | |
11739 ;;;*** | |
11740 | |
11741 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" | |
11742 ;;;;;; (15829 28909)) | |
11743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el | |
11744 | |
11745 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\ | |
11746 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. | |
11747 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. | |
11748 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. | |
11749 | |
11750 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' | |
11751 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in | |
11752 separate frames. | |
11753 | |
11754 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name', | |
11755 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'. | |
11756 | |
11757 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending | |
11758 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. | |
11759 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
11760 | |
11761 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.) | |
11762 | |
11763 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil) | |
11764 | |
11765 ;;;*** | |
11766 | |
11767 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" | |
11768 ;;;;;; (16162 11943)) | |
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el | |
11770 | |
11771 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ | |
11772 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. | |
11773 | |
11774 The main features of this mode are | |
11775 | |
11776 1. Indentation and Formatting | |
11777 -------------------------- | |
11778 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. | |
11779 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. | |
11780 | |
11781 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This | |
11782 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line | |
11783 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string | |
11784 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator. | |
11785 | |
11786 Comments are indented as follows: | |
11787 | |
11788 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. | |
11789 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code | |
11790 `;' Indent to a minimum column. | |
11791 | |
11792 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. | |
11793 | |
11794 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a | |
11795 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph | |
11796 relative to the first will be retained. Use | |
11797 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these | |
11798 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is | |
11799 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not | |
11800 recommended). | |
11801 | |
11802 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the | |
11803 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute | |
11804 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer | |
11805 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). | |
11806 | |
11807 2. Routine Info | |
11808 ------------ | |
11809 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the | |
11810 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with | |
11811 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the | |
11812 source file of a module. These commands know about system | |
11813 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the | |
11814 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under | |
11815 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this | |
11816 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4). | |
11817 | |
11818 3. Online IDL Help | |
11819 --------------- | |
11820 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant | |
11821 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key | |
11822 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional | |
11823 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must | |
11824 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files. | |
11825 | |
11826 4. Completion | |
11827 ---------- | |
11828 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions | |
11829 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and | |
11830 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). | |
11831 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in | |
11832 mixed or upper case. | |
11833 | |
11834 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations | |
11835 -------------------------------- | |
11836 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. | |
11837 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples | |
11838 | |
11839 \\pr PROCEDURE template | |
11840 \\fu FUNCTION template | |
11841 \\c CASE statement template | |
11842 \\sw SWITCH statement template | |
11843 \\f FOR loop template | |
11844 \\r REPEAT Loop template | |
11845 \\w WHILE loop template | |
11846 \\i IF statement template | |
11847 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template | |
11848 \\b BEGIN | |
11849 | |
11850 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have | |
11851 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. | |
11852 | |
11853 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the | |
11854 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries | |
11855 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. | |
11856 | |
11857 6. Automatic Case Conversion | |
11858 ------------------------- | |
11859 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by | |
11860 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. | |
11861 | |
11862 7. Automatic END completion | |
11863 ------------------------ | |
11864 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed | |
11865 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. | |
11866 | |
11867 8. Hooks | |
11868 ----- | |
11869 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. | |
11870 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. | |
11871 | |
11872 9. Documentation and Customization | |
11873 ------------------------------- | |
11874 Info documentation for this package is available. Use | |
11875 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does | |
11876 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the | |
11877 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'. | |
11878 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. | |
11879 | |
11880 10.Keybindings | |
11881 ----------- | |
11882 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. | |
11883 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] | |
11884 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. | |
11885 | |
11886 \\{idlwave-mode-map} | |
11887 | |
11888 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11889 | |
11890 ;;;*** | |
11891 | |
11892 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired | |
11893 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame | |
11894 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window | |
11895 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window | |
11896 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame | |
11897 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window | |
11898 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" | |
11899 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15997 5129)) | |
11900 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el | |
11901 | |
11902 (defvar ido-mode nil "\ | |
11903 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior | |
11904 should be enabled. The following values are possible: | |
11905 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing, | |
11906 displaying...) | |
11907 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...) | |
11908 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior. | |
11909 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching. | |
11910 | |
11911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
11912 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.") | |
11913 | |
11914 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido") | |
11915 | |
11916 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\ | |
11917 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off. | |
11918 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
11919 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default | |
11920 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of | |
11921 commands to the ido versions of these functions. | |
11922 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or | |
11923 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching. | |
11924 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer. | |
11925 | |
11926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
11927 | |
11928 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\ | |
11929 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
11930 Return the name of a buffer selected. | |
11931 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default | |
11932 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
11933 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected. | |
11934 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string. | |
11935 | |
11936 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil) | |
11937 | |
11938 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\ | |
11939 Switch to another buffer. | |
11940 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the | |
11941 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
11942 in another frame. | |
11943 | |
11944 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are | |
11945 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at | |
11946 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the | |
11947 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their | |
11948 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map> | |
11949 | |
11950 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the | |
11951 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer. | |
11952 | |
11953 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer. | |
11954 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one. | |
11955 | |
11956 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list. | |
11957 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list. | |
11958 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that | |
11959 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer. | |
11960 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers | |
11961 in a separate window. | |
11962 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string. | |
11963 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command. | |
11964 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching. | |
11965 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching. | |
11966 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names. | |
11967 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window. | |
11968 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file. | |
11969 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list. | |
11970 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'. | |
11971 | |
11972 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11973 | |
11974 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\ | |
11975 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
11976 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
11977 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. | |
11978 | |
11979 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11980 | |
11981 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\ | |
11982 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
11983 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
11984 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. | |
11985 | |
11986 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11987 | |
11988 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\ | |
11989 Kill a buffer. | |
11990 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
11991 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. | |
11992 | |
11993 \(fn)" t nil) | |
11994 | |
11995 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\ | |
11996 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point. | |
11997 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
11998 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. | |
11999 | |
12000 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12001 | |
12002 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\ | |
12003 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
12004 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
12005 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. | |
12006 | |
12007 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12008 | |
12009 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\ | |
12010 Switch to another file starting from DIR. | |
12011 | |
12012 \(fn DIR)" t nil) | |
12013 | |
12014 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\ | |
12015 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer. | |
12016 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the | |
12017 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already | |
12018 visible in another frame. | |
12019 | |
12020 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type | |
12021 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if | |
12022 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and | |
12023 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can | |
12024 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings, | |
12025 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map> | |
12026 | |
12027 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the | |
12028 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file. | |
12029 | |
12030 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file. | |
12031 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one. | |
12032 | |
12033 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list. | |
12034 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list. | |
12035 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that | |
12036 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file. | |
12037 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files | |
12038 in a separate window. | |
12039 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory). | |
12040 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history. | |
12041 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history. | |
12042 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history. | |
12043 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history. | |
12044 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories. | |
12045 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory. | |
12046 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command. | |
12047 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching. | |
12048 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching. | |
12049 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names. | |
12050 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file. | |
12051 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file. | |
12052 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window. | |
12053 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'. | |
12054 | |
12055 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12056 | |
12057 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\ | |
12058 Switch to another file and show it in another window. | |
12059 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
12060 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | |
12061 | |
12062 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12063 | |
12064 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\ | |
12065 Switch to another file and show it in another window. | |
12066 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
12067 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | |
12068 | |
12069 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12070 | |
12071 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\ | |
12072 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer. | |
12073 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
12074 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | |
12075 | |
12076 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12077 | |
12078 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\ | |
12079 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer. | |
12080 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
12081 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | |
12082 | |
12083 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12084 | |
12085 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\ | |
12086 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer. | |
12087 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
12088 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | |
12089 | |
12090 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12091 | |
12092 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\ | |
12093 Display a file in another window but don't select it. | |
12094 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
12095 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | |
12096 | |
12097 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12098 | |
12099 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\ | |
12100 Switch to another file and show it in another frame. | |
12101 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
12102 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | |
12103 | |
12104 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12105 | |
12106 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\ | |
12107 Write current buffer to a file. | |
12108 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
12109 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | |
12110 | |
12111 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12112 | |
12113 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\ | |
12114 Insert contents of file in current buffer. | |
12115 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
12116 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | |
12117 | |
12118 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12119 | |
12120 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\ | |
12121 Call dired the ido way. | |
12122 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
12123 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | |
12124 | |
12125 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12126 | |
12127 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\ | |
12128 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR. | |
12129 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters. | |
12130 | |
12131 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil) | |
12132 | |
12133 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\ | |
12134 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR. | |
12135 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters. | |
12136 | |
12137 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil) | |
12138 | |
12139 ;;;*** | |
12140 | |
12141 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15941 42953)) | |
12142 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el | |
12143 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
12144 | |
12145 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
12146 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
12147 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist. | |
12148 | |
12149 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12150 | |
12151 ;;;*** | |
12152 | |
12153 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image | |
12154 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header | |
12155 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15941 42953)) | |
12156 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el | |
12157 | |
12158 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\ | |
12159 Determine the image type from image data DATA. | |
12160 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot | |
12161 be determined. | |
12162 | |
12163 \(fn DATA)" nil nil) | |
12164 | |
12165 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ | |
12166 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
12167 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
12168 be determined. | |
12169 | |
12170 \(fn FILE)" nil nil) | |
12171 | |
12172 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
12173 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
12174 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'. | |
12175 | |
12176 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil) | |
12177 | |
12178 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
12179 Create an image. | |
12180 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. | |
12181 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted | |
12182 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes | |
12183 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, | |
12184 use its file extension as image type. | |
12185 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. | |
12186 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, | |
12187 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'. | |
12188 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported. | |
12189 | |
12190 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil) | |
12191 | |
12192 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
12193 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. | |
12194 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. | |
12195 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a | |
12196 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
12197 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it. | |
12198 POS may be an integer or marker. | |
12199 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
12200 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
12201 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
12202 means display it in the right marginal area. | |
12203 | |
12204 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil) | |
12205 | |
12206 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
12207 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
12208 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer | |
12209 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is | |
12210 defaulted if you omit it. | |
12211 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
12212 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
12213 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
12214 means display it in the right marginal area. | |
12215 | |
12216 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil) | |
12217 | |
12218 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
12219 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
12220 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
12221 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer. | |
12222 | |
12223 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil) | |
12224 | |
12225 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\ | |
12226 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications. | |
12227 | |
12228 SPECS is a list of image specifications. | |
12229 | |
12230 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
12231 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
12232 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or | |
12233 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
12234 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
12235 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE | |
12236 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image | |
12237 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is | |
12238 satisfied. | |
12239 | |
12240 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'. | |
12241 | |
12242 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil) | |
12243 | |
12244 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ | |
12245 Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
12246 | |
12247 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
12248 documentation string. | |
12249 | |
12250 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
12251 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
12252 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or | |
12253 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
12254 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
12255 string containing the actual image data. The first image | |
12256 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to | |
12257 define SYMBOL. | |
12258 | |
12259 Example: | |
12260 | |
12261 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
12262 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\"))) | |
12263 | |
12264 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro)) | |
12265 | |
12266 ;;;*** | |
12267 | |
12268 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp | |
12269 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" | |
12270 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15829 28907)) | |
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el | |
12272 | |
12273 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\ | |
12274 *A list of image-file filename extensions. | |
12275 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files, | |
12276 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'. | |
12277 | |
12278 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled, | |
12279 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
12280 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when | |
12281 the variable is set using \\[customize].") | |
12282 | |
12283 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file") | |
12284 | |
12285 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\ | |
12286 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames. | |
12287 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files, | |
12288 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'. | |
12289 | |
12290 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is | |
12291 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
12292 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when | |
12293 the variable is set using \\[customize].") | |
12294 | |
12295 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file") | |
12296 | |
12297 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\ | |
12298 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames. | |
12299 | |
12300 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
12301 | |
12302 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\ | |
12303 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer. | |
12304 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for | |
12305 the command `insert-file-contents'. | |
12306 | |
12307 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil) | |
12308 | |
12309 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\ | |
12310 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled. | |
12311 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
12312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
12313 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.") | |
12314 | |
12315 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file") | |
12316 | |
12317 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\ | |
12318 Toggle visiting of image files as images. | |
12319 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
12320 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
12321 | |
12322 Image files are those whose name has an extension in | |
12323 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in | |
12324 `image-file-name-regexps'. | |
12325 | |
12326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
12327 | |
12328 ;;;*** | |
12329 | |
12330 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar | |
12331 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16072 11522)) | |
12332 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el | |
12333 | |
12334 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
12335 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
12336 | |
12337 Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
12338 | |
12339 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
12340 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
12341 in the buffer. | |
12342 | |
12343 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
12344 | |
12345 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
12346 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
12347 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
12348 | |
12349 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu") | |
12350 | |
12351 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
12352 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
12353 | |
12354 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
12355 to create a buffer index. | |
12356 | |
12357 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
12358 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
12359 or like this: | |
12360 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
12361 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
12362 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
12363 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
12364 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
12365 | |
12366 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
12367 entries are not nested. | |
12368 | |
12369 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
12370 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
12371 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
12372 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
12373 | |
12374 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
12375 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
12376 | |
12377 The variable is buffer-local. | |
12378 | |
12379 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
12380 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be | |
12381 used to alter the syntax table for the search. | |
12382 | |
12383 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by | |
12384 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the | |
12385 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax | |
12386 during matching.") | |
12387 | |
12388 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
12389 | |
12390 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
12391 The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
12392 | |
12393 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
12394 of the current buffer as an alist. | |
12395 | |
12396 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
12397 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
12398 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
12399 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
12400 if it is a sub-alist. | |
12401 | |
12402 This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
12403 | |
12404 The variable is buffer-local.") | |
12405 | |
12406 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
12407 | |
12408 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
12409 Function for finding the next index position. | |
12410 | |
12411 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
12412 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
12413 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
12414 file. | |
12415 | |
12416 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
12417 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
12418 | |
12419 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
12420 | |
12421 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
12422 | |
12423 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
12424 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
12425 | |
12426 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
12427 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
12428 It should return the name for that index item. | |
12429 | |
12430 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
12431 | |
12432 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
12433 | |
12434 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ | |
12435 Function to compare string with index item. | |
12436 | |
12437 This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
12438 non-nil if they match. | |
12439 | |
12440 If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
12441 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
12442 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
12443 arguments match\". | |
12444 | |
12445 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
12446 | |
12447 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
12448 | |
12449 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ | |
12450 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
12451 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
12452 | |
12453 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
12454 | |
12455 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist)) | |
12456 | |
12457 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) | |
12458 | |
12459 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
12460 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
12461 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
12462 See the command `imenu' for more information. | |
12463 | |
12464 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
12465 | |
12466 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
12467 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
12468 | |
12469 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook. | |
12470 | |
12471 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12472 | |
12473 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
12474 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
12475 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
12476 for more information. | |
12477 | |
12478 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil) | |
12479 | |
12480 ;;;*** | |
12481 | |
12482 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion | |
12483 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region) | |
12484 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16118 44435)) | |
12485 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el | |
12486 | |
12487 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\ | |
12488 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. | |
12489 | |
12490 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
12491 | |
12492 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\ | |
12493 Not documented | |
12494 | |
12495 \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | |
12496 | |
12497 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\ | |
12498 Not documented | |
12499 | |
12500 \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | |
12501 | |
12502 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\ | |
12503 Not documented | |
12504 | |
12505 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | |
12506 | |
12507 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\ | |
12508 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX. | |
12509 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph. | |
12510 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'. | |
12511 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'. | |
12512 | |
12513 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil) | |
12514 | |
12515 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\ | |
12516 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset. | |
12517 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index | |
12518 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies. | |
12519 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'. | |
12520 | |
12521 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) | |
12522 | |
12523 ;;;*** | |
12524 | |
12525 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" | |
12526 ;;;;;; (15678 51473)) | |
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el | |
12528 | |
12529 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
12530 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
12531 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
12532 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword | |
12533 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") | |
12534 | |
12535 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
12536 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
12537 | |
12538 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
12539 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
12540 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
12541 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
12542 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
12543 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
12544 produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
12545 but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
12546 | |
12547 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
12548 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
12549 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
12550 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
12551 Inferior Lisp buffer. | |
12552 | |
12553 This variable is only used if the variable | |
12554 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil. | |
12555 | |
12556 More precise choices: | |
12557 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
12558 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
12559 kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
12560 | |
12561 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
12562 | |
12563 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
12564 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
12565 | |
12566 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
12567 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
12568 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
12569 to that buffer. | |
12570 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
12571 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
12572 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
12573 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.) | |
12574 | |
12575 \(fn CMD)" t nil) | |
12576 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
12577 | |
12578 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
12579 | |
12580 ;;;*** | |
12581 | |
12582 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
12583 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone | |
12584 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" | |
12585 ;;;;;; (16162 11942)) | |
12586 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el | |
12587 | |
12588 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
12589 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window. | |
12590 | |
12591 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | |
12592 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
12593 | |
12594 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
12595 Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
12596 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
12597 the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
12598 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form | |
12599 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
12600 | |
12601 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
12602 to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
12603 | |
12604 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
12605 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' | |
12606 in all the directories in that path. | |
12607 | |
12608 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | |
12609 | |
12610 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\ | |
12611 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode. | |
12612 | |
12613 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12614 | |
12615 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
12616 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
12617 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
12618 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself. | |
12619 | |
12620 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
12621 | |
12622 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\ | |
12623 Go to the Info directory node. | |
12624 | |
12625 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12626 | |
12627 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\ | |
12628 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file. | |
12629 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose | |
12630 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following | |
12631 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\". | |
12632 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses | |
12633 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic. | |
12634 Use the `,' command to see the other matches. | |
12635 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself. | |
12636 | |
12637 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil) | |
12638 | |
12639 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ | |
12640 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
12641 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices | |
12642 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
12643 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol | |
12644 or string. | |
12645 | |
12646 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil) | |
12647 | |
12648 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
12649 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY. | |
12650 KEY is a string. | |
12651 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read. | |
12652 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices | |
12653 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
12654 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. | |
12655 | |
12656 \(fn KEY)" t nil) | |
12657 | |
12658 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
12659 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
12660 This will add a speedbar major display mode. | |
12661 | |
12662 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12663 | |
12664 ;;;*** | |
12665 | |
12666 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
12667 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
12668 ;;;;;; (16111 41826)) | |
12669 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el | |
12670 | |
12671 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
12672 Throw away all cached data. | |
12673 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
12674 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
12675 system. | |
12676 | |
12677 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12678 | |
12679 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
12680 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
12681 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
12682 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
12683 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
12684 The default symbol is the one found at point. | |
12685 | |
12686 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered. | |
12687 | |
12688 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil) | |
12689 | |
12690 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
12691 Display the documentation of a file. | |
12692 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
12693 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
12694 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
12695 The default file name is the one found at point. | |
12696 | |
12697 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered. | |
12698 | |
12699 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil) | |
12700 | |
12701 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
12702 Perform completion on symbol preceding point. | |
12703 | |
12704 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | |
12705 | |
12706 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
12707 Perform completion on file preceding point. | |
12708 | |
12709 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | |
12710 | |
12711 ;;;*** | |
12712 | |
12713 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" | |
12714 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (15952 18239)) | |
12715 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el | |
12716 | |
12717 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\ | |
12718 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document. | |
12719 | |
12720 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | |
12721 | |
12722 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\ | |
12723 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path. | |
12724 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'. | |
12725 | |
12726 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12727 | |
12728 ;;;*** | |
12729 | |
12730 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
12731 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15941 42953)) | |
12732 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el | |
12733 | |
12734 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
12735 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region. | |
12736 | |
12737 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil) | |
12738 | |
12739 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
12740 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
12741 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
12742 | |
12743 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
12744 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
12745 should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
12746 | |
12747 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
12748 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
12749 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
12750 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles. | |
12751 | |
12752 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12753 | |
12754 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
12755 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
12756 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node. | |
12757 | |
12758 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12759 | |
12760 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
12761 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
12762 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
12763 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
12764 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\" | |
12765 | |
12766 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
12767 | |
12768 ;;;*** | |
12769 | |
12770 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
12771 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
12772 ;;;;;; (15251 46612)) | |
12773 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el | |
12774 | |
12775 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
12776 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search. | |
12777 | |
12778 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12779 | |
12780 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
12781 Toggle input method in interactive search. | |
12782 | |
12783 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12784 | |
12785 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\ | |
12786 Not documented | |
12787 | |
12788 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil) | |
12789 | |
12790 ;;;*** | |
12791 | |
12792 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
12793 ;;;;;; (15941 42961)) | |
12794 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el | |
12795 | |
12796 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
12797 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
12798 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
12799 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
12800 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
12801 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
12802 | |
12803 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
12804 with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
12805 | |
12806 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
12807 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
12808 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
12809 \"s gives German sharp s. | |
12810 /a gives a with ring. | |
12811 /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
12812 ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
12813 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
12814 ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
12815 | |
12816 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
12817 and a negative argument disables it. | |
12818 | |
12819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
12820 | |
12821 ;;;*** | |
12822 | |
12823 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
12824 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso | |
12825 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" | |
12826 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15941 42961)) | |
12827 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el | |
12828 | |
12829 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12830 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
12831 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
12832 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | |
12833 | |
12834 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
12835 | |
12836 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12837 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
12838 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
12839 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | |
12840 | |
12841 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
12842 | |
12843 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12844 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
12845 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
12846 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | |
12847 | |
12848 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
12849 | |
12850 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12851 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
12852 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
12853 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | |
12854 | |
12855 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
12856 | |
12857 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12858 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
12859 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
12860 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | |
12861 | |
12862 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
12863 | |
12864 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12865 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
12866 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
12867 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | |
12868 | |
12869 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
12870 | |
12871 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12872 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
12873 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
12874 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | |
12875 | |
12876 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
12877 | |
12878 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12879 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities. | |
12880 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
12881 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | |
12882 | |
12883 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
12884 | |
12885 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12886 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
12887 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
12888 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | |
12889 | |
12890 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
12891 | |
12892 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12893 Warn that format is read-only. | |
12894 | |
12895 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12896 | |
12897 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12898 Warn that format is write-only. | |
12899 | |
12900 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12901 | |
12902 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
12903 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats. | |
12904 | |
12905 \(fn)" t nil) | |
12906 | |
12907 ;;;*** | |
12908 | |
12909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
12910 ;;;;;; (15941 42961)) | |
12911 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el | |
12912 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
12913 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
12914 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
12915 | |
12916 ;;;*** | |
12917 | |
12918 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag | |
12919 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings | |
12920 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
12921 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist | |
12922 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary) | |
12923 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16174 61085)) | |
12924 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el | |
12925 | |
12926 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ | |
12927 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
12928 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
12929 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
12930 | |
12931 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell") | |
12932 | |
12933 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
12934 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
12935 | |
12936 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'. | |
12937 | |
12938 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate | |
12939 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary | |
12940 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save, | |
12941 and then re-start emacs.") | |
12942 | |
12943 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell") | |
12944 | |
12945 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) | |
12946 | |
12947 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
12948 | |
12949 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))) | |
12950 | |
12951 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
12952 | |
12953 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) | |
12954 | |
12955 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))) | |
12956 | |
12957 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
12958 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
12959 | |
12960 Each element of this list is also a list: | |
12961 | |
12962 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
12963 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
12964 | |
12965 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
12966 nil means the default dictionary. | |
12967 | |
12968 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
12969 word. | |
12970 | |
12971 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
12972 | |
12973 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
12974 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
12975 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
12976 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
12977 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
12978 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
12979 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
12980 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
12981 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
12982 | |
12983 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
12984 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
12985 single word. | |
12986 | |
12987 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
12988 subprocess. | |
12989 | |
12990 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
12991 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
12992 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
12993 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
12994 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
12995 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
12996 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
12997 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
12998 | |
12999 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
13000 | |
13001 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
13002 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
13003 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
13004 | |
13005 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell") | |
13006 | |
13007 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
13008 Key map for ispell menu.") | |
13009 | |
13010 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
13011 Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
13012 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
13013 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
13014 | |
13015 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload))) | |
13016 | |
13017 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name))))))))) | |
13018 | |
13019 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))) | |
13020 | |
13021 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))) | |
13022 | |
13023 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | |
13024 | |
13025 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\ | |
13026 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. | |
13027 The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
13028 Valid forms include: | |
13029 (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
13030 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
13031 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
13032 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
13033 | |
13034 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ | |
13035 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. | |
13036 First list is used raw. | |
13037 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
13038 | |
13039 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
13040 for skipping in latex mode.") | |
13041 | |
13042 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\ | |
13043 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers. | |
13044 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist' | |
13045 Note - substrings of other matches must come last | |
13046 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ | |
13047 >]\").") | |
13048 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word) | |
13049 | |
13050 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
13051 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
13052 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
13053 in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
13054 | |
13055 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
13056 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
13057 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
13058 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
13059 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
13060 | |
13061 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
13062 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
13063 | |
13064 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
13065 | |
13066 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
13067 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. | |
13068 | |
13069 return values: | |
13070 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted. | |
13071 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. | |
13072 \"word\" word corrected from word list. | |
13073 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered. | |
13074 quit spell session exited. | |
13075 | |
13076 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil) | |
13077 | |
13078 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\ | |
13079 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified. | |
13080 If so, ask if it needs to be saved. | |
13081 | |
13082 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil) | |
13083 | |
13084 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ | |
13085 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
13086 | |
13087 Selections are: | |
13088 | |
13089 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
13090 SPC: Accept word this time. | |
13091 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
13092 `a': Accept word for this session. | |
13093 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
13094 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
13095 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
13096 `?': Show these commands. | |
13097 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
13098 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
13099 the aborted check to be completed later. | |
13100 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
13101 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
13102 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
13103 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
13104 `C-l': redraws screen | |
13105 `C-r': recursive edit | |
13106 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame | |
13107 | |
13108 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
13109 | |
13110 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
13111 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
13112 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running. | |
13113 | |
13114 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil) | |
13115 | |
13116 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
13117 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
13118 A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
13119 | |
13120 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
13121 | |
13122 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary. | |
13123 | |
13124 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
13125 | |
13126 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
13127 Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
13128 Return nil if spell session is quit, | |
13129 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed. | |
13130 | |
13131 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil) | |
13132 | |
13133 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
13134 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors. | |
13135 | |
13136 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13137 | |
13138 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
13139 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively. | |
13140 | |
13141 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13142 | |
13143 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
13144 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word. | |
13145 | |
13146 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13147 | |
13148 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
13149 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words'). | |
13150 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | |
13151 sequence inside of a word. | |
13152 | |
13153 Standard ispell choices are then available. | |
13154 | |
13155 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil) | |
13156 | |
13157 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
13158 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word. | |
13159 | |
13160 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13161 | |
13162 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
13163 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors. | |
13164 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check | |
13165 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer. | |
13166 | |
13167 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are | |
13168 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell | |
13169 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries | |
13170 available on the net. | |
13171 | |
13172 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13173 | |
13174 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ | |
13175 Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
13176 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
13177 | |
13178 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET | |
13179 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
13180 | |
13181 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
13182 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC. | |
13183 | |
13184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
13185 | |
13186 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
13187 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
13188 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
13189 Don't check included messages. | |
13190 | |
13191 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
13192 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
13193 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
13194 | |
13195 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
13196 in your .emacs file: | |
13197 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
13198 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
13199 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
13200 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
13201 | |
13202 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
13203 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
13204 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message))) | |
13205 | |
13206 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13207 | |
13208 ;;;*** | |
13209 | |
13210 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer | |
13211 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings | |
13212 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16131 19788)) | |
13213 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el | |
13214 | |
13215 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
13216 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
13217 Return the name of a buffer selected. | |
13218 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default | |
13219 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
13220 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected. | |
13221 | |
13222 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil) | |
13223 | |
13224 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
13225 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
13226 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
13227 adds a hook to the minibuffer. | |
13228 | |
13229 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'. | |
13230 | |
13231 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13232 | |
13233 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
13234 Switch to another buffer. | |
13235 | |
13236 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
13237 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
13238 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
13239 in another frame. | |
13240 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'. | |
13241 | |
13242 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13243 | |
13244 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
13245 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
13246 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
13247 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'. | |
13248 | |
13249 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13250 | |
13251 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
13252 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
13253 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
13254 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'. | |
13255 | |
13256 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13257 | |
13258 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
13259 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
13260 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
13261 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'. | |
13262 | |
13263 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13264 | |
13265 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\ | |
13266 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled. | |
13267 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
13268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13269 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.") | |
13270 | |
13271 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb") | |
13272 | |
13273 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\ | |
13274 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode. | |
13275 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. | |
13276 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See | |
13277 `iswitchb' for details. | |
13278 | |
13279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
13280 | |
13281 ;;;*** | |
13282 | |
13283 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
13284 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
13285 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal) | |
13286 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16118 44435)) | |
13287 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el | |
13288 | |
13289 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\ | |
13290 Not documented | |
13291 | |
13292 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
13293 | |
13294 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
13295 Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
13296 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
13297 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
13298 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
13299 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
13300 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
13301 necessary to represent OBJ. | |
13302 | |
13303 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil) | |
13304 | |
13305 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
13306 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
13307 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
13308 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
13309 | |
13310 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil) | |
13311 | |
13312 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
13313 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
13314 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
13315 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
13316 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character. | |
13317 | |
13318 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil) | |
13319 | |
13320 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
13321 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
13322 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
13323 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
13324 | |
13325 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil) | |
13326 | |
13327 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
13328 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
13329 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
13330 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
13331 | |
13332 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil) | |
13333 | |
13334 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
13335 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars. | |
13336 | |
13337 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
13338 | |
13339 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
13340 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
13341 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
13342 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
13343 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char. | |
13344 | |
13345 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil) | |
13346 | |
13347 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
13348 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
13349 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
13350 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
13351 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char. | |
13352 | |
13353 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil) | |
13354 | |
13355 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
13356 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
13357 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading. | |
13358 | |
13359 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil) | |
13360 | |
13361 ;;;*** | |
13362 | |
13363 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15941 | |
13364 ;;;;;; 42953)) | |
13365 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el | |
13366 | |
13367 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\ | |
13368 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer. | |
13369 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region | |
13370 that needs to be (re)fontified. | |
13371 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful. | |
13372 | |
13373 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil) | |
13374 | |
13375 ;;;*** | |
13376 | |
13377 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode) | |
13378 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16111 41826)) | |
13379 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el | |
13380 | |
13381 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
13382 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled. | |
13383 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
13384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13385 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
13386 | |
13387 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr") | |
13388 | |
13389 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ | |
13390 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
13391 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
13392 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on). | |
13393 | |
13394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
13395 | |
13396 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ | |
13397 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled. | |
13398 | |
13399 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
13400 | |
13401 ;;;*** | |
13402 | |
13403 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup | |
13404 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" | |
13405 ;;;;;; (15941 42958)) | |
13406 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el | |
13407 | |
13408 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\ | |
13409 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off. | |
13410 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the | |
13411 decimal key must be specified.") | |
13412 | |
13413 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad") | |
13414 | |
13415 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\ | |
13416 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on. | |
13417 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the | |
13418 decimal key must be specified.") | |
13419 | |
13420 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad") | |
13421 | |
13422 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\ | |
13423 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off. | |
13424 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the | |
13425 decimal key must be specified.") | |
13426 | |
13427 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad") | |
13428 | |
13429 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\ | |
13430 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off. | |
13431 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the | |
13432 decimal key must be specified.") | |
13433 | |
13434 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad") | |
13435 | |
13436 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\ | |
13437 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP. | |
13438 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings | |
13439 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed. | |
13440 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad | |
13441 keys are bound. | |
13442 | |
13443 Setup Binding | |
13444 ------------------------------------------------------------- | |
13445 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M-- | |
13446 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys. | |
13447 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys. | |
13448 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg) | |
13449 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map; | |
13450 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys | |
13451 in the global and local keymaps. | |
13452 | |
13453 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil, | |
13454 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.' | |
13455 | |
13456 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil) | |
13457 | |
13458 ;;;*** | |
13459 | |
13460 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
13461 ;;;;;; (15941 42961)) | |
13462 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el | |
13463 | |
13464 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
13465 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
13466 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
13467 | |
13468 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
13469 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
13470 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
13471 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
13472 shorter. | |
13473 | |
13474 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
13475 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
13476 the context of text formatting. | |
13477 | |
13478 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil) | |
13479 | |
13480 ;;;*** | |
13481 | |
13482 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16153 | |
13483 ;;;;;; 36586)) | |
13484 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el | |
13485 | |
13486 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\ | |
13487 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method. | |
13488 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from | |
13489 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this | |
13490 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer | |
13491 positions that contains the current selection.") | |
13492 | |
13493 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ | |
13494 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
13495 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
13496 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
13497 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
13498 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
13499 and the return value is the length of the conversion. | |
13500 | |
13501 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
13502 | |
13503 ;;;*** | |
13504 | |
13505 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro | |
13506 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter | |
13507 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" | |
13508 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16016 56429)) | |
13509 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el | |
13510 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro) | |
13511 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro) | |
13512 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro) | |
13513 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) | |
13514 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro) | |
13515 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap) | |
13516 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap) | |
13517 | |
13518 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\ | |
13519 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro. | |
13520 The commands are recorded even as they are executed. | |
13521 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available. | |
13522 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro. | |
13523 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name. | |
13524 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined; | |
13525 | |
13526 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro | |
13527 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin | |
13528 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again. | |
13529 | |
13530 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before | |
13531 defining the macro. | |
13532 | |
13533 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter. | |
13534 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter]. | |
13535 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format]. | |
13536 | |
13537 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
13538 | |
13539 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\ | |
13540 Finish defining a keyboard macro. | |
13541 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro]. | |
13542 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro], | |
13543 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked | |
13544 under that name. | |
13545 | |
13546 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times, | |
13547 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition. | |
13548 An argument of zero means repeat until error. | |
13549 | |
13550 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
13551 | |
13552 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\ | |
13553 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro]. | |
13554 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error. | |
13555 | |
13556 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating | |
13557 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this | |
13558 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg' | |
13559 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour. | |
13560 | |
13561 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining | |
13562 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro. | |
13563 | |
13564 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil) | |
13565 | |
13566 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\ | |
13567 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro. | |
13568 The commands are recorded even as they are executed. | |
13569 | |
13570 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the | |
13571 macro. | |
13572 | |
13573 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping | |
13574 the current value of `kmacro-counter'). | |
13575 | |
13576 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments | |
13577 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument], | |
13578 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter). | |
13579 | |
13580 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter]. | |
13581 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format]. | |
13582 | |
13583 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
13584 | |
13585 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\ | |
13586 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro. | |
13587 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times. | |
13588 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring. | |
13589 | |
13590 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil) | |
13591 | |
13592 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\ | |
13593 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined. | |
13594 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times. | |
13595 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error. | |
13596 | |
13597 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it | |
13598 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro]. | |
13599 | |
13600 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil) | |
13601 | |
13602 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\ | |
13603 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro. | |
13604 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it. | |
13605 | |
13606 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
13607 | |
13608 ;;;*** | |
13609 | |
13610 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" | |
13611 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16118 44435)) | |
13612 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el | |
13613 | |
13614 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ | |
13615 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. | |
13616 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
13617 | |
13618 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\ | |
13619 Not documented | |
13620 | |
13621 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
13622 | |
13623 ;;;*** | |
13624 | |
13625 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
13626 ;;;;;; (15924 18775)) | |
13627 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el | |
13628 | |
13629 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
13630 | |
13631 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
13632 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game. | |
13633 | |
13634 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13635 | |
13636 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
13637 | |
13638 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
13639 Start or resume an Lm game. | |
13640 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
13641 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
13642 | |
13643 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
13644 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
13645 none / 1 | yes | no | |
13646 2 | yes | yes | |
13647 3 | no | yes | |
13648 4 | no | no | |
13649 | |
13650 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
13651 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
13652 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info. | |
13653 | |
13654 \(fn PARG)" t nil) | |
13655 | |
13656 ;;;*** | |
13657 | |
13658 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion | |
13659 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao | |
13660 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16118 | |
13661 ;;;;;; 44435)) | |
13662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el | |
13663 | |
13664 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
13665 Not documented | |
13666 | |
13667 \(fn STR)" nil nil) | |
13668 | |
13669 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | |
13670 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | |
13671 Only the first syllable is transcribed. | |
13672 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | |
13673 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | |
13674 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | |
13675 | |
13676 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | |
13677 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR. | |
13678 | |
13679 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil) | |
13680 | |
13681 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
13682 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string. | |
13683 | |
13684 \(fn STR)" nil nil) | |
13685 | |
13686 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\ | |
13687 Not documented | |
13688 | |
13689 \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | |
13690 | |
13691 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ | |
13692 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. | |
13693 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
13694 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
13695 to compose. | |
13696 | |
13697 The return value is number of composed characters. | |
13698 | |
13699 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil) | |
13700 | |
13701 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\ | |
13702 Not documented | |
13703 | |
13704 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
13705 | |
13706 ;;;*** | |
13707 | |
13708 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display) | |
13709 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15997 672)) | |
13710 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el | |
13711 | |
13712 (defvar latin1-display nil "\ | |
13713 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets. | |
13714 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets', | |
13715 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using | |
13716 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise | |
13717 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input | |
13718 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if | |
13719 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil. | |
13720 | |
13721 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' | |
13722 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them. | |
13723 | |
13724 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13725 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.") | |
13726 | |
13727 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp") | |
13728 | |
13729 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\ | |
13730 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS. | |
13731 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list | |
13732 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the | |
13733 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also | |
13734 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats | |
13735 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have | |
13736 a Unicode font with which to display them. | |
13737 | |
13738 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil) | |
13739 | |
13740 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\ | |
13741 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters. | |
13742 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't | |
13743 changed if the display can render Unicode characters. | |
13744 | |
13745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13746 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.") | |
13747 | |
13748 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp") | |
13749 | |
13750 ;;;*** | |
13751 | |
13752 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" | |
13753 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15941 42953)) | |
13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el | |
13755 | |
13756 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
13757 Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
13758 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
13759 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
13760 | |
13761 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
13762 | |
13763 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see | |
13764 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in | |
13765 JIT Lock's favor. | |
13766 | |
13767 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | |
13768 | |
13769 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
13770 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
13771 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
13772 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
13773 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
13774 for large buffers. | |
13775 | |
13776 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
13777 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
13778 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
13779 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
13780 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
13781 | |
13782 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
13783 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
13784 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
13785 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
13786 slow to keep up with your typing. | |
13787 | |
13788 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
13789 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
13790 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
13791 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
13792 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
13793 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
13794 | |
13795 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
13796 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
13797 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
13798 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
13799 | |
13800 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
13801 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
13802 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
13803 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
13804 | |
13805 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
13806 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
13807 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
13808 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
13809 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'. | |
13810 | |
13811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
13812 | |
13813 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
13814 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode. | |
13815 | |
13816 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
13817 | |
13818 ;;;*** | |
13819 | |
13820 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
13821 ;;;;;; (15186 43677)) | |
13822 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el | |
13823 | |
13824 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
13825 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
13826 | |
13827 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
13828 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
13829 | |
13830 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
13831 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
13832 | |
13833 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
13834 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
13835 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
13836 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
13837 for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
13838 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
13839 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
13840 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
13841 and transmit saved text. | |
13842 \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
13843 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
13844 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode) | |
13845 | |
13846 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13847 | |
13848 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
13849 Not documented | |
13850 | |
13851 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
13852 | |
13853 ;;;*** | |
13854 | |
13855 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15941 42963)) | |
13856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el | |
13857 | |
13858 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
13859 Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
13860 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
13861 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
13862 generations (this defaults to 1). | |
13863 | |
13864 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil) | |
13865 | |
13866 ;;;*** | |
13867 | |
13868 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15781 | |
13869 ;;;;;; 48896)) | |
13870 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el | |
13871 | |
13872 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
13873 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
13874 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE | |
13875 is nil, raise an error. | |
13876 | |
13877 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil) | |
13878 | |
13879 ;;;*** | |
13880 | |
13881 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
13882 ;;;;;; (15941 42956)) | |
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el | |
13884 | |
13885 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
13886 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. | |
13887 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run. | |
13888 | |
13889 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil) | |
13890 | |
13891 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
13892 Run the locate command with a filter. | |
13893 | |
13894 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | |
13895 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search. | |
13896 | |
13897 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil) | |
13898 | |
13899 ;;;*** | |
13900 | |
13901 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16111 41826)) | |
13902 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el | |
13903 | |
13904 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\ | |
13905 Setup a buffer to enter a log message. | |
13906 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'. | |
13907 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run. | |
13908 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the | |
13909 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region]. | |
13910 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call | |
13911 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit. | |
13912 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files | |
13913 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names). | |
13914 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the | |
13915 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it | |
13916 uses the current buffer. | |
13917 | |
13918 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil) | |
13919 | |
13920 ;;;*** | |
13921 | |
13922 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16070 | |
13923 ;;;;;; 35806)) | |
13924 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el | |
13925 | |
13926 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\ | |
13927 Major mode for browsing CVS log output. | |
13928 | |
13929 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13930 | |
13931 ;;;*** | |
13932 | |
13933 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer | |
13934 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16174 | |
13935 ;;;;;; 61085)) | |
13936 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el | |
13937 | |
13938 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))) | |
13939 | |
13940 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))) | |
13941 | |
13942 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\ | |
13943 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. | |
13944 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
13945 | |
13946 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
13947 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
13948 | |
13949 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
13950 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
13951 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
13952 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
13953 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
13954 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
13955 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
13956 | |
13957 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr") | |
13958 | |
13959 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
13960 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
13961 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
13962 switch on this list. | |
13963 See `lpr-command'.") | |
13964 | |
13965 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr") | |
13966 | |
13967 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ | |
13968 *Name of program for printing a file. | |
13969 | |
13970 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
13971 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
13972 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
13973 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
13974 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
13975 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
13976 argument.") | |
13977 | |
13978 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr") | |
13979 | |
13980 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
13981 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. | |
13982 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
13983 for customization of the printer command. | |
13984 | |
13985 \(fn)" t nil) | |
13986 | |
13987 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
13988 Paginate and print buffer contents. | |
13989 | |
13990 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
13991 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
13992 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
13993 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
13994 | |
13995 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
13996 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
13997 | |
13998 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
13999 for further customization of the printer command. | |
14000 | |
14001 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14002 | |
14003 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
14004 Print region contents without pagination or page headers. | |
14005 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
14006 for customization of the printer command. | |
14007 | |
14008 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
14009 | |
14010 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
14011 Paginate and print the region contents. | |
14012 | |
14013 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
14014 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
14015 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
14016 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
14017 | |
14018 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
14019 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
14020 | |
14021 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
14022 for further customization of the printer command. | |
14023 | |
14024 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
14025 | |
14026 ;;;*** | |
14027 | |
14028 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" | |
14029 ;;;;;; (16070 35806)) | |
14030 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el | |
14031 | |
14032 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\ | |
14033 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards. | |
14034 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).") | |
14035 | |
14036 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp") | |
14037 | |
14038 ;;;*** | |
14039 | |
14040 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16174 | |
14041 ;;;;;; 61085)) | |
14042 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el | |
14043 | |
14044 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
14045 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
14046 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
14047 | |
14048 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file. | |
14049 | |
14050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
14051 | |
14052 ;;;*** | |
14053 | |
14054 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15941 | |
14055 ;;;;;; 42965)) | |
14056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el | |
14057 | |
14058 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
14059 A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
14060 \\{m4-mode-map} | |
14061 | |
14062 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14063 | |
14064 ;;;*** | |
14065 | |
14066 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
14067 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16162 11942)) | |
14068 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el | |
14069 | |
14070 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
14071 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
14072 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
14073 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
14074 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command. | |
14075 | |
14076 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil) | |
14077 | |
14078 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
14079 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
14080 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
14081 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
14082 | |
14083 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
14084 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
14085 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
14086 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
14087 bindings. | |
14088 | |
14089 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
14090 use this command, and then save the file. | |
14091 | |
14092 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil) | |
14093 | |
14094 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
14095 Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
14096 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
14097 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
14098 each time the macro executes. | |
14099 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
14100 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
14101 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
14102 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
14103 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
14104 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
14105 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that. | |
14106 | |
14107 \(fn FLAG)" t nil) | |
14108 | |
14109 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
14110 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
14111 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
14112 | |
14113 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
14114 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
14115 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
14116 execute. | |
14117 | |
14118 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
14119 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
14120 | |
14121 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
14122 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
14123 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
14124 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
14125 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
14126 | |
14127 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
14128 looked like this: | |
14129 | |
14130 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
14131 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
14132 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
14133 | |
14134 You could enter the names in this format: | |
14135 | |
14136 foo | |
14137 bar | |
14138 baz | |
14139 | |
14140 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
14141 | |
14142 \\C-x ( | |
14143 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
14144 \\C-x ) | |
14145 | |
14146 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
14147 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
14148 | |
14149 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil) | |
14150 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
14151 | |
14152 ;;;*** | |
14153 | |
14154 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
14155 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16111 41831)) | |
14156 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el | |
14157 | |
14158 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
14159 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
14160 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
14161 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see | |
14162 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'. | |
14163 | |
14164 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
14165 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
14166 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
14167 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
14168 one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
14169 | |
14170 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible | |
14171 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. | |
14172 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
14173 consing a string.) | |
14174 | |
14175 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil) | |
14176 | |
14177 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
14178 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to. | |
14179 | |
14180 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil) | |
14181 | |
14182 ;;;*** | |
14183 | |
14184 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
14185 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
14186 ;;;;;; (15941 42961)) | |
14187 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el | |
14188 | |
14189 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
14190 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks. | |
14191 | |
14192 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
14193 | |
14194 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\ | |
14195 Not documented | |
14196 | |
14197 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
14198 | |
14199 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
14200 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
14201 | |
14202 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist") | |
14203 | |
14204 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
14205 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
14206 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
14207 message. | |
14208 | |
14209 This function normally would be called when the message is sent. | |
14210 | |
14211 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
14212 | |
14213 ;;;*** | |
14214 | |
14215 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region | |
14216 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
14217 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15941 | |
14218 ;;;;;; 42961)) | |
14219 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el | |
14220 | |
14221 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
14222 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
14223 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
14224 often correct parser.") | |
14225 | |
14226 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils") | |
14227 | |
14228 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\ | |
14229 Not documented | |
14230 | |
14231 \(fn FILE)" nil nil) | |
14232 | |
14233 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
14234 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
14235 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
14236 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=. | |
14237 | |
14238 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil) | |
14239 | |
14240 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
14241 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
14242 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
14243 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=. | |
14244 | |
14245 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil) | |
14246 | |
14247 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
14248 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
14249 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
14250 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=. | |
14251 | |
14252 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil) | |
14253 | |
14254 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ | |
14255 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
14256 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
14257 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
14258 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
14259 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields. | |
14260 | |
14261 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil) | |
14262 | |
14263 ;;;*** | |
14264 | |
14265 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
14266 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15924 18773)) | |
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el | |
14268 | |
14269 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
14270 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package. | |
14271 | |
14272 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
14273 | |
14274 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
14275 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
14276 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'. | |
14277 | |
14278 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil) | |
14279 | |
14280 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
14281 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
14282 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas. | |
14283 | |
14284 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil) | |
14285 | |
14286 ;;;*** | |
14287 | |
14288 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
14289 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16066 | |
14290 ;;;;;; 53440)) | |
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el | |
14292 | |
14293 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
14294 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
14295 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
14296 king@grassland.com | |
14297 If `parens', they look like: | |
14298 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
14299 If `angles', they look like: | |
14300 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
14301 | |
14302 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias") | |
14303 | |
14304 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
14305 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
14306 If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
14307 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
14308 their `Resent-' variants. | |
14309 | |
14310 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
14311 removed from alias expansions. | |
14312 | |
14313 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil) | |
14314 | |
14315 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
14316 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
14317 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
14318 | |
14319 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
14320 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
14321 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
14322 if it is quoted with double-quotes. | |
14323 | |
14324 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil) | |
14325 | |
14326 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
14327 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
14328 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
14329 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any. | |
14330 | |
14331 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
14332 | |
14333 ;;;*** | |
14334 | |
14335 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
14336 ;;;;;; (15997 672)) | |
14337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el | |
14338 | |
14339 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
14340 Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
14341 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
14342 | |
14343 \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
14344 | |
14345 In the browser, use the following keys: | |
14346 | |
14347 \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
14348 | |
14349 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
14350 | |
14351 `makefile-browser-buffer-name': | |
14352 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | |
14353 | |
14354 `makefile-target-colon': | |
14355 The string that gets appended to all target names | |
14356 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
14357 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
14358 | |
14359 `makefile-macro-assign': | |
14360 The string that gets appended to all macro names | |
14361 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
14362 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
14363 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake | |
14364 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you | |
14365 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
14366 | |
14367 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon': | |
14368 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | |
14369 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
14370 | |
14371 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column': | |
14372 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | |
14373 | |
14374 `makefile-browser-cursor-column': | |
14375 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | |
14376 up or down in the browser. | |
14377 | |
14378 `makefile-browser-selected-mark': | |
14379 String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | |
14380 | |
14381 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark': | |
14382 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | |
14383 | |
14384 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p': | |
14385 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | |
14386 will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
14387 has been selected in the browser. | |
14388 | |
14389 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p': | |
14390 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | |
14391 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
14392 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
14393 filenames are omitted. | |
14394 | |
14395 `makefile-cleanup-continuations': | |
14396 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode | |
14397 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash | |
14398 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
14399 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
14400 the backslash itself intact. | |
14401 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode | |
14402 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". | |
14403 | |
14404 `makefile-browser-hook': | |
14405 A function or list of functions to be called just before the | |
14406 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
14407 | |
14408 `makefile-special-targets-list': | |
14409 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | |
14410 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
14411 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode. | |
14412 | |
14413 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14414 | |
14415 ;;;*** | |
14416 | |
14417 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229 | |
14418 ;;;;;; 28917)) | |
14419 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el | |
14420 | |
14421 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
14422 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
14423 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first. | |
14424 | |
14425 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14426 | |
14427 ;;;*** | |
14428 | |
14429 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16148 4632)) | |
14430 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el | |
14431 | |
14432 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
14433 | |
14434 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
14435 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
14436 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
14437 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
14438 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
14439 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
14440 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately. | |
14441 | |
14442 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or | |
14443 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from | |
14444 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the | |
14445 `Man-switches' variable, which see. | |
14446 | |
14447 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil) | |
14448 | |
14449 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
14450 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer. | |
14451 | |
14452 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil) | |
14453 | |
14454 ;;;*** | |
14455 | |
14456 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15941 42956)) | |
14457 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el | |
14458 | |
14459 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\ | |
14460 Toggle Master mode. | |
14461 With no argument, this command toggles the mode. | |
14462 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode. | |
14463 Null prefix argument turns off the mode. | |
14464 | |
14465 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the | |
14466 following commands: | |
14467 | |
14468 \\{master-mode-map} | |
14469 | |
14470 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'. | |
14471 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show | |
14472 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'. | |
14473 | |
14474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
14475 | |
14476 ;;;*** | |
14477 | |
14478 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16162 | |
14479 ;;;;;; 11942)) | |
14480 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el | |
14481 | |
14482 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t))) | |
14483 | |
14484 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\ | |
14485 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled. | |
14486 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
14487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14488 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.") | |
14489 | |
14490 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar") | |
14491 | |
14492 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\ | |
14493 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame. | |
14494 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be | |
14495 created in the future. | |
14496 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive, | |
14497 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars. | |
14498 | |
14499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
14500 | |
14501 ;;;*** | |
14502 | |
14503 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame | |
14504 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
14505 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body | |
14506 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover | |
14507 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | |
14508 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
14509 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
14510 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
14511 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
14512 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16070 35808)) | |
14513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el | |
14514 | |
14515 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
14516 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
14517 | |
14518 If nil, they contain just the return address like: | |
14519 king@grassland.com | |
14520 If `parens', they look like: | |
14521 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
14522 If `angles', they look like: | |
14523 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
14524 | |
14525 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
14526 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
14527 | |
14528 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message") | |
14529 | |
14530 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
14531 Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
14532 | |
14533 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message") | |
14534 | |
14535 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
14536 *Local news organization file.") | |
14537 | |
14538 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message") | |
14539 | |
14540 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
14541 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
14542 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
14543 variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
14544 | |
14545 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), | |
14546 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail', | |
14547 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'. | |
14548 | |
14549 See also `send-mail-function'.") | |
14550 | |
14551 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message") | |
14552 | |
14553 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
14554 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
14555 | |
14556 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message") | |
14557 | |
14558 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
14559 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.") | |
14560 | |
14561 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message") | |
14562 | |
14563 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
14564 *Function for citing an original message. | |
14565 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
14566 `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
14567 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
14568 | |
14569 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message") | |
14570 | |
14571 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
14572 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
14573 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
14574 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
14575 point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
14576 | |
14577 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message") | |
14578 | |
14579 (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
14580 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
14581 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
14582 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
14583 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
14584 | |
14585 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message") | |
14586 | |
14587 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
14588 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer. | |
14589 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist. | |
14590 If nil, don't insert a signature.") | |
14591 | |
14592 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message") | |
14593 | |
14594 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) | |
14595 | |
14596 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
14597 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
14598 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map> | |
14599 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit' | |
14600 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message | |
14601 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
14602 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
14603 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
14604 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
14605 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
14606 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
14607 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
14608 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup) | |
14609 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
14610 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text). | |
14611 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
14612 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
14613 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any). | |
14614 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked). | |
14615 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark). | |
14616 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region). | |
14617 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature). | |
14618 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body). | |
14619 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME). | |
14620 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat). | |
14621 | |
14622 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14623 | |
14624 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
14625 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
14626 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. | |
14627 | |
14628 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil) | |
14629 | |
14630 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
14631 Start editing a news article to be sent. | |
14632 | |
14633 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil) | |
14634 | |
14635 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
14636 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer. | |
14637 | |
14638 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil) | |
14639 | |
14640 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
14641 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer. | |
14642 | |
14643 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil) | |
14644 | |
14645 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
14646 Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
14647 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line. | |
14648 | |
14649 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil) | |
14650 | |
14651 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
14652 Cancel an article you posted. | |
14653 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message. | |
14654 | |
14655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
14656 | |
14657 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
14658 Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
14659 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
14660 header line with the old Message-ID. | |
14661 | |
14662 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14663 | |
14664 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
14665 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file. | |
14666 | |
14667 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14668 | |
14669 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
14670 Forward the current message via mail. | |
14671 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail. | |
14672 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward. | |
14673 | |
14674 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil) | |
14675 | |
14676 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\ | |
14677 Not documented | |
14678 | |
14679 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil) | |
14680 | |
14681 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\ | |
14682 Not documented | |
14683 | |
14684 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil) | |
14685 | |
14686 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\ | |
14687 Let RMAIL uses message to forward. | |
14688 | |
14689 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14690 | |
14691 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | |
14692 Resend the current article to ADDRESS. | |
14693 | |
14694 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil) | |
14695 | |
14696 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
14697 Re-mail the current message. | |
14698 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that | |
14699 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to | |
14700 you. | |
14701 | |
14702 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14703 | |
14704 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
14705 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window. | |
14706 | |
14707 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil) | |
14708 | |
14709 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
14710 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame. | |
14711 | |
14712 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil) | |
14713 | |
14714 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
14715 Start editing a news article to be sent. | |
14716 | |
14717 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil) | |
14718 | |
14719 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
14720 Start editing a news article to be sent. | |
14721 | |
14722 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil) | |
14723 | |
14724 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
14725 Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
14726 Works by overstriking characters. | |
14727 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
14728 which specify the range to operate on. | |
14729 | |
14730 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
14731 | |
14732 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
14733 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
14734 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
14735 which specify the range to operate on. | |
14736 | |
14737 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
14738 | |
14739 ;;;*** | |
14740 | |
14741 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
14742 ;;;;;; (15961 24155)) | |
14743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el | |
14744 | |
14745 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
14746 Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
14747 Special commands: | |
14748 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
14749 | |
14750 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
14751 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'. | |
14752 | |
14753 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14754 | |
14755 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
14756 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
14757 Special commands: | |
14758 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
14759 | |
14760 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
14761 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'. | |
14762 | |
14763 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14764 | |
14765 ;;;*** | |
14766 | |
14767 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
14768 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
14769 ;;;;;; (15941 42961)) | |
14770 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el | |
14771 | |
14772 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
14773 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
14774 Its body part is not interpreted at all. | |
14775 | |
14776 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14777 | |
14778 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
14779 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
14780 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
14781 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
14782 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
14783 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
14784 Its header part is not interpreted at all. | |
14785 | |
14786 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil) | |
14787 | |
14788 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
14789 Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
14790 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
14791 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
14792 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
14793 means current). | |
14794 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
14795 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
14796 | |
14797 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil) | |
14798 | |
14799 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
14800 Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
14801 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
14802 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
14803 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
14804 means current). | |
14805 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
14806 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
14807 | |
14808 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil) | |
14809 | |
14810 ;;;*** | |
14811 | |
14812 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose | |
14813 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16054 | |
14814 ;;;;;; 60750)) | |
14815 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el | |
14816 | |
14817 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
14818 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
14819 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end | |
14820 to the MH mail system. | |
14821 | |
14822 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail. | |
14823 | |
14824 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14825 | |
14826 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
14827 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
14828 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end | |
14829 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
14830 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
14831 that want to create a mail buffer. | |
14832 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail. | |
14833 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and | |
14834 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED. | |
14835 | |
14836 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil) | |
14837 | |
14838 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\ | |
14839 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
14840 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. | |
14841 | |
14842 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the | |
14843 initial Subject field, respectively. | |
14844 | |
14845 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional | |
14846 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both | |
14847 HEADER and VALUE are strings. | |
14848 | |
14849 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored. | |
14850 | |
14851 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil) | |
14852 | |
14853 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
14854 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
14855 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end | |
14856 to the MH mail system. | |
14857 | |
14858 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail. | |
14859 | |
14860 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14861 | |
14862 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
14863 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
14864 | |
14865 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
14866 using the MH mail handling system. | |
14867 | |
14868 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option | |
14869 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E | |
14870 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running | |
14871 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives. | |
14872 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the | |
14873 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion], | |
14874 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent. | |
14875 | |
14876 Options that control this mode can be changed with | |
14877 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group. | |
14878 | |
14879 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and | |
14880 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run. | |
14881 | |
14882 \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
14883 | |
14884 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14885 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode)) | |
14886 | |
14887 ;;;*** | |
14888 | |
14889 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" | |
14890 ;;;;;; (16054 60750)) | |
14891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el | |
14892 | |
14893 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
14894 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH. | |
14895 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E, | |
14896 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system. | |
14897 | |
14898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
14899 | |
14900 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
14901 Check for new mail in inbox folder. | |
14902 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E, | |
14903 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system. | |
14904 | |
14905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
14906 | |
14907 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
14908 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system. | |
14909 | |
14910 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14911 | |
14912 ;;;*** | |
14913 | |
14914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16054 60750)) | |
14915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el | |
14916 | |
14917 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
14918 | |
14919 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
14920 | |
14921 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
14922 | |
14923 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
14924 | |
14925 ;;;*** | |
14926 | |
14927 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
14928 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15186 43679)) | |
14929 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el | |
14930 | |
14931 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
14932 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
14933 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
14934 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
14935 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
14936 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
14937 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
14938 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
14939 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
14940 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
14941 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged. | |
14942 | |
14943 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14944 | |
14945 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
14946 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
14947 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
14948 to its second argument TM. | |
14949 | |
14950 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil) | |
14951 | |
14952 ;;;*** | |
14953 | |
14954 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" | |
14955 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15941 42956)) | |
14956 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el | |
14957 | |
14958 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\ | |
14959 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled. | |
14960 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
14961 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14962 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.") | |
14963 | |
14964 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef") | |
14965 | |
14966 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\ | |
14967 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode. | |
14968 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the | |
14969 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield | |
14970 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET | |
14971 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the | |
14972 default indication. | |
14973 | |
14974 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
14975 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
14976 | |
14977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
14978 | |
14979 ;;;*** | |
14980 | |
14981 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" | |
14982 ;;;;;; (16110 13979)) | |
14983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el | |
14984 | |
14985 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\ | |
14986 Major mode for the mixal asm language. | |
14987 \\{mixal-mode-map} | |
14988 | |
14989 \(fn)" t nil) | |
14990 | |
14991 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))) | |
14992 | |
14993 ;;;*** | |
14994 | |
14995 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-compose-region) | |
14996 ;;;;;; "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el" (16118 44435)) | |
14997 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el | |
14998 | |
14999 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\ | |
15000 Not documented | |
15001 | |
15002 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
15003 | |
15004 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\ | |
15005 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified. | |
15006 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable | |
15007 PATTERN regexp. | |
15008 | |
15009 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil) | |
15010 | |
15011 ;;;*** | |
15012 | |
15013 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" | |
15014 ;;;;;; (15941 42960)) | |
15015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el | |
15016 | |
15017 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\ | |
15018 Show the partial part of HANDLE. | |
15019 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains | |
15020 the entire message. | |
15021 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing. | |
15022 | |
15023 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil) | |
15024 | |
15025 ;;;*** | |
15026 | |
15027 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" | |
15028 ;;;;;; (15961 24153)) | |
15029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el | |
15030 | |
15031 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\ | |
15032 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles. | |
15033 | |
15034 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
15035 | |
15036 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\ | |
15037 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff. | |
15038 | |
15039 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
15040 | |
15041 ;;;*** | |
15042 | |
15043 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" | |
15044 ;;;;;; (15941 42965)) | |
15045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el | |
15046 | |
15047 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
15048 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
15049 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
15050 followed by the first character of the construct. | |
15051 \\<m2-mode-map> | |
15052 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
15053 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
15054 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
15055 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
15056 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
15057 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
15058 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
15059 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
15060 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
15061 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
15062 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
15063 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
15064 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
15065 \\[m2-link] link | |
15066 | |
15067 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
15068 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
15069 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program. | |
15070 | |
15071 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15072 | |
15073 ;;;*** | |
15074 | |
15075 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el" | |
15076 ;;;;;; (15856 53275)) | |
15077 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el | |
15078 | |
15079 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\ | |
15080 Convert all text in a given region to morse code. | |
15081 | |
15082 \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | |
15083 | |
15084 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\ | |
15085 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text. | |
15086 | |
15087 \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | |
15088 | |
15089 ;;;*** | |
15090 | |
15091 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16162 | |
15092 ;;;;;; 11942)) | |
15093 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el | |
15094 | |
15095 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\ | |
15096 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled. | |
15097 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
15098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15099 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.") | |
15100 | |
15101 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel") | |
15102 | |
15103 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
15104 Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
15105 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
15106 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
15107 | |
15108 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
15109 | |
15110 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
15111 | |
15112 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
15113 | |
15114 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
15115 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
15116 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
15117 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
15118 Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
15119 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
15120 | |
15121 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
15122 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection. | |
15123 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly, | |
15124 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and | |
15125 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil. | |
15126 | |
15127 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
15128 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil). | |
15129 | |
15130 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
15131 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
15132 | |
15133 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
15134 | |
15135 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
15136 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
15137 primary selection and region. | |
15138 | |
15139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
15140 | |
15141 ;;;*** | |
15142 | |
15143 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16066 53440)) | |
15144 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el | |
15145 | |
15146 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
15147 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs. | |
15148 | |
15149 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15150 | |
15151 ;;;*** | |
15152 | |
15153 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15941 42956)) | |
15154 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el | |
15155 | |
15156 (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
15157 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled. | |
15158 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
15159 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15160 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
15161 | |
15162 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb") | |
15163 | |
15164 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
15165 Toggle Msb mode. | |
15166 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
15167 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
15168 different buffer menu using the function `msb'. | |
15169 | |
15170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
15171 | |
15172 ;;;*** | |
15173 | |
15174 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset | |
15175 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems | |
15176 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
15177 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars | |
15178 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" | |
15179 ;;;;;; (16174 63062)) | |
15180 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el | |
15181 | |
15182 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\ | |
15183 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information. | |
15184 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually | |
15185 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs | |
15186 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or | |
15187 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited | |
15188 set of ISO charsets. | |
15189 | |
15190 Each element has the following format: | |
15191 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ]) | |
15192 | |
15193 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset. | |
15194 | |
15195 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of | |
15196 CHARSET are mapped. | |
15197 | |
15198 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a | |
15199 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character | |
15200 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a | |
15201 character code in CHARSET. | |
15202 | |
15203 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET. | |
15204 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form: | |
15205 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...) | |
15206 or | |
15207 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...)) | |
15208 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and | |
15209 TO2, or... | |
15210 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges | |
15211 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.") | |
15212 | |
15213 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15214 Display a list of all character sets. | |
15215 | |
15216 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for | |
15217 internal Emacs use. | |
15218 | |
15219 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string | |
15220 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four | |
15221 hexadecimal digits. | |
15222 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127. | |
15223 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255. | |
15224 | |
15225 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH | |
15226 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character | |
15227 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use | |
15228 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. | |
15229 | |
15230 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
15231 but still shows the full information. | |
15232 | |
15233 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
15234 | |
15235 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15236 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
15237 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list' | |
15238 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable | |
15239 `non-iso-charset-alist'. | |
15240 | |
15241 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. | |
15242 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. | |
15243 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. | |
15244 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the | |
15245 detailed meanings of these arguments. | |
15246 | |
15247 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil) | |
15248 | |
15249 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15250 Display a list of characters in the specified character set. | |
15251 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the | |
15252 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to | |
15253 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'. | |
15254 | |
15255 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil) | |
15256 | |
15257 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15258 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET. | |
15259 | |
15260 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil) | |
15261 | |
15262 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15263 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM. | |
15264 | |
15265 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil) | |
15266 | |
15267 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15268 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
15269 | |
15270 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
15271 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
15272 in place of `..': | |
15273 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) | |
15274 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) | |
15275 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' | |
15276 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system' | |
15277 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'. | |
15278 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system' | |
15279 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
15280 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
15281 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
15282 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
15283 `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
15284 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
15285 `default-process-coding-system' for read | |
15286 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read | |
15287 `default-process-coding-system' for write | |
15288 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' | |
15289 | |
15290 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15291 | |
15292 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15293 Display coding systems currently used, in detail. | |
15294 | |
15295 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15296 | |
15297 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15298 Display a list of all coding systems. | |
15299 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
15300 | |
15301 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
15302 but still contains full information about each coding system. | |
15303 | |
15304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
15305 | |
15306 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15307 Display a list of all coding categories. | |
15308 | |
15309 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
15310 | |
15311 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15312 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME. | |
15313 | |
15314 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil) | |
15315 | |
15316 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15317 Display information about FONTSET. | |
15318 This shows which font is used for which character(s). | |
15319 | |
15320 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil) | |
15321 | |
15322 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15323 Display a list of all fontsets. | |
15324 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
15325 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
15326 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list. | |
15327 | |
15328 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
15329 | |
15330 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15331 Display information about all input methods. | |
15332 | |
15333 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15334 | |
15335 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
15336 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
15337 | |
15338 This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
15339 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
15340 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
15341 system which uses fontsets). | |
15342 | |
15343 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15344 | |
15345 ;;;*** | |
15346 | |
15347 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority | |
15348 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
15349 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion | |
15350 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist | |
15351 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence) | |
15352 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (15829 28908)) | |
15353 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el | |
15354 | |
15355 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
15356 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
15357 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'. | |
15358 | |
15359 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil) | |
15360 | |
15361 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4") | |
15362 | |
15363 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\ | |
15364 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil)) | |
15365 | |
15366 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\ | |
15367 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string)) | |
15368 | |
15369 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
15370 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING. | |
15371 | |
15372 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil) | |
15373 | |
15374 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
15375 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
15376 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting | |
15377 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns | |
15378 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN | |
15379 are specified in terms of character display width in the current | |
15380 buffer; see also `char-width'. | |
15381 | |
15382 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding | |
15383 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end | |
15384 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN | |
15385 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at | |
15386 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the | |
15387 middle of a character in STR. | |
15388 | |
15389 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
15390 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN. | |
15391 | |
15392 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the | |
15393 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN, | |
15394 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display | |
15395 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS | |
15396 defaults to \"...\". | |
15397 | |
15398 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil) | |
15399 | |
15400 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
15401 | |
15402 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1") | |
15403 | |
15404 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\ | |
15405 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist. | |
15406 | |
15407 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is | |
15408 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form | |
15409 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST). | |
15410 | |
15411 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key | |
15412 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ | |
15413 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
15414 | |
15415 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
15416 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
15417 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
15418 is considered. | |
15419 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
15420 longer than KEYSEQ. | |
15421 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail. | |
15422 | |
15423 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil) | |
15424 | |
15425 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
15426 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
15427 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
15428 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
15429 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
15430 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
15431 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
15432 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
15433 to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
15434 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
15435 even if ALIST is not deep enough. | |
15436 | |
15437 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil) | |
15438 | |
15439 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
15440 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property. | |
15441 | |
15442 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) | |
15443 | |
15444 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
15445 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property. | |
15446 | |
15447 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) | |
15448 | |
15449 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
15450 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property. | |
15451 | |
15452 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) | |
15453 | |
15454 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
15455 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property. | |
15456 | |
15457 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) | |
15458 | |
15459 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
15460 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
15461 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
15462 or one is an alias of the other. | |
15463 | |
15464 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil) | |
15465 | |
15466 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
15467 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
15468 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
15469 coding systems ordered by priority. | |
15470 | |
15471 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro)) | |
15472 | |
15473 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
15474 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
15475 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
15476 language environment LANG-ENV. | |
15477 | |
15478 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil) | |
15479 | |
15480 ;;;*** | |
15481 | |
15482 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" | |
15483 ;;;;;; (16111 41826)) | |
15484 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el | |
15485 | |
15486 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\ | |
15487 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled. | |
15488 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
15489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15490 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.") | |
15491 | |
15492 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel") | |
15493 | |
15494 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\ | |
15495 Toggle mouse wheel support. | |
15496 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
15497 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
15498 | |
15499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
15500 | |
15501 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ | |
15502 Enable mouse wheel support. | |
15503 | |
15504 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil) | |
15505 | |
15506 ;;;*** | |
15507 | |
15508 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service | |
15509 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host | |
15510 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) | |
15511 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16011 28193)) | |
15512 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el | |
15513 | |
15514 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
15515 Run traceroute program for TARGET. | |
15516 | |
15517 \(fn TARGET)" t nil) | |
15518 | |
15519 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
15520 Ping HOST. | |
15521 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting | |
15522 `ping-program-options'. | |
15523 | |
15524 \(fn HOST)" t nil) | |
15525 | |
15526 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
15527 Run ipconfig program. | |
15528 | |
15529 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15530 | |
15531 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
15532 | |
15533 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
15534 Run netstat program. | |
15535 | |
15536 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15537 | |
15538 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
15539 Run the arp program. | |
15540 | |
15541 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15542 | |
15543 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
15544 Run the route program. | |
15545 | |
15546 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15547 | |
15548 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
15549 Lookup the DNS information for HOST. | |
15550 | |
15551 \(fn HOST)" t nil) | |
15552 | |
15553 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
15554 Run nslookup program. | |
15555 | |
15556 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15557 | |
15558 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
15559 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address). | |
15560 | |
15561 \(fn HOST)" t nil) | |
15562 | |
15563 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ | |
15564 Run dig program. | |
15565 | |
15566 \(fn HOST)" t nil) | |
15567 | |
15568 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ | |
15569 Run ftp program. | |
15570 | |
15571 \(fn HOST)" t nil) | |
15572 | |
15573 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
15574 Finger USER on HOST. | |
15575 | |
15576 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil) | |
15577 | |
15578 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
15579 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
15580 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
15581 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server. | |
15582 | |
15583 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil) | |
15584 | |
15585 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
15586 Not documented | |
15587 | |
15588 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15589 | |
15590 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
15591 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST. | |
15592 | |
15593 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil) | |
15594 | |
15595 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
15596 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT. | |
15597 | |
15598 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil) | |
15599 | |
15600 ;;;*** | |
15601 | |
15602 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region | |
15603 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column | |
15604 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars | |
15605 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column) | |
15606 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16136 53054)) | |
15607 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el | |
15608 | |
15609 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent)) | |
15610 | |
15611 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column)) | |
15612 | |
15613 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill)) | |
15614 | |
15615 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line)) | |
15616 | |
15617 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\ | |
15618 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps. | |
15619 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will | |
15620 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted | |
15621 to understand comments or not in the given buffer. | |
15622 Major modes should set this variable.") | |
15623 | |
15624 (defvar comment-column 32 "\ | |
15625 *Column to indent right-margin comments to. | |
15626 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you | |
15627 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook. | |
15628 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order | |
15629 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.") | |
15630 | |
15631 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment") | |
15632 | |
15633 (defvar comment-start nil "\ | |
15634 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.") | |
15635 | |
15636 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\ | |
15637 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body. | |
15638 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin | |
15639 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.") | |
15640 | |
15641 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\ | |
15642 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.") | |
15643 | |
15644 (defvar comment-end "" "\ | |
15645 *String to insert to end a new comment. | |
15646 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.") | |
15647 | |
15648 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\ | |
15649 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment. | |
15650 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of | |
15651 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired | |
15652 column indentation or nil. | |
15653 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.") | |
15654 | |
15655 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\ | |
15656 *Style to be used for `comment-region'. | |
15657 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.") | |
15658 | |
15659 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment") | |
15660 | |
15661 (defvar comment-padding " " "\ | |
15662 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text. | |
15663 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string | |
15664 of the corresponding number of spaces. | |
15665 | |
15666 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text | |
15667 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.") | |
15668 | |
15669 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment") | |
15670 | |
15671 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\ | |
15672 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter. | |
15673 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].") | |
15674 | |
15675 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment") | |
15676 | |
15677 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\ | |
15678 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions. | |
15679 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call | |
15680 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that | |
15681 the variables are properly set. | |
15682 | |
15683 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil) | |
15684 | |
15685 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\ | |
15686 Default for `comment-indent-function'. | |
15687 | |
15688 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
15689 | |
15690 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\ | |
15691 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment. | |
15692 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any. | |
15693 | |
15694 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil) | |
15695 | |
15696 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\ | |
15697 Set the comment column based on point. | |
15698 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column. | |
15699 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line. | |
15700 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment | |
15701 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column. | |
15702 | |
15703 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
15704 | |
15705 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\ | |
15706 Kill the comment on this line, if any. | |
15707 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one. | |
15708 | |
15709 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
15710 | |
15711 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
15712 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region. | |
15713 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the | |
15714 comment markers. | |
15715 | |
15716 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
15717 | |
15718 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
15719 Comment or uncomment each line in the region. | |
15720 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END. | |
15721 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters. | |
15722 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead. | |
15723 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line, | |
15724 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines | |
15725 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'. | |
15726 | |
15727 The strings used as comment starts are built from | |
15728 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'. | |
15729 | |
15730 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
15731 | |
15732 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
15733 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments, | |
15734 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it | |
15735 is passed on to the respective function. | |
15736 | |
15737 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
15738 | |
15739 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\ | |
15740 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean). | |
15741 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call | |
15742 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which | |
15743 case it calls `uncomment-region'). | |
15744 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it. | |
15745 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'. | |
15746 Else, call `comment-indent'. | |
15747 | |
15748 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
15749 | |
15750 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\ | |
15751 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one. | |
15752 This indents the body of the continued comment | |
15753 under the previous comment line. | |
15754 | |
15755 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line, | |
15756 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line. | |
15757 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent]. | |
15758 | |
15759 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column | |
15760 or comment indentation. | |
15761 | |
15762 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true, | |
15763 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil. | |
15764 | |
15765 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil) | |
15766 | |
15767 ;;;*** | |
15768 | |
15769 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15941 | |
15770 ;;;;;; 42960)) | |
15771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el | |
15772 | |
15773 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
15774 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
15775 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
15776 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
15777 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
15778 symbol in the alist. | |
15779 | |
15780 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil) | |
15781 | |
15782 ;;;*** | |
15783 | |
15784 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
15785 ;;;;;; (15997 671)) | |
15786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el | |
15787 | |
15788 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
15789 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups. | |
15790 This command does not work if you use short group names. | |
15791 | |
15792 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15793 | |
15794 ;;;*** | |
15795 | |
15796 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
15797 ;;;;;; (15941 42960)) | |
15798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el | |
15799 | |
15800 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
15801 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
15802 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups. | |
15803 | |
15804 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15805 | |
15806 ;;;*** | |
15807 | |
15808 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
15809 ;;;;;; (15941 42960)) | |
15810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el | |
15811 | |
15812 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
15813 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories. | |
15814 | |
15815 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15816 | |
15817 ;;;*** | |
15818 | |
15819 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
15820 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15941 42960)) | |
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el | |
15822 | |
15823 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
15824 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies. | |
15825 | |
15826 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15827 | |
15828 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
15829 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail. | |
15830 | |
15831 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15832 | |
15833 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
15834 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods. | |
15835 | |
15836 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15837 | |
15838 ;;;*** | |
15839 | |
15840 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
15841 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 43128)) | |
15842 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el | |
15843 | |
15844 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
15845 Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
15846 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
15847 | |
15848 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\ | |
15849 Not documented | |
15850 | |
15851 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil) | |
15852 | |
15853 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
15854 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
15855 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
15856 to future sessions. | |
15857 | |
15858 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil) | |
15859 | |
15860 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
15861 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
15862 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
15863 to future sessions. | |
15864 | |
15865 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil) | |
15866 | |
15867 ;;;*** | |
15868 | |
15869 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
15870 ;;;;;; (15924 18776)) | |
15871 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el | |
15872 | |
15873 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
15874 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
15875 \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
15876 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
15877 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
15878 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs. | |
15879 | |
15880 \(fn)" t nil) | |
15881 | |
15882 ;;;*** | |
15883 | |
15884 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
15885 ;;;;;; (15941 42965)) | |
15886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el | |
15887 | |
15888 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
15889 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
15890 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
15891 specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
15892 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion. | |
15893 | |
15894 \(fn KEY)" t nil) | |
15895 | |
15896 ;;;*** | |
15897 | |
15898 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
15899 ;;;;;; (15941 42965)) | |
15900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el | |
15901 | |
15902 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
15903 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
15904 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
15905 | |
15906 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
15907 | |
15908 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
15909 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
15910 | |
15911 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
15912 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
15913 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'. | |
15914 | |
15915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
15916 | |
15917 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
15918 | |
15919 ;;;*** | |
15920 | |
15921 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
15922 ;;;;;; (15941 42965)) | |
15923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el | |
15924 | |
15925 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
15926 Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
15927 | |
15928 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
15929 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
15930 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
15931 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
15932 | |
15933 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
15934 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
15935 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
15936 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
15937 is why you need this mode!). | |
15938 | |
15939 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
15940 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
15941 source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
15942 | |
15943 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
15944 | |
15945 Keybindings | |
15946 =========== | |
15947 | |
15948 \\{octave-mode-map} | |
15949 | |
15950 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
15951 ============================================== | |
15952 | |
15953 octave-auto-indent | |
15954 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
15955 Default is nil. | |
15956 | |
15957 octave-auto-newline | |
15958 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
15959 Default is nil. | |
15960 | |
15961 octave-blink-matching-block | |
15962 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
15963 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
15964 | |
15965 octave-block-offset | |
15966 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
15967 Default is 2. | |
15968 | |
15969 octave-continuation-offset | |
15970 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
15971 Default is 4. | |
15972 | |
15973 octave-continuation-string | |
15974 String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
15975 Default is a backslash. | |
15976 | |
15977 octave-mode-startup-message | |
15978 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | |
15979 Default is t. | |
15980 | |
15981 octave-send-echo-input | |
15982 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
15983 command to the inferior Octave process. | |
15984 | |
15985 octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
15986 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
15987 sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
15988 | |
15989 octave-send-echo-input | |
15990 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
15991 | |
15992 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
15993 | |
15994 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
15995 following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
15996 | |
15997 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
15998 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
15999 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
16000 | |
16001 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
16002 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
16003 | |
16004 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
16005 (lambda () | |
16006 (abbrev-mode 1) | |
16007 (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
16008 (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
16009 (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
16010 | |
16011 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
16012 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
16013 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
16014 including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
16015 | |
16016 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16017 | |
16018 ;;;*** | |
16019 | |
16020 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el" | |
16021 ;;;;;; (16087 59373)) | |
16022 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el | |
16023 | |
16024 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
16025 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation. | |
16026 It is now better to use Customize instead. | |
16027 | |
16028 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16029 | |
16030 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
16031 Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
16032 Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
16033 in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
16034 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
16035 | |
16036 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete. | |
16037 | |
16038 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16039 | |
16040 ;;;*** | |
16041 | |
16042 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el" | |
16043 ;;;;;; (16168 11508)) | |
16044 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el | |
16045 | |
16046 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
16047 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
16048 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
16049 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
16050 | |
16051 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
16052 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
16053 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
16054 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
16055 | |
16056 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
16057 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
16058 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
16059 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
16060 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
16061 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
16062 | |
16063 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
16064 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
16065 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible. | |
16066 | |
16067 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
16068 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
16069 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
16070 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
16071 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
16072 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
16073 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
16074 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
16075 \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
16076 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
16077 The subheadings remain visible. | |
16078 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
16079 | |
16080 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
16081 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
16082 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
16083 | |
16084 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
16085 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil. | |
16086 | |
16087 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16088 | |
16089 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
16090 Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
16091 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
16092 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode. | |
16093 | |
16094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
16095 | |
16096 ;;;*** | |
16097 | |
16098 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15941 42956)) | |
16099 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el | |
16100 | |
16101 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ | |
16102 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled. | |
16103 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
16104 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
16105 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
16106 | |
16107 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren") | |
16108 | |
16109 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ | |
16110 Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
16111 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
16112 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
16113 | |
16114 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
16115 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time. | |
16116 | |
16117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
16118 | |
16119 ;;;*** | |
16120 | |
16121 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15941 | |
16122 ;;;;;; 42965)) | |
16123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el | |
16124 | |
16125 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
16126 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
16127 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
16128 | |
16129 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
16130 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
16131 | |
16132 Other useful functions are: | |
16133 | |
16134 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
16135 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
16136 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
16137 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
16138 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
16139 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
16140 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
16141 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
16142 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
16143 | |
16144 Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
16145 | |
16146 pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
16147 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
16148 pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
16149 Indentation for case statements. | |
16150 pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
16151 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
16152 mark after an end. | |
16153 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
16154 Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
16155 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
16156 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
16157 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
16158 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
16159 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
16160 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
16161 pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
16162 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
16163 | |
16164 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
16165 pascal-separator-keywords. | |
16166 | |
16167 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
16168 no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
16169 | |
16170 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16171 | |
16172 ;;;*** | |
16173 | |
16174 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
16175 ;;;;;; (15223 38063)) | |
16176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el | |
16177 | |
16178 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
16179 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
16180 The keys affected are: | |
16181 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
16182 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
16183 M-Backspace does undo. | |
16184 Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
16185 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
16186 C-Escape does list-buffers. | |
16187 | |
16188 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16189 | |
16190 ;;;*** | |
16191 | |
16192 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
16193 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15941 42958)) | |
16194 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el | |
16195 | |
16196 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
16197 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled. | |
16198 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
16199 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
16200 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.") | |
16201 | |
16202 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select") | |
16203 | |
16204 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | |
16205 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
16206 | |
16207 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
16208 | |
16209 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
16210 which modify the status of the mark. | |
16211 | |
16212 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
16213 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
16214 | |
16215 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
16216 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
16217 | |
16218 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
16219 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
16220 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | |
16221 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before | |
16222 turning `pc-selection-mode' on. | |
16223 | |
16224 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
16225 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
16226 | |
16227 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
16228 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
16229 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
16230 | |
16231 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
16232 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
16233 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
16234 | |
16235 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
16236 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
16237 | |
16238 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
16239 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
16240 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
16241 | |
16242 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
16243 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el | |
16244 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'): | |
16245 | |
16246 F6 other-window | |
16247 DELETE delete-char | |
16248 C-DELETE kill-line | |
16249 M-DELETE kill-word | |
16250 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
16251 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
16252 M-BACKSPACE undo | |
16253 | |
16254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
16255 | |
16256 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
16257 Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
16258 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
16259 and cursor movement commands. | |
16260 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
16261 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
16262 | |
16263 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select") | |
16264 | |
16265 ;;;*** | |
16266 | |
16267 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15678 | |
16268 ;;;;;; 51468)) | |
16269 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el | |
16270 | |
16271 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\ | |
16272 Completion rules for the `cvs' command. | |
16273 | |
16274 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16275 | |
16276 ;;;*** | |
16277 | |
16278 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip) | |
16279 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15186 43679)) | |
16280 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el | |
16281 | |
16282 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
16283 Completion for `gzip'. | |
16284 | |
16285 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16286 | |
16287 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
16288 Completion for `bzip2'. | |
16289 | |
16290 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16291 | |
16292 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
16293 Completion for GNU `make'. | |
16294 | |
16295 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16296 | |
16297 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
16298 Completion for the GNU tar utility. | |
16299 | |
16300 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16301 | |
16302 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
16303 | |
16304 ;;;*** | |
16305 | |
16306 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill) | |
16307 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15186 43679)) | |
16308 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el | |
16309 | |
16310 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
16311 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem. | |
16312 | |
16313 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16314 | |
16315 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
16316 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'. | |
16317 | |
16318 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16319 | |
16320 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
16321 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'. | |
16322 | |
16323 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16324 | |
16325 ;;;*** | |
16326 | |
16327 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15186 | |
16328 ;;;;;; 43679)) | |
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el | |
16330 | |
16331 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\ | |
16332 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command. | |
16333 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1 | |
16334 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm | |
16335 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find. | |
16336 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so. | |
16337 | |
16338 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16339 | |
16340 ;;;*** | |
16341 | |
16342 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which | |
16343 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd) | |
16344 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15186 43679)) | |
16345 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el | |
16346 | |
16347 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
16348 Completion for `cd'. | |
16349 | |
16350 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16351 | |
16352 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd)) | |
16353 | |
16354 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
16355 Completion for `rmdir'. | |
16356 | |
16357 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16358 | |
16359 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
16360 Completion for `rm'. | |
16361 | |
16362 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16363 | |
16364 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
16365 Completion for `xargs'. | |
16366 | |
16367 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16368 | |
16369 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
16370 | |
16371 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
16372 Completion for `which'. | |
16373 | |
16374 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16375 | |
16376 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
16377 Completion for the `chown' command. | |
16378 | |
16379 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16380 | |
16381 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
16382 Completion for the `chgrp' command. | |
16383 | |
16384 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16385 | |
16386 ;;;*** | |
16387 | |
16388 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list | |
16389 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete | |
16390 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15941 | |
16391 ;;;;;; 42956)) | |
16392 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el | |
16393 | |
16394 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
16395 Support extensible programmable completion. | |
16396 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your | |
16397 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list). | |
16398 | |
16399 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16400 | |
16401 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\ | |
16402 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards. | |
16403 | |
16404 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16405 | |
16406 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
16407 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
16408 This will modify the current buffer. | |
16409 | |
16410 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16411 | |
16412 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\ | |
16413 Complete without reference to any cycling completions. | |
16414 | |
16415 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16416 | |
16417 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\ | |
16418 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
16419 This will modify the current buffer. | |
16420 | |
16421 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16422 | |
16423 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\ | |
16424 Display any help information relative to the current argument. | |
16425 | |
16426 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16427 | |
16428 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\ | |
16429 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument. | |
16430 | |
16431 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16432 | |
16433 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
16434 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete. | |
16435 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the | |
16436 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is | |
16437 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'. | |
16438 | |
16439 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil) | |
16440 | |
16441 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
16442 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete. | |
16443 | |
16444 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
16445 | |
16446 ;;;*** | |
16447 | |
16448 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status | |
16449 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs" | |
16450 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16111 41826)) | |
16451 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el | |
16452 | |
16453 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\ | |
16454 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR. | |
16455 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window, | |
16456 and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
16457 | |
16458 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use. | |
16459 | |
16460 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil) | |
16461 | |
16462 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\ | |
16463 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs. | |
16464 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. | |
16465 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
16466 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
16467 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | |
16468 FLAGS is ignored. | |
16469 | |
16470 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil) | |
16471 | |
16472 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\ | |
16473 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY. | |
16474 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc. | |
16475 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
16476 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
16477 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
16478 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
16479 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | |
16480 | |
16481 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil) | |
16482 | |
16483 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\ | |
16484 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
16485 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
16486 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. | |
16487 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
16488 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
16489 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS | |
16490 passed to cvs. | |
16491 | |
16492 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil) | |
16493 | |
16494 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\ | |
16495 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
16496 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
16497 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
16498 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
16499 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
16500 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | |
16501 | |
16502 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil) | |
16503 | |
16504 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/") | |
16505 | |
16506 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\ | |
16507 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory. | |
16508 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.") | |
16509 | |
16510 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs") | |
16511 | |
16512 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\ | |
16513 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS. | |
16514 nil means never do it. | |
16515 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the | |
16516 command that prompted the opening of the directory. | |
16517 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.") | |
16518 | |
16519 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs") | |
16520 | |
16521 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\ | |
16522 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory. | |
16523 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t))))) | |
16524 | |
16525 ;;;*** | |
16526 | |
16527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16111 41826)) | |
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el | |
16529 | |
16530 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m))) | |
16531 | |
16532 ;;;*** | |
16533 | |
16534 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" | |
16535 ;;;;;; (16111 41834)) | |
16536 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el | |
16537 | |
16538 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
16539 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
16540 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
16541 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
16542 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
16543 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
16544 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
16545 \\{perl-mode-map} | |
16546 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
16547 `perl-tab-always-indent' | |
16548 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, | |
16549 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
16550 `perl-tab-to-comment' | |
16551 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will | |
16552 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
16553 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
16554 `perl-nochange' | |
16555 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. | |
16556 `perl-indent-level' | |
16557 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
16558 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
16559 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
16560 `perl-continued-statement-offset' | |
16561 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
16562 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
16563 `perl-continued-brace-offset' | |
16564 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
16565 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
16566 `perl-brace-offset' | |
16567 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
16568 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
16569 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
16570 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
16571 `perl-label-offset' | |
16572 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
16573 `perl-indent-continued-arguments' | |
16574 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation. | |
16575 | |
16576 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
16577 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
16578 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
16579 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
16580 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
16581 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
16582 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
16583 | |
16584 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'. | |
16585 | |
16586 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16587 | |
16588 ;;;*** | |
16589 | |
16590 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | |
16591 ;;;;;; (15924 18776)) | |
16592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el | |
16593 | |
16594 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
16595 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
16596 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
16597 afterwards settable by these commands: | |
16598 C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
16599 C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
16600 C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
16601 C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
16602 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
16603 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
16604 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
16605 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
16606 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
16607 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
16608 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
16609 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
16610 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
16611 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
16612 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
16613 with these commands: | |
16614 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
16615 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
16616 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
16617 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
16618 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
16619 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
16620 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
16621 Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
16622 You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
16623 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
16624 `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
16625 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
16626 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
16627 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
16628 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
16629 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
16630 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
16631 You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
16632 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
16633 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
16634 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
16635 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
16636 text is saved in the kill ring. | |
16637 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
16638 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
16639 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
16640 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
16641 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
16642 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
16643 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
16644 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
16645 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
16646 commands if invoked soon enough. | |
16647 You can return to the previous mode with: | |
16648 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
16649 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
16650 | |
16651 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil. | |
16652 | |
16653 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
16654 they are not defaultly assigned to keys. | |
16655 | |
16656 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16657 | |
16658 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
16659 | |
16660 ;;;*** | |
16661 | |
16662 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el" | |
16663 ;;;;;; (16148 4633)) | |
16664 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el | |
16665 | |
16666 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\ | |
16667 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset. | |
16668 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real. | |
16669 | |
16670 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil) | |
16671 | |
16672 ;;;*** | |
16673 | |
16674 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15941 42963)) | |
16675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el | |
16676 | |
16677 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\ | |
16678 Play pong and waste time. | |
16679 This is an implementation of the classical game pong. | |
16680 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. | |
16681 | |
16682 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map> | |
16683 | |
16684 \\{pong-mode-map} | |
16685 | |
16686 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16687 | |
16688 ;;;*** | |
16689 | |
16690 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string) | |
16691 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15941 42958)) | |
16692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el | |
16693 | |
16694 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\ | |
16695 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT. | |
16696 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed | |
16697 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
16698 | |
16699 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil) | |
16700 | |
16701 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
16702 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
16703 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
16704 can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
16705 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see). | |
16706 | |
16707 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil) | |
16708 | |
16709 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
16710 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
16711 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
16712 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
16713 in the variable `values'. | |
16714 | |
16715 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil) | |
16716 | |
16717 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
16718 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
16719 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
16720 Ignores leading comment characters. | |
16721 | |
16722 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
16723 | |
16724 ;;;*** | |
16725 | |
16726 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup | |
16727 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name | |
16728 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode | |
16729 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header | |
16730 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape | |
16731 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces | |
16732 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble | |
16733 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print | |
16734 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview | |
16735 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript | |
16736 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer | |
16737 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory | |
16738 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript | |
16739 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print | |
16740 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print | |
16741 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview | |
16742 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript | |
16743 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el" | |
16744 ;;;;;; (15997 671)) | |
16745 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el | |
16746 | |
16747 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\ | |
16748 Activate the printing interface buffer. | |
16749 | |
16750 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing. | |
16751 | |
16752 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help]. | |
16753 | |
16754 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
16755 | |
16756 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\ | |
16757 Preview directory using ghostview. | |
16758 | |
16759 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a | |
16760 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the | |
16761 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in | |
16762 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. | |
16763 | |
16764 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is | |
16765 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for | |
16766 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, | |
16767 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the | |
16768 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a | |
16769 file name. | |
16770 | |
16771 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | |
16772 | |
16773 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16774 | |
16775 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | |
16776 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript. | |
16777 | |
16778 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a | |
16779 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the | |
16780 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in | |
16781 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. | |
16782 | |
16783 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is | |
16784 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for | |
16785 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, | |
16786 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the | |
16787 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a | |
16788 file name. | |
16789 | |
16790 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | |
16791 | |
16792 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16793 | |
16794 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\ | |
16795 Print directory using PostScript printer. | |
16796 | |
16797 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a | |
16798 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the | |
16799 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in | |
16800 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. | |
16801 | |
16802 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is | |
16803 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for | |
16804 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, | |
16805 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the | |
16806 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a | |
16807 file name. | |
16808 | |
16809 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | |
16810 | |
16811 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16812 | |
16813 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\ | |
16814 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript. | |
16815 | |
16816 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'. | |
16817 | |
16818 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a | |
16819 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the | |
16820 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in | |
16821 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. | |
16822 | |
16823 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is | |
16824 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for | |
16825 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, | |
16826 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the | |
16827 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a | |
16828 file name. | |
16829 | |
16830 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | |
16831 | |
16832 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16833 | |
16834 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\ | |
16835 Preview buffer using ghostview. | |
16836 | |
16837 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a | |
16838 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves | |
16839 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. | |
16840 | |
16841 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The | |
16842 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a | |
16843 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file | |
16844 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. | |
16845 | |
16846 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16847 | |
16848 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | |
16849 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript. | |
16850 | |
16851 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a | |
16852 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves | |
16853 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
16854 | |
16855 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The | |
16856 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the | |
16857 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with | |
16858 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. | |
16859 | |
16860 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16861 | |
16862 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\ | |
16863 Print buffer using PostScript printer. | |
16864 | |
16865 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a | |
16866 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves | |
16867 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
16868 | |
16869 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The | |
16870 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the | |
16871 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with | |
16872 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. | |
16873 | |
16874 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16875 | |
16876 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\ | |
16877 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript. | |
16878 | |
16879 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'. | |
16880 | |
16881 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a | |
16882 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves | |
16883 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
16884 | |
16885 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The | |
16886 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the | |
16887 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with | |
16888 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. | |
16889 | |
16890 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16891 | |
16892 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\ | |
16893 Preview region using ghostview. | |
16894 | |
16895 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'. | |
16896 | |
16897 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16898 | |
16899 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | |
16900 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript. | |
16901 | |
16902 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'. | |
16903 | |
16904 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16905 | |
16906 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\ | |
16907 Print region using PostScript printer. | |
16908 | |
16909 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'. | |
16910 | |
16911 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16912 | |
16913 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\ | |
16914 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript. | |
16915 | |
16916 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'. | |
16917 | |
16918 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16919 | |
16920 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\ | |
16921 Preview major mode using ghostview. | |
16922 | |
16923 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'. | |
16924 | |
16925 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16926 | |
16927 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | |
16928 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript. | |
16929 | |
16930 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'. | |
16931 | |
16932 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16933 | |
16934 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\ | |
16935 Print major mode using PostScript printer. | |
16936 | |
16937 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'. | |
16938 | |
16939 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16940 | |
16941 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\ | |
16942 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript. | |
16943 | |
16944 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'. | |
16945 | |
16946 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
16947 | |
16948 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\ | |
16949 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations. | |
16950 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex. | |
16951 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected. | |
16952 | |
16953 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for | |
16954 matching. | |
16955 | |
16956 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, | |
16957 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP. | |
16958 | |
16959 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | |
16960 | |
16961 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil) | |
16962 | |
16963 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\ | |
16964 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations. | |
16965 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex. | |
16966 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected. | |
16967 | |
16968 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16969 | |
16970 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\ | |
16971 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations. | |
16972 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex. | |
16973 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected. | |
16974 | |
16975 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16976 | |
16977 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\ | |
16978 Print directory using text printer. | |
16979 | |
16980 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for | |
16981 matching. | |
16982 | |
16983 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, | |
16984 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP. | |
16985 | |
16986 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | |
16987 | |
16988 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil) | |
16989 | |
16990 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\ | |
16991 Print buffer using text printer. | |
16992 | |
16993 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16994 | |
16995 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\ | |
16996 Print region using text printer. | |
16997 | |
16998 \(fn)" t nil) | |
16999 | |
17000 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\ | |
17001 Print major mode using text printer. | |
17002 | |
17003 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17004 | |
17005 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\ | |
17006 Preview spooled PostScript. | |
17007 | |
17008 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the | |
17009 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | |
17010 instead of saving it in a temporary file. | |
17011 | |
17012 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
17013 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the | |
17014 PostScript image in a file with that name. | |
17015 | |
17016 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17017 | |
17018 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | |
17019 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript. | |
17020 | |
17021 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the | |
17022 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | |
17023 instead of sending it to the printer. | |
17024 | |
17025 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
17026 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | |
17027 image in a file with that name. | |
17028 | |
17029 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17030 | |
17031 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\ | |
17032 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
17033 | |
17034 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the | |
17035 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | |
17036 instead of sending it to the printer. | |
17037 | |
17038 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
17039 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | |
17040 image in a file with that name. | |
17041 | |
17042 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17043 | |
17044 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\ | |
17045 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it. | |
17046 | |
17047 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the | |
17048 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | |
17049 instead of sending it to the printer. | |
17050 | |
17051 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
17052 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | |
17053 image in a file with that name. | |
17054 | |
17055 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17056 | |
17057 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\ | |
17058 Preview PostScript file FILENAME. | |
17059 | |
17060 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17061 | |
17062 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\ | |
17063 Preview PostScript file FILENAME. | |
17064 | |
17065 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil) | |
17066 | |
17067 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | |
17068 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript. | |
17069 | |
17070 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17071 | |
17072 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\ | |
17073 Print PostScript file FILENAME. | |
17074 | |
17075 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17076 | |
17077 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\ | |
17078 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it. | |
17079 | |
17080 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17081 | |
17082 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\ | |
17083 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer. | |
17084 | |
17085 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input | |
17086 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the | |
17087 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and | |
17088 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
17089 | |
17090 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The | |
17091 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input | |
17092 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input | |
17093 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's | |
17094 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the | |
17095 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a | |
17096 file name. | |
17097 | |
17098 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil) | |
17099 | |
17100 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\ | |
17101 Toggle duplex for PostScript file. | |
17102 | |
17103 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17104 | |
17105 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\ | |
17106 Toggle tumble for PostScript file. | |
17107 | |
17108 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or | |
17109 right. | |
17110 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or | |
17111 bottom. | |
17112 | |
17113 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17114 | |
17115 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\ | |
17116 Toggle landscape for PostScript file. | |
17117 | |
17118 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17119 | |
17120 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | |
17121 Toggle printing using ghostscript. | |
17122 | |
17123 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17124 | |
17125 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\ | |
17126 Toggle printing with faces. | |
17127 | |
17128 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17129 | |
17130 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\ | |
17131 Toggle spooling. | |
17132 | |
17133 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17134 | |
17135 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\ | |
17136 Toggle duplex. | |
17137 | |
17138 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17139 | |
17140 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\ | |
17141 Toggle tumble. | |
17142 | |
17143 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or | |
17144 right. | |
17145 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or | |
17146 bottom. | |
17147 | |
17148 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17149 | |
17150 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\ | |
17151 Toggle landscape. | |
17152 | |
17153 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17154 | |
17155 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\ | |
17156 Toggle upside-down. | |
17157 | |
17158 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17159 | |
17160 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\ | |
17161 Toggle line number. | |
17162 | |
17163 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17164 | |
17165 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\ | |
17166 Toggle zebra stripes. | |
17167 | |
17168 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17169 | |
17170 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\ | |
17171 Toggle printing header. | |
17172 | |
17173 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17174 | |
17175 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\ | |
17176 Toggle printing header frame. | |
17177 | |
17178 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17179 | |
17180 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\ | |
17181 Toggle menu lock. | |
17182 | |
17183 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17184 | |
17185 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\ | |
17186 Toggle auto region. | |
17187 | |
17188 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17189 | |
17190 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\ | |
17191 Toggle auto mode. | |
17192 | |
17193 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17194 | |
17195 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\ | |
17196 Customization of `printing' group. | |
17197 | |
17198 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | |
17199 | |
17200 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\ | |
17201 Customization of `lpr' group. | |
17202 | |
17203 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | |
17204 | |
17205 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\ | |
17206 Help for printing package. | |
17207 | |
17208 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | |
17209 | |
17210 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\ | |
17211 Select interactively a PostScript printer. | |
17212 | |
17213 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17214 | |
17215 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\ | |
17216 Select interactively a text printer. | |
17217 | |
17218 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17219 | |
17220 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\ | |
17221 Select interactively a PostScript utility. | |
17222 | |
17223 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17224 | |
17225 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\ | |
17226 Show current ps-print settings. | |
17227 | |
17228 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | |
17229 | |
17230 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\ | |
17231 Show current printing settings. | |
17232 | |
17233 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | |
17234 | |
17235 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\ | |
17236 Show current lpr settings. | |
17237 | |
17238 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | |
17239 | |
17240 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\ | |
17241 Fast fire function for PostScript printing. | |
17242 | |
17243 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer. | |
17244 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in | |
17245 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be | |
17246 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'. | |
17247 | |
17248 | |
17249 Interactively, you have the following situations: | |
17250 | |
17251 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET | |
17252 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will | |
17253 immediatelly be done using the current active printer. | |
17254 | |
17255 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET | |
17256 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET | |
17257 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current | |
17258 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new | |
17259 current active printer. | |
17260 | |
17261 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET | |
17262 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name, | |
17263 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the | |
17264 printer. | |
17265 | |
17266 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET | |
17267 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current | |
17268 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active | |
17269 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in | |
17270 that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
17271 | |
17272 | |
17273 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than | |
17274 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows: | |
17275 | |
17276 If it's nil, send the image to the printer. | |
17277 | |
17278 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts | |
17279 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly | |
17280 be done using the new current active printer. | |
17281 | |
17282 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name | |
17283 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the | |
17284 printer. | |
17285 | |
17286 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a | |
17287 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active | |
17288 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file | |
17289 instead of sending it to the printer. | |
17290 | |
17291 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new | |
17292 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active | |
17293 printer. | |
17294 | |
17295 Otherwise, send the image to the printer. | |
17296 | |
17297 | |
17298 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode' | |
17299 are both set to t. | |
17300 | |
17301 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil) | |
17302 | |
17303 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\ | |
17304 Fast fire function for text printing. | |
17305 | |
17306 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer. | |
17307 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in | |
17308 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be | |
17309 printed using `pr-txt-mode'. | |
17310 | |
17311 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the | |
17312 user for a new active text printer. | |
17313 | |
17314 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows: | |
17315 | |
17316 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer. | |
17317 | |
17318 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new | |
17319 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active | |
17320 printer. | |
17321 | |
17322 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer. | |
17323 | |
17324 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode' | |
17325 are both set to t. | |
17326 | |
17327 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil) | |
17328 | |
17329 ;;;*** | |
17330 | |
17331 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
17332 ;;;;;; (15611 12634)) | |
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el | |
17334 | |
17335 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
17336 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
17337 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
17338 Commands: | |
17339 \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
17340 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
17341 if that value is non-nil. | |
17342 | |
17343 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17344 | |
17345 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
17346 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*. | |
17347 | |
17348 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17349 | |
17350 ;;;*** | |
17351 | |
17352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16148 4633)) | |
17353 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el | |
17354 | |
17355 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ | |
17356 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. | |
17357 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
17358 | |
17359 ;;;*** | |
17360 | |
17361 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16111 | |
17362 ;;;;;; 41834)) | |
17363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el | |
17364 | |
17365 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | |
17366 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | |
17367 | |
17368 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | |
17369 | |
17370 The following variables hold user options, and can | |
17371 be set through the `customize' command: | |
17372 | |
17373 `ps-mode-auto-indent' | |
17374 `ps-mode-tab' | |
17375 `ps-mode-paper-size' | |
17376 `ps-mode-print-function' | |
17377 `ps-run-prompt' | |
17378 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2' | |
17379 `ps-run-x' | |
17380 `ps-run-dumb' | |
17381 `ps-run-init' | |
17382 `ps-run-error-line-numbers' | |
17383 `ps-run-tmp-dir' | |
17384 | |
17385 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | |
17386 | |
17387 | |
17388 \\{ps-mode-map} | |
17389 | |
17390 | |
17391 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | |
17392 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | |
17393 The keymap for this second window is: | |
17394 | |
17395 \\{ps-run-mode-map} | |
17396 | |
17397 | |
17398 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | |
17399 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | |
17400 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | |
17401 to the interpreter was sent from that window. | |
17402 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | |
17403 | |
17404 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17405 | |
17406 ;;;*** | |
17407 | |
17408 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets | |
17409 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition | |
17410 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font | |
17411 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16085 62843)) | |
17412 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el | |
17413 | |
17414 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ | |
17415 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. | |
17416 | |
17417 Valid values are: | |
17418 | |
17419 nil This is the value to use the default settings which | |
17420 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII | |
17421 and Latin characters. The default setting can be | |
17422 changed by setting the variable | |
17423 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. | |
17424 The initial value of this variable is | |
17425 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see | |
17426 documentation). | |
17427 | |
17428 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese | |
17429 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print | |
17430 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and | |
17431 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, | |
17432 it was not tested the Korean characters printing. | |
17433 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, | |
17434 test it. | |
17435 | |
17436 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print | |
17437 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin | |
17438 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution | |
17439 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font | |
17440 source file. BDF fonts are included in | |
17441 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts | |
17442 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to | |
17443 use this value, be sure to have installed | |
17444 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable | |
17445 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for | |
17446 documentation of this variable). | |
17447 | |
17448 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used | |
17449 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 | |
17450 characters. This is convenient when you want or | |
17451 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on | |
17452 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', | |
17453 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. | |
17454 | |
17455 Any other value is treated as nil.") | |
17456 | |
17457 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule") | |
17458 | |
17459 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ | |
17460 Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
17461 STRING should contain only ASCII characters. | |
17462 | |
17463 \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | |
17464 | |
17465 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ | |
17466 Not documented | |
17467 | |
17468 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
17469 | |
17470 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
17471 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO. | |
17472 | |
17473 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
17474 | |
17475 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
17476 | |
17477 Returns the value: | |
17478 | |
17479 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
17480 | |
17481 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
17482 the sequence. | |
17483 | |
17484 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil) | |
17485 | |
17486 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ | |
17487 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO. | |
17488 | |
17489 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same | |
17490 composition. | |
17491 | |
17492 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
17493 | |
17494 Returns the value: | |
17495 | |
17496 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
17497 | |
17498 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
17499 the sequence. | |
17500 | |
17501 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil) | |
17502 | |
17503 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ | |
17504 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters. | |
17505 | |
17506 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
17507 | |
17508 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
17509 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG. | |
17510 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\". | |
17511 | |
17512 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil) | |
17513 | |
17514 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\ | |
17515 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings. | |
17516 | |
17517 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
17518 | |
17519 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ | |
17520 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
17521 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not. | |
17522 | |
17523 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | |
17524 | |
17525 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\ | |
17526 Not documented | |
17527 | |
17528 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
17529 | |
17530 ;;;*** | |
17531 | |
17532 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
17533 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
17534 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
17535 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
17536 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type | |
17537 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16148 | |
17538 ;;;;;; 4633)) | |
17539 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el | |
17540 | |
17541 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\ | |
17542 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media. | |
17543 See `ps-paper-type'.") | |
17544 | |
17545 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print") | |
17546 | |
17547 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
17548 *Specify the size of paper to format for. | |
17549 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for | |
17550 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
17551 | |
17552 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print") | |
17553 | |
17554 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\ | |
17555 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed. | |
17556 | |
17557 Valid values are: | |
17558 | |
17559 nil Do not print colors. | |
17560 | |
17561 t Print colors. | |
17562 | |
17563 black-white Print colors on black/white printer. | |
17564 See also `ps-black-white-faces'. | |
17565 | |
17566 Any other value is treated as t.") | |
17567 | |
17568 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print") | |
17569 | |
17570 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\ | |
17571 Customization of ps-print group. | |
17572 | |
17573 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17574 | |
17575 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
17576 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
17577 | |
17578 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the | |
17579 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of | |
17580 sending it to the printer. | |
17581 | |
17582 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
17583 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | |
17584 image in a file with that name. | |
17585 | |
17586 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17587 | |
17588 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
17589 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
17590 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in | |
17591 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
17592 so it has a way to determine color values. | |
17593 | |
17594 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17595 | |
17596 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
17597 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
17598 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region. | |
17599 | |
17600 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17601 | |
17602 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
17603 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
17604 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in | |
17605 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
17606 so it has a way to determine color values. | |
17607 | |
17608 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17609 | |
17610 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
17611 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
17612 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local | |
17613 buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
17614 | |
17615 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | |
17616 | |
17617 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17618 | |
17619 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
17620 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
17621 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in | |
17622 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
17623 so it has a way to determine color values. | |
17624 | |
17625 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | |
17626 | |
17627 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17628 | |
17629 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
17630 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
17631 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
17632 | |
17633 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | |
17634 | |
17635 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
17636 | |
17637 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
17638 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
17639 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in | |
17640 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
17641 so it has a way to determine color values. | |
17642 | |
17643 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | |
17644 | |
17645 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
17646 | |
17647 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
17648 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
17649 | |
17650 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the | |
17651 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | |
17652 instead of sending it to the printer. | |
17653 | |
17654 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
17655 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | |
17656 image in a file with that name. | |
17657 | |
17658 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | |
17659 | |
17660 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
17661 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size. | |
17662 Done using the current ps-print setup. | |
17663 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s | |
17664 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head | |
17665 | |
17666 \(fn)" t nil) | |
17667 | |
17668 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
17669 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
17670 The table depends on the current ps-print setup. | |
17671 | |
17672 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil) | |
17673 | |
17674 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
17675 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
17676 The table depends on the current ps-print setup. | |
17677 | |
17678 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil) | |
17679 | |
17680 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
17681 Return the current PostScript-generation setup. | |
17682 | |
17683 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
17684 | |
17685 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
17686 Extend face in ALIST-SYM. | |
17687 | |
17688 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
17689 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. | |
17690 | |
17691 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; | |
17692 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. | |
17693 | |
17694 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
17695 | |
17696 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation. | |
17697 | |
17698 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil) | |
17699 | |
17700 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
17701 Extend face in ALIST-SYM. | |
17702 | |
17703 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
17704 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. | |
17705 | |
17706 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; | |
17707 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. | |
17708 | |
17709 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
17710 | |
17711 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
17712 | |
17713 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
17714 | |
17715 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
17716 foreground and background colors respectively. | |
17717 | |
17718 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
17719 bold - use bold font. | |
17720 italic - use italic font. | |
17721 underline - put a line under text. | |
17722 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
17723 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
17724 shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
17725 box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
17726 outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
17727 | |
17728 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored. | |
17729 | |
17730 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil) | |
17731 | |
17732 ;;;*** | |
17733 | |
17734 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
17735 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map | |
17736 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout | |
17737 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail" | |
17738 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16162 48286)) | |
17739 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el | |
17740 | |
17741 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\ | |
17742 Return the title of the current Quail package. | |
17743 | |
17744 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
17745 | |
17746 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ | |
17747 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
17748 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package. | |
17749 | |
17750 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running | |
17751 `quail-activate', which see. | |
17752 | |
17753 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil) | |
17754 | |
17755 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
17756 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
17757 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
17758 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
17759 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
17760 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
17761 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
17762 | |
17763 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
17764 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
17765 with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
17766 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
17767 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
17768 shown. | |
17769 If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
17770 | |
17771 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command | |
17772 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form | |
17773 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a | |
17774 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is | |
17775 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a | |
17776 list of candidates. | |
17777 | |
17778 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
17779 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
17780 command to be called. | |
17781 | |
17782 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
17783 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
17784 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
17785 first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
17786 | |
17787 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
17788 selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
17789 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
17790 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
17791 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
17792 to t. | |
17793 | |
17794 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
17795 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
17796 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
17797 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
17798 | |
17799 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
17800 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
17801 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
17802 this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
17803 | |
17804 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
17805 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
17806 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
17807 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
17808 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
17809 characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
17810 | |
17811 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
17812 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
17813 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
17814 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
17815 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
17816 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
17817 | |
17818 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
17819 covers Quail translation region. | |
17820 | |
17821 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
17822 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
17823 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
17824 for it) is inserted. | |
17825 | |
17826 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
17827 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
17828 vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
17829 | |
17830 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
17831 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
17832 non-Quail commands. | |
17833 | |
17834 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil) | |
17835 | |
17836 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
17837 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
17838 | |
17839 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
17840 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
17841 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
17842 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
17843 you type is correctly handled. | |
17844 | |
17845 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil) | |
17846 | |
17847 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
17848 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE. | |
17849 | |
17850 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected | |
17851 keyboard type. | |
17852 | |
17853 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil) | |
17854 | |
17855 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ | |
17856 Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
17857 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
17858 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
17859 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
17860 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
17861 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
17862 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
17863 for the translation. | |
17864 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
17865 | |
17866 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
17867 it is used to handle KEY. | |
17868 | |
17869 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following | |
17870 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where | |
17871 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently | |
17872 the following annotation types are supported. | |
17873 | |
17874 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should | |
17875 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package. | |
17876 | |
17877 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in | |
17878 candidate list. | |
17879 | |
17880 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is | |
17881 selected. The function is called with one argument, the | |
17882 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is | |
17883 inserted. | |
17884 | |
17885 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not | |
17886 generated for the following translations. | |
17887 | |
17888 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro)) | |
17889 | |
17890 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
17891 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
17892 | |
17893 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
17894 which to install MAP. | |
17895 | |
17896 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'. | |
17897 | |
17898 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil) | |
17899 | |
17900 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\ | |
17901 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package. | |
17902 | |
17903 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
17904 which to install MAP. | |
17905 | |
17906 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'. | |
17907 | |
17908 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil) | |
17909 | |
17910 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ | |
17911 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
17912 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
17913 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
17914 a function, or a cons. | |
17915 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
17916 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
17917 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
17918 for the translation. | |
17919 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
17920 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
17921 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
17922 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
17923 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
17924 | |
17925 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
17926 it is used to handle KEY. | |
17927 | |
17928 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
17929 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
17930 current Quail package. | |
17931 | |
17932 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
17933 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. | |
17934 | |
17935 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil) | |
17936 | |
17937 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
17938 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP. | |
17939 | |
17940 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the | |
17941 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. | |
17942 | |
17943 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map. | |
17944 | |
17945 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the | |
17946 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail. | |
17947 | |
17948 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil) | |
17949 | |
17950 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
17951 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
17952 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
17953 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
17954 of the Emacs source tree. | |
17955 | |
17956 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
17957 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
17958 | |
17959 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
17960 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
17961 of each directory. | |
17962 | |
17963 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil) | |
17964 | |
17965 ;;;*** | |
17966 | |
17967 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
17968 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
17969 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15941 | |
17970 ;;;;;; 42963)) | |
17971 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el | |
17972 | |
17973 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
17974 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
17975 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
17976 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
17977 | |
17978 To make use of this do something like: | |
17979 | |
17980 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
17981 | |
17982 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
17983 | |
17984 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\ | |
17985 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP. | |
17986 | |
17987 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current | |
17988 buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
17989 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'. | |
17990 | |
17991 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil) | |
17992 | |
17993 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
17994 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP. | |
17995 | |
17996 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil) | |
17997 | |
17998 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
17999 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
18000 | |
18001 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
18002 is decided. | |
18003 | |
18004 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil) | |
18005 | |
18006 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
18007 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP. | |
18008 | |
18009 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the | |
18010 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
18011 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'. | |
18012 | |
18013 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil) | |
18014 | |
18015 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
18016 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP. | |
18017 | |
18018 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil) | |
18019 | |
18020 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
18021 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing. | |
18022 | |
18023 \(fn)" t nil) | |
18024 | |
18025 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
18026 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
18027 | |
18028 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
18029 | |
18030 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map} | |
18031 | |
18032 \(fn)" t nil) | |
18033 | |
18034 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
18035 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'. | |
18036 | |
18037 \(fn)" t nil) | |
18038 | |
18039 ;;;*** | |
18040 | |
18041 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15941 | |
18042 ;;;;;; 42963)) | |
18043 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el | |
18044 | |
18045 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
18046 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | |
18047 See \\[compile]. | |
18048 | |
18049 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil) | |
18050 | |
18051 ;;;*** | |
18052 | |
18053 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" | |
18054 ;;;;;; (15941 42958)) | |
18055 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el | |
18056 | |
18057 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\ | |
18058 Call up the RE Builder for the current window. | |
18059 | |
18060 \(fn)" t nil) | |
18061 | |
18062 ;;;*** | |
18063 | |
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16055 8591)) | |
18065 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el | |
18066 | |
18067 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\ | |
18068 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled. | |
18069 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
18070 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
18071 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.") | |
18072 | |
18073 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf") | |
18074 | |
18075 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ | |
18076 Toggle recentf mode. | |
18077 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
18078 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
18079 | |
18080 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files | |
18081 that were operated on recently. | |
18082 | |
18083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
18084 | |
18085 ;;;*** | |
18086 | |
18087 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle | |
18088 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle | |
18089 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle | |
18090 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15941 | |
18091 ;;;;;; 42956)) | |
18092 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el | |
18093 | |
18094 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
18095 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab. | |
18096 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | |
18097 the desired column only if the line is long enough. | |
18098 | |
18099 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil) | |
18100 | |
18101 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2") | |
18102 | |
18103 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
18104 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. | |
18105 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
18106 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
18107 ends. | |
18108 | |
18109 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
18110 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
18111 to be deleted. | |
18112 | |
18113 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) | |
18114 | |
18115 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
18116 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. | |
18117 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
18118 | |
18119 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
18120 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
18121 deleted. | |
18122 | |
18123 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil) | |
18124 | |
18125 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
18126 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. | |
18127 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
18128 | |
18129 \(fn START END)" nil nil) | |
18130 | |
18131 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
18132 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. | |
18133 | |
18134 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
18135 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
18136 | |
18137 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
18138 deleted. | |
18139 | |
18140 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) | |
18141 | |
18142 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
18143 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point. | |
18144 | |
18145 \(fn)" t nil) | |
18146 | |
18147 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
18148 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
18149 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
18150 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
18151 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
18152 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
18153 and point is at the lower right corner. | |
18154 | |
18155 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil) | |
18156 | |
18157 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
18158 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. | |
18159 | |
18160 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, | |
18161 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. | |
18162 | |
18163 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
18164 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
18165 on the right side of the rectangle. | |
18166 | |
18167 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) | |
18168 | |
18169 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle)) | |
18170 | |
18171 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
18172 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
18173 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
18174 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
18175 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. | |
18176 | |
18177 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
18178 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines. | |
18179 | |
18180 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) | |
18181 | |
18182 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
18183 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line. | |
18184 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width. | |
18185 | |
18186 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING. | |
18187 | |
18188 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil) | |
18189 | |
18190 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle)) | |
18191 | |
18192 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
18193 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right. | |
18194 | |
18195 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
18196 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. | |
18197 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text. | |
18198 | |
18199 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil) | |
18200 | |
18201 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
18202 Blank out the region-rectangle. | |
18203 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
18204 | |
18205 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
18206 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
18207 rectangle which were empty. | |
18208 | |
18209 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) | |
18210 | |
18211 ;;;*** | |
18212 | |
18213 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16111 | |
18214 ;;;;;; 41838)) | |
18215 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el | |
18216 | |
18217 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\ | |
18218 Toggle Refill minor mode. | |
18219 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive. | |
18220 | |
18221 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when | |
18222 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause | |
18223 refilling if they would cause auto-filling. | |
18224 | |
18225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
18226 | |
18227 ;;;*** | |
18228 | |
18229 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-scanning-info-available-p reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) | |
18230 ;;;;;; "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16142 9352)) | |
18231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el | |
18232 | |
18233 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
18234 Turn on RefTeX mode. | |
18235 | |
18236 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
18237 | |
18238 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
18239 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
18240 | |
18241 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing | |
18242 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
18243 | |
18244 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. | |
18245 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
18246 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
18247 \\ref macro. | |
18248 | |
18249 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
18250 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
18251 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
18252 | |
18253 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point | |
18254 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
18255 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
18256 | |
18257 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
18258 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
18259 | |
18260 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
18261 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
18262 | |
18263 \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
18264 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
18265 on the menu bar. | |
18266 | |
18267 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
18268 | |
18269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
18270 | |
18271 (autoload (quote reftex-scanning-info-available-p) "reftex" "\ | |
18272 Is the scanning info about the current document available? | |
18273 | |
18274 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
18275 | |
18276 ;;;*** | |
18277 | |
18278 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
18279 ;;;;;; (16070 35808)) | |
18280 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el | |
18281 | |
18282 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
18283 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. | |
18284 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
18285 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
18286 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according | |
18287 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
18288 | |
18289 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
18290 | |
18291 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. | |
18292 | |
18293 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. | |
18294 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
18295 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will | |
18296 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. | |
18297 | |
18298 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
18299 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
18300 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
18301 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files. | |
18302 | |
18303 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil) | |
18304 | |
18305 ;;;*** | |
18306 | |
18307 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" | |
18308 ;;;;;; (15941 42966)) | |
18309 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el | |
18310 | |
18311 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ | |
18312 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. | |
18313 This buffer was created with RefTeX. | |
18314 | |
18315 To insert new phrases, use | |
18316 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word | |
18317 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. | |
18318 | |
18319 To index phrases use one of: | |
18320 | |
18321 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase | |
18322 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) | |
18323 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases | |
18324 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases | |
18325 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region | |
18326 | |
18327 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. | |
18328 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. | |
18329 | |
18330 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. | |
18331 | |
18332 Here are all local bindings. | |
18333 | |
18334 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map} | |
18335 | |
18336 \(fn)" t nil) | |
18337 | |
18338 ;;;*** | |
18339 | |
18340 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" | |
18341 ;;;;;; (16142 9352)) | |
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el | |
18343 | |
18344 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\ | |
18345 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document. | |
18346 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory | |
18347 of master file. | |
18348 | |
18349 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil) | |
18350 | |
18351 ;;;*** | |
18352 | |
18353 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" | |
18354 ;;;;;; (16054 60749)) | |
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el | |
18356 | |
18357 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
18358 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
18359 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
18360 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
18361 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
18362 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
18363 | |
18364 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) | |
18365 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close)) | |
18366 | |
18367 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded | |
18368 by \\=\\< and \\>. | |
18369 | |
18370 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil) | |
18371 | |
18372 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
18373 Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
18374 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
18375 in REGEXP. | |
18376 | |
18377 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil) | |
18378 | |
18379 ;;;*** | |
18380 | |
18381 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15941 42956)) | |
18382 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el | |
18383 | |
18384 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
18385 Repeat most recently executed command. | |
18386 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
18387 the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
18388 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
18389 | |
18390 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
18391 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
18392 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'. | |
18393 | |
18394 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil) | |
18395 | |
18396 ;;;*** | |
18397 | |
18398 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
18399 ;;;;;; (15356 55960)) | |
18400 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el | |
18401 | |
18402 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ | |
18403 Begin submitting a bug report via email. | |
18404 | |
18405 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | |
18406 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | |
18407 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | |
18408 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'. | |
18409 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer, | |
18410 and point is left after the salutation. | |
18411 | |
18412 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | |
18413 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | |
18414 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | |
18415 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | |
18416 left after that text. | |
18417 | |
18418 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | |
18419 is non-nil. | |
18420 | |
18421 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | |
18422 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send | |
18423 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which | |
18424 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message. | |
18425 | |
18426 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil) | |
18427 | |
18428 ;;;*** | |
18429 | |
18430 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
18431 ;;;;;; (15364 46020)) | |
18432 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el | |
18433 | |
18434 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
18435 Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
18436 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
18437 visibility of comments that precede it. | |
18438 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
18439 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
18440 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
18441 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
18442 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
18443 as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
18444 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
18445 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
18446 the comment lines. | |
18447 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
18448 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
18449 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
18450 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
18451 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment). | |
18452 | |
18453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
18454 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
18455 | |
18456 ;;;*** | |
18457 | |
18458 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15941 | |
18459 ;;;;;; 42956)) | |
18460 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | |
18461 | |
18462 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
18463 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes. | |
18464 | |
18465 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
18466 | |
18467 ;;;*** | |
18468 | |
18469 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el" | |
18470 ;;;;;; (16054 60749)) | |
18471 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el | |
18472 | |
18473 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\ | |
18474 Toggle Reveal mode on or off. | |
18475 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again. | |
18476 | |
18477 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode. | |
18478 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on. | |
18479 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off. | |
18480 | |
18481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
18482 | |
18483 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\ | |
18484 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled. | |
18485 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
18486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
18487 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.") | |
18488 | |
18489 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal") | |
18490 | |
18491 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\ | |
18492 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off. | |
18493 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again. | |
18494 | |
18495 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode. | |
18496 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on. | |
18497 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off. | |
18498 | |
18499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
18500 | |
18501 ;;;*** | |
18502 | |
18503 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties | |
18504 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el" | |
18505 ;;;;;; (15728 55520)) | |
18506 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el | |
18507 | |
18508 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\ | |
18509 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. | |
18510 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active. | |
18511 If emacs is not running under a window system, | |
18512 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.") | |
18513 | |
18514 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow") | |
18515 | |
18516 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\ | |
18517 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. | |
18518 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs | |
18519 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window | |
18520 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.") | |
18521 | |
18522 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow") | |
18523 | |
18524 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\ | |
18525 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled. | |
18526 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
18527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
18528 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.") | |
18529 | |
18530 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow") | |
18531 | |
18532 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\ | |
18533 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode. | |
18534 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer | |
18535 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through | |
18536 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in | |
18537 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make | |
18538 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable. | |
18539 | |
18540 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
18541 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
18542 | |
18543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
18544 | |
18545 ;;;*** | |
18546 | |
18547 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" | |
18548 ;;;;;; (16148 4633)) | |
18549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el | |
18550 | |
18551 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
18552 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise. | |
18553 | |
18554 \(fn X)" nil nil) | |
18555 | |
18556 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
18557 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements. | |
18558 | |
18559 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil) | |
18560 | |
18561 ;;;*** | |
18562 | |
18563 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16066 53440)) | |
18564 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el | |
18565 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
18566 | |
18567 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
18568 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
18569 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
18570 other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
18571 | |
18572 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
18573 | |
18574 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
18575 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
18576 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
18577 a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
18578 | |
18579 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
18580 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
18581 | |
18582 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
18583 run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
18584 | |
18585 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
18586 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
18587 INPUT-ARGS. | |
18588 | |
18589 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
18590 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
18591 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
18592 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
18593 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
18594 | |
18595 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
18596 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
18597 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
18598 share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
18599 | |
18600 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
18601 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
18602 variable. | |
18603 | |
18604 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
18605 | |
18606 ;;;*** | |
18607 | |
18608 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
18609 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge | |
18610 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
18611 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
18612 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
18613 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
18614 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16072 11522)) | |
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el | |
18616 | |
18617 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
18618 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message. | |
18619 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address | |
18620 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
18621 | |
18622 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail") | |
18623 | |
18624 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
18625 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
18626 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
18627 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
18628 value is the user's email address and name.) | |
18629 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
18630 | |
18631 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\ | |
18632 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. | |
18633 This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
18634 which normally happens once for each message, | |
18635 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
18636 To make a change in this variable take effect | |
18637 for a message that you have already viewed, | |
18638 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
18639 | |
18640 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail") | |
18641 | |
18642 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
18643 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
18644 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
18645 `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
18646 | |
18647 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail") | |
18648 | |
18649 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\ | |
18650 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") | |
18651 | |
18652 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail") | |
18653 | |
18654 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
18655 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
18656 A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
18657 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
18658 | |
18659 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail") | |
18660 | |
18661 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
18662 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
18663 | |
18664 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail") | |
18665 | |
18666 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
18667 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
18668 | |
18669 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail") | |
18670 | |
18671 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
18672 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
18673 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
18674 \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
18675 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
18676 | |
18677 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail") | |
18678 | |
18679 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
18680 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
18681 | |
18682 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail") | |
18683 | |
18684 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
18685 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
18686 | |
18687 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail") | |
18688 | |
18689 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
18690 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
18691 | |
18692 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail") | |
18693 | |
18694 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\ | |
18695 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.") | |
18696 | |
18697 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail") | |
18698 | |
18699 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ | |
18700 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
18701 | |
18702 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
18703 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
18704 | |
18705 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
18706 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
18707 | |
18708 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail") | |
18709 | |
18710 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\ | |
18711 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.") | |
18712 | |
18713 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ | |
18714 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
18715 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
18716 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
18717 | |
18718 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
18719 Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
18720 | |
18721 This is set to nil by default.") | |
18722 | |
18723 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
18724 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
18725 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
18726 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
18727 until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
18728 | |
18729 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail") | |
18730 | |
18731 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
18732 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file. | |
18733 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
18734 It is called with no argument.") | |
18735 | |
18736 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\ | |
18737 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded. | |
18738 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or | |
18739 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil. | |
18740 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a | |
18741 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer | |
18742 is the outgoing mail buffer.") | |
18743 | |
18744 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\ | |
18745 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent. | |
18746 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
18747 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a | |
18748 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer | |
18749 is the outgoing mail buffer.") | |
18750 | |
18751 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\ | |
18752 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message. | |
18753 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
18754 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where | |
18755 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.") | |
18756 | |
18757 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\ | |
18758 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message. | |
18759 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
18760 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where | |
18761 MSG is the message number, | |
18762 REGEXP is the regular expression, | |
18763 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.") | |
18764 | |
18765 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
18766 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
18767 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
18768 this feature is required with `require'.") | |
18769 | |
18770 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
18771 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
18772 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
18773 the message is decoded as normal way. | |
18774 | |
18775 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
18776 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
18777 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
18778 | |
18779 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
18780 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
18781 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
18782 | |
18783 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
18784 Read and edit incoming mail. | |
18785 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
18786 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
18787 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
18788 | |
18789 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
18790 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
18791 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
18792 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
18793 | |
18794 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file. | |
18795 | |
18796 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil) | |
18797 | |
18798 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
18799 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
18800 All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
18801 Instead, these commands are available: | |
18802 | |
18803 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
18804 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
18805 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
18806 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
18807 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
18808 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
18809 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
18810 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
18811 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
18812 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
18813 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
18814 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
18815 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
18816 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
18817 till a deleted message is found. | |
18818 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
18819 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
18820 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
18821 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
18822 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
18823 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
18824 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
18825 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
18826 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
18827 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
18828 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
18829 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
18830 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
18831 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
18832 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
18833 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
18834 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
18835 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
18836 (label defaults to last one specified). | |
18837 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
18838 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
18839 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
18840 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
18841 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
18842 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
18843 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
18844 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
18845 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header. | |
18846 | |
18847 \(fn)" t nil) | |
18848 | |
18849 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
18850 Run Rmail on file FILENAME. | |
18851 | |
18852 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | |
18853 | |
18854 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
18855 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server. | |
18856 | |
18857 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil) | |
18858 | |
18859 ;;;*** | |
18860 | |
18861 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
18862 ;;;;;; (15830 37093)) | |
18863 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el | |
18864 | |
18865 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
18866 Edit the contents of this message. | |
18867 | |
18868 \(fn)" t nil) | |
18869 | |
18870 ;;;*** | |
18871 | |
18872 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
18873 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
18874 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15186 43692)) | |
18875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el | |
18876 | |
18877 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
18878 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
18879 Completion is performed over known labels when reading. | |
18880 | |
18881 \(fn STRING)" t nil) | |
18882 | |
18883 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
18884 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
18885 Completion is performed over known labels when reading. | |
18886 | |
18887 \(fn STRING)" t nil) | |
18888 | |
18889 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
18890 Not documented | |
18891 | |
18892 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil) | |
18893 | |
18894 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
18895 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
18896 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
18897 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
18898 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels. | |
18899 | |
18900 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil) | |
18901 | |
18902 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
18903 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
18904 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
18905 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
18906 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels. | |
18907 | |
18908 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil) | |
18909 | |
18910 ;;;*** | |
18911 | |
18912 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
18913 ;;;;;; (15186 43692)) | |
18914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el | |
18915 | |
18916 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
18917 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
18918 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
18919 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list. | |
18920 | |
18921 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil) | |
18922 | |
18923 ;;;*** | |
18924 | |
18925 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
18926 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
18927 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15941 42961)) | |
18928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el | |
18929 | |
18930 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
18931 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
18932 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
18933 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
18934 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
18935 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
18936 a file name as a string.") | |
18937 | |
18938 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout") | |
18939 | |
18940 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
18941 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
18942 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
18943 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
18944 buffer visiting that file. | |
18945 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
18946 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
18947 | |
18948 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
18949 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
18950 | |
18951 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
18952 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
18953 | |
18954 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed | |
18955 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message. | |
18956 | |
18957 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil) | |
18958 | |
18959 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
18960 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
18961 | |
18962 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout") | |
18963 | |
18964 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
18965 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
18966 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
18967 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
18968 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
18969 | |
18970 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
18971 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
18972 will be appended with their original headers. | |
18973 | |
18974 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
18975 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
18976 | |
18977 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
18978 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
18979 | |
18980 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS. | |
18981 | |
18982 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil) | |
18983 | |
18984 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
18985 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
18986 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message. | |
18987 | |
18988 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil) | |
18989 | |
18990 ;;;*** | |
18991 | |
18992 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent | |
18993 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject | |
18994 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15941 | |
18995 ;;;;;; 42961)) | |
18996 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el | |
18997 | |
18998 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
18999 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
19000 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
19001 | |
19002 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | |
19003 | |
19004 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
19005 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
19006 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
19007 | |
19008 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | |
19009 | |
19010 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
19011 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
19012 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
19013 | |
19014 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | |
19015 | |
19016 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
19017 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
19018 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
19019 | |
19020 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | |
19021 | |
19022 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
19023 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
19024 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
19025 | |
19026 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | |
19027 | |
19028 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
19029 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
19030 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
19031 | |
19032 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | |
19033 | |
19034 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\ | |
19035 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. | |
19036 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
19037 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels. | |
19038 | |
19039 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil) | |
19040 | |
19041 ;;;*** | |
19042 | |
19043 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder | |
19044 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp | |
19045 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary | |
19046 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) | |
19047 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16025 36884)) | |
19048 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el | |
19049 | |
19050 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
19051 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
19052 | |
19053 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum") | |
19054 | |
19055 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
19056 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
19057 | |
19058 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum") | |
19059 | |
19060 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
19061 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message. | |
19062 | |
19063 \(fn)" t nil) | |
19064 | |
19065 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
19066 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
19067 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas. | |
19068 | |
19069 \(fn LABELS)" t nil) | |
19070 | |
19071 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
19072 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
19073 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
19074 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
19075 only look in the To and From fields. | |
19076 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas. | |
19077 | |
19078 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil) | |
19079 | |
19080 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
19081 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
19082 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
19083 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
19084 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary. | |
19085 | |
19086 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
19087 | |
19088 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
19089 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
19090 Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
19091 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
19092 look in the whole message. | |
19093 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas. | |
19094 | |
19095 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil) | |
19096 | |
19097 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
19098 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
19099 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas. | |
19100 | |
19101 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil) | |
19102 | |
19103 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
19104 *Function to decode summary-line. | |
19105 | |
19106 By default, `identity' is set.") | |
19107 | |
19108 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum") | |
19109 | |
19110 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\ | |
19111 *Regexp matching user mail addresses. | |
19112 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent | |
19113 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, | |
19114 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. | |
19115 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' | |
19116 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent. | |
19117 | |
19118 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails | |
19119 sent by you under different user names. | |
19120 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses. | |
19121 | |
19122 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.") | |
19123 | |
19124 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum") | |
19125 | |
19126 ;;;*** | |
19127 | |
19128 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el" | |
19129 ;;;;;; (15941 42963)) | |
19130 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el | |
19131 | |
19132 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
19133 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
19134 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
19135 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work. | |
19136 | |
19137 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil) | |
19138 | |
19139 ;;;*** | |
19140 | |
19141 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region | |
19142 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15941 42956)) | |
19143 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el | |
19144 | |
19145 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\ | |
19146 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string. | |
19147 | |
19148 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil) | |
19149 | |
19150 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\ | |
19151 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING. | |
19152 | |
19153 \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | |
19154 | |
19155 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\ | |
19156 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer. | |
19157 | |
19158 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
19159 | |
19160 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
19161 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
19162 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected. | |
19163 | |
19164 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window | |
19165 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded | |
19166 in rot 13. | |
19167 | |
19168 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'. | |
19169 | |
19170 \(fn)" t nil) | |
19171 | |
19172 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
19173 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window. | |
19174 | |
19175 \(fn)" t nil) | |
19176 | |
19177 ;;;*** | |
19178 | |
19179 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
19180 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
19181 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
19182 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el" | |
19183 ;;;;;; (15245 60238)) | |
19184 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el | |
19185 | |
19186 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
19187 *This variable is obsolete.") | |
19188 | |
19189 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini") | |
19190 | |
19191 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
19192 *This variable is obsolete.") | |
19193 | |
19194 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini") | |
19195 | |
19196 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
19197 *This variable is obsolete.") | |
19198 | |
19199 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini") | |
19200 | |
19201 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
19202 *This variable is obsolete.") | |
19203 | |
19204 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini") | |
19205 | |
19206 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
19207 *This variable is obsolete.") | |
19208 | |
19209 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini") | |
19210 | |
19211 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
19212 *This variable is obsolete.") | |
19213 | |
19214 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini") | |
19215 | |
19216 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
19217 This function is obsolete. | |
19218 | |
19219 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) | |
19220 | |
19221 ;;;*** | |
19222 | |
19223 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16111 | |
19224 ;;;;;; 41826)) | |
19225 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el | |
19226 | |
19227 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\ | |
19228 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0. | |
19229 | |
19230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
19231 | |
19232 ;;;*** | |
19233 | |
19234 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15941 | |
19235 ;;;;;; 42958)) | |
19236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el | |
19237 | |
19238 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\ | |
19239 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM. | |
19240 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form. | |
19241 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result. | |
19242 | |
19243 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil) | |
19244 | |
19245 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\ | |
19246 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string. | |
19247 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time. | |
19248 | |
19249 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp | |
19250 notation. | |
19251 | |
19252 STRING | |
19253 matches string STRING literally. | |
19254 | |
19255 CHAR | |
19256 matches character CHAR literally. | |
19257 | |
19258 `not-newline' | |
19259 matches any character except a newline. | |
19260 . | |
19261 `anything' | |
19262 matches any character | |
19263 | |
19264 `(any SET)' | |
19265 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string. | |
19266 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings. | |
19267 | |
19268 '(in SET)' | |
19269 like `any'. | |
19270 | |
19271 `(not (any SET))' | |
19272 matches any character not in SET | |
19273 | |
19274 `line-start' | |
19275 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line | |
19276 in the text being matched | |
19277 | |
19278 `line-end' | |
19279 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line | |
19280 | |
19281 `string-start' | |
19282 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the | |
19283 string being matched against. | |
19284 | |
19285 `string-end' | |
19286 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the | |
19287 string being matched against. | |
19288 | |
19289 `buffer-start' | |
19290 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the | |
19291 buffer being matched against. | |
19292 | |
19293 `buffer-end' | |
19294 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the | |
19295 buffer being matched against. | |
19296 | |
19297 `point' | |
19298 matches the empty string, but only at point. | |
19299 | |
19300 `word-start' | |
19301 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a | |
19302 word. | |
19303 | |
19304 `word-end' | |
19305 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word. | |
19306 | |
19307 `word-boundary' | |
19308 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a | |
19309 word. | |
19310 | |
19311 `(not word-boundary)' | |
19312 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a | |
19313 word. | |
19314 | |
19315 `digit' | |
19316 matches 0 through 9. | |
19317 | |
19318 `control' | |
19319 matches ASCII control characters. | |
19320 | |
19321 `hex-digit' | |
19322 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F. | |
19323 | |
19324 `blank' | |
19325 matches space and tab only. | |
19326 | |
19327 `graphic' | |
19328 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars, | |
19329 space, and DEL. | |
19330 | |
19331 `printing' | |
19332 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars | |
19333 and DEL. | |
19334 | |
19335 `alphanumeric' | |
19336 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
19337 it matches anything that has word syntax.) | |
19338 | |
19339 `letter' | |
19340 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
19341 it matches anything that has word syntax.) | |
19342 | |
19343 `ascii' | |
19344 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters. | |
19345 | |
19346 `nonascii' | |
19347 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters. | |
19348 | |
19349 `lower' | |
19350 matches anything lower-case. | |
19351 | |
19352 `upper' | |
19353 matches anything upper-case. | |
19354 | |
19355 `punctuation' | |
19356 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
19357 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.) | |
19358 | |
19359 `space' | |
19360 matches anything that has whitespace syntax. | |
19361 | |
19362 `word' | |
19363 matches anything that has word syntax. | |
19364 | |
19365 `(syntax SYNTAX)' | |
19366 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one | |
19367 of the following symbols. | |
19368 | |
19369 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation) | |
19370 `punctuation' (\\s.) | |
19371 `word' (\\sw) | |
19372 `symbol' (\\s_) | |
19373 `open-parenthesis' (\\s() | |
19374 `close-parenthesis' (\\s)) | |
19375 `expression-prefix' (\\s') | |
19376 `string-quote' (\\s\") | |
19377 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$) | |
19378 `escape' (\\s\\) | |
19379 `character-quote' (\\s/) | |
19380 `comment-start' (\\s<) | |
19381 `comment-end' (\\s>) | |
19382 | |
19383 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))' | |
19384 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX. | |
19385 | |
19386 `(category CATEGORY)' | |
19387 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be | |
19388 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols. | |
19389 | |
19390 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation) | |
19391 `base-vowel' (\\c1) | |
19392 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2) | |
19393 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3) | |
19394 `tone-mark' (\\c4) | |
19395 `symbol' (\\c5) | |
19396 `digit' (\\c6) | |
19397 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7) | |
19398 `vowel-sign' (\\c8) | |
19399 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9) | |
19400 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<) | |
19401 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>) | |
19402 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA) | |
19403 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC) | |
19404 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG) | |
19405 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH) | |
19406 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI) | |
19407 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK) | |
19408 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN) | |
19409 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY) | |
19410 `ascii' (\\ca) | |
19411 `arabic' (\\cb) | |
19412 `chinese' (\\cc) | |
19413 `ethiopic' (\\ce) | |
19414 `greek' (\\cg) | |
19415 `korean' (\\ch) | |
19416 `indian' (\\ci) | |
19417 `japanese' (\\cj) | |
19418 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck) | |
19419 `latin' (\\cl) | |
19420 `lao' (\\co) | |
19421 `tibetan' (\\cq) | |
19422 `japanese-roman' (\\cr) | |
19423 `thai' (\\ct) | |
19424 `vietnamese' (\\cv) | |
19425 `hebrew' (\\cw) | |
19426 `cyrillic' (\\cy) | |
19427 `can-break' (\\c|) | |
19428 | |
19429 `(not (category CATEGORY))' | |
19430 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY. | |
19431 | |
19432 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
19433 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc. | |
19434 | |
19435 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
19436 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end', | |
19437 `match-beginning', and `match-string'. | |
19438 | |
19439 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
19440 another name for `submatch'. | |
19441 | |
19442 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
19443 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all | |
19444 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting | |
19445 regular expression. | |
19446 | |
19447 `(minimal-match SEXP)' | |
19448 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching | |
19449 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they | |
19450 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can | |
19451 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible. | |
19452 | |
19453 `(maximal-match SEXP)' | |
19454 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default. | |
19455 | |
19456 `(zero-or-more SEXP)' | |
19457 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
19458 | |
19459 `(0+ SEXP)' | |
19460 like `zero-or-more'. | |
19461 | |
19462 `(* SEXP)' | |
19463 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
19464 | |
19465 `(*? SEXP)' | |
19466 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
19467 | |
19468 `(one-or-more SEXP)' | |
19469 matches one or more occurrences of A. | |
19470 | |
19471 `(1+ SEXP)' | |
19472 like `one-or-more'. | |
19473 | |
19474 `(+ SEXP)' | |
19475 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
19476 | |
19477 `(+? SEXP)' | |
19478 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
19479 | |
19480 `(zero-or-one SEXP)' | |
19481 matches zero or one occurrences of A. | |
19482 | |
19483 `(optional SEXP)' | |
19484 like `zero-or-one'. | |
19485 | |
19486 `(? SEXP)' | |
19487 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
19488 | |
19489 `(?? SEXP)' | |
19490 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
19491 | |
19492 `(repeat N SEXP)' | |
19493 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
19494 | |
19495 `(repeat N M SEXP)' | |
19496 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
19497 | |
19498 `(eval FORM)' | |
19499 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string, | |
19500 `regexp-quote' it. | |
19501 | |
19502 `(regexp REGEXP)' | |
19503 include REGEXP in string notation in the result. | |
19504 | |
19505 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro)) | |
19506 | |
19507 ;;;*** | |
19508 | |
19509 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" | |
19510 ;;;;;; (16054 60750)) | |
19511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el | |
19512 | |
19513 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
19514 Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
19515 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. | |
19516 | |
19517 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
19518 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
19519 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
19520 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
19521 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT | |
19522 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the | |
19523 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to | |
19524 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package. | |
19525 | |
19526 Commands: | |
19527 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
19528 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
19529 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
19530 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' | |
19531 if that value is non-nil. | |
19532 | |
19533 \(fn)" t nil) | |
19534 | |
19535 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
19536 Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
19537 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. | |
19538 | |
19539 Commands: | |
19540 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
19541 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
19542 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
19543 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
19544 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
19545 that variable's value is a string. | |
19546 | |
19547 \(fn)" t nil) | |
19548 | |
19549 ;;;*** | |
19550 | |
19551 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
19552 ;;;;;; (14792 28989)) | |
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el | |
19554 | |
19555 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
19556 Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
19557 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
19558 | |
19559 \\{gnus-score-mode-map} | |
19560 | |
19561 \(fn)" t nil) | |
19562 | |
19563 ;;;*** | |
19564 | |
19565 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16087 | |
19566 ;;;;;; 59373)) | |
19567 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el | |
19568 | |
19569 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
19570 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
19571 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. | |
19572 \\{scribe-mode-map} | |
19573 | |
19574 Interesting variables: | |
19575 | |
19576 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs' | |
19577 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. | |
19578 | |
19579 `scribe-electric-quote' | |
19580 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. | |
19581 | |
19582 `scribe-electric-parenthesis' | |
19583 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') | |
19584 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form. | |
19585 | |
19586 \(fn)" t nil) | |
19587 | |
19588 ;;;*** | |
19589 | |
19590 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" | |
19591 ;;;;;; (15941 42956)) | |
19592 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el | |
19593 | |
19594 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\ | |
19595 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled. | |
19596 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
19597 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
19598 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.") | |
19599 | |
19600 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all") | |
19601 | |
19602 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\ | |
19603 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode. | |
19604 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
19605 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window | |
19606 apply to all visible windows in the same frame. | |
19607 | |
19608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
19609 | |
19610 ;;;*** | |
19611 | |
19612 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode | |
19613 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file | |
19614 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name | |
19615 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers | |
19616 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from | |
19617 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16136 53055)) | |
19618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el | |
19619 | |
19620 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
19621 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
19622 | |
19623 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
19624 king@grassland.com | |
19625 If `parens', they look like: | |
19626 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
19627 If `angles', they look like: | |
19628 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
19629 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field | |
19630 derived from the envelope-from address. | |
19631 | |
19632 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
19633 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
19634 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
19635 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
19636 | |
19637 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail") | |
19638 | |
19639 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\ | |
19640 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. | |
19641 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in | |
19642 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback. | |
19643 | |
19644 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a | |
19645 privileged operation. This variable is only used if | |
19646 `send-mail-function' is set to `sendmail-send-it'.") | |
19647 | |
19648 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail") | |
19649 | |
19650 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
19651 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
19652 This is done when the message is initialized, | |
19653 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
19654 | |
19655 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail") | |
19656 | |
19657 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
19658 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
19659 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
19660 | |
19661 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail") | |
19662 | |
19663 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
19664 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
19665 | |
19666 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail") | |
19667 | |
19668 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
19669 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
19670 The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
19671 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line, | |
19672 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
19673 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also | |
19674 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.") | |
19675 | |
19676 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail") | |
19677 | |
19678 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
19679 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
19680 | |
19681 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail") | |
19682 | |
19683 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
19684 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
19685 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
19686 | |
19687 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail") | |
19688 | |
19689 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
19690 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
19691 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
19692 when you first send mail.") | |
19693 | |
19694 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail") | |
19695 | |
19696 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
19697 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
19698 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
19699 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
19700 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
19701 | |
19702 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail") | |
19703 | |
19704 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
19705 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
19706 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
19707 the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
19708 This file need not actually exist.") | |
19709 | |
19710 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail") | |
19711 | |
19712 (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
19713 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
19714 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
19715 If a string, that string is inserted. | |
19716 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
19717 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
19718 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
19719 and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
19720 | |
19721 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail") | |
19722 | |
19723 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\ | |
19724 *Directory for mail buffers. | |
19725 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers. | |
19726 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.") | |
19727 | |
19728 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail") | |
19729 | |
19730 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
19731 Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
19732 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
19733 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
19734 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
19735 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
19736 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
19737 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To: | |
19738 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). | |
19739 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
19740 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
19741 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
19742 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC). | |
19743 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and | |
19744 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order). | |
19745 | |
19746 \(fn)" t nil) | |
19747 | |
19748 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
19749 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
19750 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
19751 and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
19752 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
19753 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") | |
19754 | |
19755 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
19756 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
19757 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
19758 | |
19759 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
19760 User should not set this variable manually, | |
19761 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
19762 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
19763 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") | |
19764 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") | |
19765 | |
19766 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
19767 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
19768 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
19769 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
19770 | |
19771 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
19772 end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
19773 | |
19774 \\<mail-mode-map> | |
19775 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
19776 | |
19777 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
19778 to move to message header fields: | |
19779 \\{mail-mode-map} | |
19780 | |
19781 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
19782 when the message is initialized. | |
19783 | |
19784 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
19785 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
19786 | |
19787 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
19788 is inserted. | |
19789 | |
19790 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
19791 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
19792 | |
19793 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
19794 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
19795 | |
19796 The second through fifth arguments, | |
19797 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
19798 the initial contents of those header fields. | |
19799 These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
19800 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
19801 original message being replied to, or else an action | |
19802 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
19803 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
19804 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
19805 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
19806 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
19807 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'. | |
19808 | |
19809 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil) | |
19810 | |
19811 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
19812 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window. | |
19813 | |
19814 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil) | |
19815 | |
19816 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
19817 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame. | |
19818 | |
19819 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil) | |
19820 | |
19821 ;;;*** | |
19822 | |
19823 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el" | |
19824 ;;;;;; (16162 11942)) | |
19825 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el | |
19826 | |
19827 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
19828 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
19829 This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
19830 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
19831 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
19832 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
19833 | |
19834 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess. | |
19835 | |
19836 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil) | |
19837 | |
19838 (defvar server-mode nil "\ | |
19839 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled. | |
19840 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
19841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
19842 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.") | |
19843 | |
19844 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server") | |
19845 | |
19846 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\ | |
19847 Toggle Server mode. | |
19848 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
19849 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the | |
19850 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'. | |
19851 | |
19852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
19853 | |
19854 ;;;*** | |
19855 | |
19856 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16162 11942)) | |
19857 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el | |
19858 | |
19859 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\ | |
19860 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info. | |
19861 | |
19862 Key definitions: | |
19863 \\{ses-mode-map} | |
19864 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part): | |
19865 \\{ses-mode-print-map} | |
19866 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula: | |
19867 \\{ses-mode-edit-map} | |
19868 | |
19869 \(fn)" t nil) | |
19870 | |
19871 ;;;*** | |
19872 | |
19873 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
19874 ;;;;;; (16139 21086)) | |
19875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el | |
19876 | |
19877 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
19878 Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
19879 Makes > match <. | |
19880 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on | |
19881 `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
19882 | |
19883 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
19884 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
19885 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
19886 | |
19887 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
19888 your `.emacs' file. | |
19889 | |
19890 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
19891 | |
19892 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
19893 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
19894 \\{sgml-mode-map} | |
19895 | |
19896 \(fn)" t nil) | |
19897 | |
19898 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode)) | |
19899 | |
19900 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
19901 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
19902 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
19903 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
19904 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
19905 which this is based. | |
19906 | |
19907 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
19908 | |
19909 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
19910 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
19911 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
19912 can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
19913 | |
19914 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
19915 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
19916 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
19917 | |
19918 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
19919 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
19920 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
19921 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
19922 | |
19923 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
19924 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
19925 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
19926 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
19927 | |
19928 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
19929 | |
19930 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
19931 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
19932 To work around that, do: | |
19933 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
19934 | |
19935 \\{html-mode-map} | |
19936 | |
19937 \(fn)" t nil) | |
19938 | |
19939 ;;;*** | |
19940 | |
19941 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
19942 ;;;;;; (16174 61085)) | |
19943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el | |
19944 | |
19945 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
19946 Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
19947 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
19948 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
19949 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
19950 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
19951 | |
19952 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
19953 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
19954 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
19955 shell-specific features. | |
19956 | |
19957 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
19958 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
19959 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
19960 | |
19961 \\[sh-case] case statement | |
19962 \\[sh-for] for loop | |
19963 \\[sh-function] function definition | |
19964 \\[sh-if] if statement | |
19965 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
19966 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
19967 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
19968 \\[sh-select] select loop | |
19969 \\[sh-until] until loop | |
19970 \\[sh-while] while loop | |
19971 | |
19972 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: | |
19973 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
19974 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
19975 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
19976 would indent to the way it currently is. | |
19977 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
19978 buffer indents as it currently is indented. | |
19979 | |
19980 | |
19981 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. | |
19982 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
19983 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
19984 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
19985 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
19986 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
19987 | |
19988 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
19989 {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
19990 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
19991 | |
19992 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
19993 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
19994 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
19995 | |
19996 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
19997 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle. | |
19998 | |
19999 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20000 | |
20001 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
20002 | |
20003 ;;;*** | |
20004 | |
20005 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
20006 ;;;;;; (15941 42958)) | |
20007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el | |
20008 | |
20009 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
20010 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
20011 | |
20012 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
20013 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
20014 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
20015 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
20016 the earlier. | |
20017 | |
20018 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
20019 | |
20020 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
20021 | |
20022 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
20023 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
20024 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
20025 | |
20026 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
20027 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
20028 | |
20029 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
20030 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
20031 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
20032 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
20033 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
20034 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
20035 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
20036 emacs version). | |
20037 | |
20038 This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
20039 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
20040 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
20041 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
20042 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
20043 | |
20044 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
20045 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
20046 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'. | |
20047 | |
20048 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20049 | |
20050 ;;;*** | |
20051 | |
20052 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group | |
20053 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16016 | |
20054 ;;;;;; 56429)) | |
20055 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el | |
20056 | |
20057 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\ | |
20058 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME. | |
20059 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from | |
20060 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are | |
20061 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy | |
20062 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites | |
20063 in the cluster. | |
20064 | |
20065 \(fn NAME)" t nil) | |
20066 | |
20067 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\ | |
20068 Declare a single file to be shared between sites. | |
20069 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the | |
20070 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be | |
20071 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster'). | |
20072 | |
20073 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20074 | |
20075 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\ | |
20076 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts. | |
20077 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list | |
20078 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all | |
20079 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function). | |
20080 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see | |
20081 `shadow-define-cluster'). | |
20082 | |
20083 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20084 | |
20085 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\ | |
20086 Set up file shadowing. | |
20087 | |
20088 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20089 | |
20090 ;;;*** | |
20091 | |
20092 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el" | |
20093 ;;;;;; (16111 41826)) | |
20094 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el | |
20095 | |
20096 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\ | |
20097 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and | |
20098 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that | |
20099 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the | |
20100 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell | |
20101 arguments.") | |
20102 | |
20103 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell") | |
20104 | |
20105 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
20106 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*'). | |
20107 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER. | |
20108 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
20109 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER. | |
20110 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', | |
20111 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
20112 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
20113 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
20114 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
20115 discards input when it starts up.) | |
20116 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
20117 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
20118 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
20119 | |
20120 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
20121 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
20122 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
20123 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
20124 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
20125 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
20126 | |
20127 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
20128 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
20129 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
20130 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
20131 | |
20132 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.) | |
20133 | |
20134 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
20135 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
20136 | |
20137 ;;;*** | |
20138 | |
20139 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15997 | |
20140 ;;;;;; 672)) | |
20141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el | |
20142 | |
20143 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
20144 Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
20145 \\{simula-mode-map} | |
20146 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
20147 `simula-tab-always-indent' | |
20148 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
20149 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
20150 `simula-indent-level' | |
20151 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
20152 `simula-substatement-offset' | |
20153 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
20154 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3 | |
20155 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
20156 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
20157 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
20158 with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
20159 `simula-label-offset' -4711 | |
20160 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
20161 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0) | |
20162 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
20163 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
20164 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
20165 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0) | |
20166 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
20167 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
20168 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
20169 `simula-electric-indent' nil | |
20170 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
20171 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
20172 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase | |
20173 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
20174 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
20175 or nil if they should not be changed. | |
20176 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table | |
20177 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
20178 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
20179 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
20180 | |
20181 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
20182 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil. | |
20183 | |
20184 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20185 | |
20186 ;;;*** | |
20187 | |
20188 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new | |
20189 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16111 41826)) | |
20190 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el | |
20191 | |
20192 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
20193 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
20194 | |
20195 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
20196 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
20197 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command. | |
20198 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'. | |
20199 | |
20200 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro)) | |
20201 | |
20202 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
20203 Insert SKELETON. | |
20204 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
20205 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
20206 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
20207 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
20208 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
20209 | |
20210 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value | |
20211 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored. | |
20212 | |
20213 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil) | |
20214 | |
20215 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
20216 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
20217 | |
20218 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
20219 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
20220 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
20221 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
20222 | |
20223 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
20224 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
20225 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
20226 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
20227 | |
20228 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
20229 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
20230 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
20231 | |
20232 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
20233 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
20234 | |
20235 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
20236 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
20237 | |
20238 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
20239 _ interesting point, interregion here | |
20240 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides | |
20241 interesting point set by _ | |
20242 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode | |
20243 @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
20244 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point | |
20245 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point | |
20246 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') | |
20247 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
20248 nil skipped | |
20249 | |
20250 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of - | |
20251 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text. | |
20252 | |
20253 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may | |
20254 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
20255 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
20256 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
20257 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
20258 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
20259 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
20260 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
20261 | |
20262 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
20263 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
20264 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an | |
20265 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
20266 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
20267 available: | |
20268 | |
20269 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
20270 then: insert previously read string once more | |
20271 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil | |
20272 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
20273 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
20274 | |
20275 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
20276 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil. | |
20277 | |
20278 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil) | |
20279 | |
20280 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
20281 Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
20282 | |
20283 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
20284 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
20285 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
20286 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
20287 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character | |
20288 such as backslash. | |
20289 | |
20290 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
20291 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
20292 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others. | |
20293 | |
20294 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
20295 | |
20296 ;;;*** | |
20297 | |
20298 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" | |
20299 ;;;;;; (15941 42957)) | |
20300 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el | |
20301 | |
20302 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
20303 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts. | |
20304 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the | |
20305 buffer names. | |
20306 | |
20307 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil) | |
20308 | |
20309 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
20310 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | |
20311 \\{smerge-mode-map} | |
20312 | |
20313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
20314 | |
20315 ;;;*** | |
20316 | |
20317 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el" | |
20318 ;;;;;; (15856 53274)) | |
20319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el | |
20320 | |
20321 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\ | |
20322 Display textual smileys as images. | |
20323 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values | |
20324 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines | |
20325 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them. | |
20326 | |
20327 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
20328 | |
20329 ;;;*** | |
20330 | |
20331 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" | |
20332 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16148 4633)) | |
20333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el | |
20334 | |
20335 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\ | |
20336 Not documented | |
20337 | |
20338 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
20339 | |
20340 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\ | |
20341 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'. | |
20342 | |
20343 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20344 | |
20345 ;;;*** | |
20346 | |
20347 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15763 44954)) | |
20348 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el | |
20349 | |
20350 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
20351 Play the Snake game. | |
20352 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
20353 | |
20354 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
20355 | |
20356 Snake mode keybindings: | |
20357 \\<snake-mode-map> | |
20358 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
20359 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
20360 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
20361 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
20362 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
20363 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
20364 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
20365 | |
20366 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20367 | |
20368 ;;;*** | |
20369 | |
20370 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" | |
20371 ;;;;;; (15491 28594)) | |
20372 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el | |
20373 | |
20374 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
20375 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
20376 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
20377 Tab indents for C code. | |
20378 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
20379 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
20380 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
20381 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
20382 `snmp-mode-hook'. | |
20383 | |
20384 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20385 | |
20386 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
20387 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
20388 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
20389 Tab indents for C code. | |
20390 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
20391 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
20392 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
20393 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
20394 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'. | |
20395 | |
20396 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20397 | |
20398 ;;;*** | |
20399 | |
20400 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
20401 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
20402 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16174 61085)) | |
20403 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el | |
20404 | |
20405 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
20406 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
20407 | |
20408 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
20409 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
20410 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
20411 | |
20412 For example, the form | |
20413 | |
20414 '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
20415 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
20416 | |
20417 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
20418 | |
20419 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar") | |
20420 | |
20421 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
20422 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
20423 | |
20424 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
20425 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
20426 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
20427 York City. | |
20428 | |
20429 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
20430 | |
20431 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar") | |
20432 | |
20433 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
20434 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
20435 | |
20436 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
20437 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
20438 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
20439 York City. | |
20440 | |
20441 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
20442 | |
20443 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar") | |
20444 | |
20445 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
20446 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
20447 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
20448 pair. | |
20449 | |
20450 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
20451 | |
20452 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar") | |
20453 | |
20454 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
20455 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
20456 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
20457 | |
20458 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
20459 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
20460 | |
20461 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file. | |
20462 | |
20463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
20464 | |
20465 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
20466 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
20467 Requires floating point. | |
20468 | |
20469 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
20470 | |
20471 ;;;*** | |
20472 | |
20473 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15941 | |
20474 ;;;;;; 42963)) | |
20475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el | |
20476 | |
20477 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
20478 Play Solitaire. | |
20479 | |
20480 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
20481 \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
20482 Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
20483 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
20484 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
20485 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
20486 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
20487 check after each move or undo) | |
20488 | |
20489 What is Solitaire? | |
20490 | |
20491 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
20492 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
20493 Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
20494 | |
20495 Le Solitaire | |
20496 ============ | |
20497 | |
20498 o o o | |
20499 | |
20500 o o o | |
20501 | |
20502 o o o o o o o | |
20503 | |
20504 o o o . o o o | |
20505 | |
20506 o o o o o o o | |
20507 | |
20508 o o o | |
20509 | |
20510 o o o | |
20511 | |
20512 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
20513 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
20514 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
20515 one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
20516 | |
20517 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
20518 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
20519 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
20520 this: o o . | |
20521 | |
20522 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
20523 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
20524 | |
20525 That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
20526 | |
20527 o o o | |
20528 | |
20529 . o o | |
20530 | |
20531 o o . o o o o | |
20532 | |
20533 o . o o o o o | |
20534 | |
20535 o o o o o o o | |
20536 | |
20537 o o o | |
20538 | |
20539 o o o | |
20540 | |
20541 Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
20542 | |
20543 \\{solitaire-mode-map} | |
20544 | |
20545 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
20546 | |
20547 ;;;*** | |
20548 | |
20549 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
20550 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
20551 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16111 41826)) | |
20552 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el | |
20553 | |
20554 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
20555 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
20556 | |
20557 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
20558 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
20559 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
20560 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
20561 contiguous. | |
20562 | |
20563 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
20564 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
20565 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
20566 the sort order. | |
20567 | |
20568 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
20569 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
20570 | |
20571 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
20572 It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
20573 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
20574 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
20575 is called. | |
20576 | |
20577 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
20578 It should move point to the end of the record. | |
20579 | |
20580 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
20581 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
20582 else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
20583 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
20584 starts at the beginning of the record. | |
20585 | |
20586 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
20587 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
20588 same as ENDRECFUN. | |
20589 | |
20590 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers, | |
20591 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'. | |
20592 | |
20593 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil) | |
20594 | |
20595 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
20596 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
20597 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
20598 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
20599 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
20600 the sort order. | |
20601 | |
20602 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil) | |
20603 | |
20604 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
20605 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
20606 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
20607 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
20608 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
20609 the sort order. | |
20610 | |
20611 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil) | |
20612 | |
20613 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
20614 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
20615 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
20616 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
20617 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
20618 the sort order. | |
20619 | |
20620 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil) | |
20621 | |
20622 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
20623 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
20624 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
20625 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, | |
20626 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values. | |
20627 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. | |
20628 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
20629 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
20630 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
20631 | |
20632 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil) | |
20633 | |
20634 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
20635 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
20636 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
20637 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
20638 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
20639 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
20640 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
20641 the sort order. | |
20642 | |
20643 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil) | |
20644 | |
20645 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
20646 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
20647 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
20648 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
20649 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
20650 is to be used for sorting. | |
20651 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
20652 RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
20653 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
20654 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
20655 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
20656 | |
20657 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
20658 | |
20659 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
20660 the sort order. | |
20661 | |
20662 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
20663 starting with the letter \"f\", | |
20664 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\" | |
20665 | |
20666 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil) | |
20667 | |
20668 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
20669 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
20670 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes | |
20671 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. | |
20672 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
20673 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order. | |
20674 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
20675 the sort order. | |
20676 | |
20677 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
20678 because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
20679 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
20680 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
20681 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting. | |
20682 | |
20683 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil) | |
20684 | |
20685 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
20686 Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
20687 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END. | |
20688 | |
20689 \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | |
20690 | |
20691 ;;;*** | |
20692 | |
20693 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
20694 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15941 42957)) | |
20695 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el | |
20696 | |
20697 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
20698 | |
20699 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
20700 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
20701 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
20702 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
20703 supported at a time. | |
20704 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
20705 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted. | |
20706 | |
20707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
20708 | |
20709 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
20710 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
20711 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
20712 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame. | |
20713 | |
20714 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20715 | |
20716 ;;;*** | |
20717 | |
20718 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
20719 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15186 43697)) | |
20720 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el | |
20721 | |
20722 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
20723 | |
20724 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
20725 Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
20726 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
20727 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
20728 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
20729 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped. | |
20730 | |
20731 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20732 | |
20733 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
20734 Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
20735 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
20736 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it. | |
20737 | |
20738 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20739 | |
20740 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
20741 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
20742 Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
20743 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
20744 for example, \"word\". | |
20745 | |
20746 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil) | |
20747 | |
20748 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
20749 Check spelling of string supplied as argument. | |
20750 | |
20751 \(fn STRING)" t nil) | |
20752 | |
20753 ;;;*** | |
20754 | |
20755 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14817 | |
20756 ;;;;;; 31868)) | |
20757 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el | |
20758 | |
20759 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
20760 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail. | |
20761 | |
20762 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20763 | |
20764 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
20765 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'. | |
20766 | |
20767 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
20768 | |
20769 ;;;*** | |
20770 | |
20771 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres | |
20772 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix | |
20773 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" | |
20774 ;;;;;; (16148 4633)) | |
20775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el | |
20776 | |
20777 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
20778 Show short help for the SQL modes. | |
20779 | |
20780 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
20781 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
20782 | |
20783 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
20784 | |
20785 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
20786 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | |
20787 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite] | |
20788 | |
20789 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
20790 | |
20791 Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
20792 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
20793 Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
20794 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
20795 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
20796 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
20797 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase] | |
20798 Linter: \\[sql-linter] | |
20799 | |
20800 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
20801 | |
20802 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
20803 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
20804 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
20805 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
20806 | |
20807 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | |
20808 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
20809 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
20810 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
20811 | |
20812 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
20813 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
20814 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer. | |
20815 | |
20816 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20817 | |
20818 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
20819 Major mode to edit SQL. | |
20820 | |
20821 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
20822 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
20823 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
20824 | |
20825 \\{sql-mode-map} | |
20826 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. | |
20827 | |
20828 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
20829 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
20830 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
20831 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
20832 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
20833 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
20834 | |
20835 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
20836 `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
20837 | |
20838 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify | |
20839 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, | |
20840 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file: | |
20841 | |
20842 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook | |
20843 (lambda () | |
20844 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table))) | |
20845 | |
20846 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20847 | |
20848 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\ | |
20849 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process. | |
20850 | |
20851 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
20852 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
20853 `*SQL*'. | |
20854 | |
20855 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses | |
20856 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | |
20857 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in | |
20858 the list `sql-oracle-options'. | |
20859 | |
20860 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
20861 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
20862 | |
20863 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
20864 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
20865 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
20866 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
20867 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
20868 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
20869 | |
20870 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
20871 | |
20872 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20873 | |
20874 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\ | |
20875 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process. | |
20876 | |
20877 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
20878 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
20879 `*SQL*'. | |
20880 | |
20881 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses | |
20882 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and | |
20883 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters | |
20884 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'. | |
20885 | |
20886 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
20887 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
20888 | |
20889 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
20890 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
20891 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
20892 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
20893 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
20894 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
20895 | |
20896 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
20897 | |
20898 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20899 | |
20900 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\ | |
20901 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process. | |
20902 | |
20903 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
20904 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
20905 `*SQL*'. | |
20906 | |
20907 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses | |
20908 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
20909 | |
20910 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
20911 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
20912 | |
20913 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
20914 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
20915 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
20916 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
20917 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
20918 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
20919 | |
20920 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
20921 | |
20922 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20923 | |
20924 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\ | |
20925 Run sqlite as an inferior process. | |
20926 | |
20927 SQLite is free software. | |
20928 | |
20929 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
20930 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
20931 `*SQL*'. | |
20932 | |
20933 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses | |
20934 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and | |
20935 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters | |
20936 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'. | |
20937 | |
20938 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
20939 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
20940 | |
20941 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
20942 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
20943 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
20944 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
20945 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
20946 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
20947 | |
20948 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
20949 | |
20950 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20951 | |
20952 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\ | |
20953 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process. | |
20954 | |
20955 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software. | |
20956 | |
20957 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
20958 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
20959 `*SQL*'. | |
20960 | |
20961 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses | |
20962 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and | |
20963 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters | |
20964 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'. | |
20965 | |
20966 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
20967 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
20968 | |
20969 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
20970 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
20971 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
20972 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
20973 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
20974 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
20975 | |
20976 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
20977 | |
20978 \(fn)" t nil) | |
20979 | |
20980 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\ | |
20981 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process. | |
20982 | |
20983 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
20984 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
20985 `*SQL*'. | |
20986 | |
20987 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses | |
20988 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as | |
20989 defaults, if set. | |
20990 | |
20991 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
20992 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
20993 | |
20994 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
20995 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
20996 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
20997 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
20998 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
20999 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
21000 | |
21001 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
21002 | |
21003 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21004 | |
21005 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\ | |
21006 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process. | |
21007 | |
21008 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
21009 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
21010 `*SQL*'. | |
21011 | |
21012 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses | |
21013 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
21014 | |
21015 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
21016 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
21017 | |
21018 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
21019 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
21020 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
21021 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
21022 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
21023 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
21024 | |
21025 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
21026 | |
21027 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21028 | |
21029 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\ | |
21030 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process. | |
21031 | |
21032 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
21033 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
21034 `*SQL*'. | |
21035 | |
21036 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the | |
21037 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server' | |
21038 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored | |
21039 in the list `sql-ms-options'. | |
21040 | |
21041 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
21042 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
21043 | |
21044 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
21045 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
21046 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
21047 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
21048 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
21049 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
21050 | |
21051 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
21052 | |
21053 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21054 | |
21055 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ | |
21056 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
21057 | |
21058 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
21059 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
21060 `*SQL*'. | |
21061 | |
21062 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
21063 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
21064 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list | |
21065 `sql-postgres-options'. | |
21066 | |
21067 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
21068 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
21069 | |
21070 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
21071 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
21072 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
21073 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
21074 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
21075 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, | |
21076 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, | |
21077 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
21078 | |
21079 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
21080 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
21081 | |
21082 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
21083 | |
21084 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21085 | |
21086 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\ | |
21087 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process. | |
21088 | |
21089 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
21090 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
21091 `*SQL*'. | |
21092 | |
21093 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login | |
21094 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | |
21095 defaults, if set. | |
21096 | |
21097 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
21098 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
21099 | |
21100 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
21101 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
21102 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
21103 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
21104 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
21105 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
21106 | |
21107 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
21108 | |
21109 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21110 | |
21111 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\ | |
21112 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process. | |
21113 | |
21114 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
21115 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
21116 `*SQL*'. | |
21117 | |
21118 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not | |
21119 automatic login. | |
21120 | |
21121 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
21122 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
21123 | |
21124 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to | |
21125 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set | |
21126 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after | |
21127 advice. See the elisp manual for more information. | |
21128 | |
21129 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
21130 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
21131 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
21132 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
21133 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
21134 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
21135 | |
21136 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
21137 | |
21138 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21139 | |
21140 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\ | |
21141 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process. | |
21142 | |
21143 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
21144 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
21145 `*SQL*'. | |
21146 | |
21147 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'. | |
21148 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and | |
21149 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters | |
21150 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on | |
21151 parameters. | |
21152 | |
21153 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for | |
21154 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the | |
21155 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run | |
21156 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use | |
21157 an empty password. | |
21158 | |
21159 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
21160 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
21161 | |
21162 To use LINTER font locking by default, put this line into your .emacs : | |
21163 (setq sql-mode-font-lock-keywords sql-mode-linter-font-lock-keywords) | |
21164 | |
21165 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | |
21166 | |
21167 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21168 | |
21169 ;;;*** | |
21170 | |
21171 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer | |
21172 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes | |
21173 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke | |
21174 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke | |
21175 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15961 | |
21176 ;;;;;; 24151)) | |
21177 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el | |
21178 | |
21179 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
21180 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
21181 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
21182 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
21183 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
21184 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function. | |
21185 | |
21186 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil) | |
21187 | |
21188 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
21189 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
21190 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
21191 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
21192 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
21193 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
21194 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke | |
21195 | |
21196 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil) | |
21197 | |
21198 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
21199 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
21200 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
21201 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
21202 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and | |
21203 then complete the stroke with button 3. | |
21204 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke | |
21205 | |
21206 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil) | |
21207 | |
21208 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
21209 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command. | |
21210 This must be bound to a mouse event. | |
21211 | |
21212 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
21213 | |
21214 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
21215 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command. | |
21216 This must be bound to a mouse event. | |
21217 | |
21218 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
21219 | |
21220 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
21221 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively. | |
21222 | |
21223 \(fn STROKE)" t nil) | |
21224 | |
21225 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
21226 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package. | |
21227 | |
21228 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21229 | |
21230 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
21231 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'. | |
21232 | |
21233 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21234 | |
21235 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
21236 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP. | |
21237 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes | |
21238 chronologically by command name. | |
21239 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead. | |
21240 | |
21241 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil) | |
21242 | |
21243 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
21244 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled. | |
21245 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
21246 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
21247 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.") | |
21248 | |
21249 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes") | |
21250 | |
21251 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ | |
21252 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map> | |
21253 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
21254 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands. | |
21255 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define | |
21256 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also | |
21257 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes. | |
21258 | |
21259 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
21260 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them. | |
21261 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer], | |
21262 \\[strokes-decode-buffer]. | |
21263 | |
21264 \\{strokes-mode-map} | |
21265 | |
21266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
21267 | |
21268 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\ | |
21269 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs. | |
21270 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. | |
21271 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status. | |
21272 | |
21273 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil) | |
21274 | |
21275 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
21276 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer. | |
21277 | |
21278 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21279 | |
21280 ;;;*** | |
21281 | |
21282 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region) | |
21283 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15366 772)) | |
21284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el | |
21285 | |
21286 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\ | |
21287 Studlify-case the region. | |
21288 | |
21289 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil) | |
21290 | |
21291 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\ | |
21292 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument. | |
21293 | |
21294 \(fn COUNT)" t nil) | |
21295 | |
21296 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\ | |
21297 Studlify-case the current buffer. | |
21298 | |
21299 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21300 | |
21301 ;;;*** | |
21302 | |
21303 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" | |
21304 ;;;;;; (16111 41831)) | |
21305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el | |
21306 | |
21307 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
21308 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
21309 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
21310 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated | |
21311 info node `(SC)Top' for more details. | |
21312 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
21313 original message but it does require a few things: | |
21314 | |
21315 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
21316 | |
21317 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
21318 reply buffer. | |
21319 | |
21320 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
21321 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
21322 original message. | |
21323 | |
21324 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
21325 | |
21326 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
21327 | |
21328 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
21329 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
21330 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function. | |
21331 | |
21332 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
21333 | |
21334 ;;;*** | |
21335 | |
21336 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16162 | |
21337 ;;;;;; 11942)) | |
21338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el | |
21339 | |
21340 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\ | |
21341 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS. | |
21342 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that | |
21343 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon. | |
21344 Point is at POS when this function returns. | |
21345 | |
21346 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil) | |
21347 | |
21348 ;;;*** | |
21349 | |
21350 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639)) | |
21351 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el | |
21352 | |
21353 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
21354 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
21355 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
21356 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
21357 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops. | |
21358 | |
21359 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
21360 | |
21361 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
21362 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
21363 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
21364 when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
21365 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
21366 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
21367 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops. | |
21368 | |
21369 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
21370 | |
21371 ;;;*** | |
21372 | |
21373 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column | |
21374 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source | |
21375 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column | |
21376 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell | |
21377 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically | |
21378 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell | |
21379 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell | |
21380 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table | |
21381 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize | |
21382 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column | |
21383 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook | |
21384 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook) | |
21385 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16111 41838)) | |
21386 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el | |
21387 | |
21388 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\ | |
21389 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'. | |
21390 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.") | |
21391 | |
21392 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table") | |
21393 | |
21394 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\ | |
21395 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.") | |
21396 | |
21397 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table") | |
21398 | |
21399 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\ | |
21400 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.") | |
21401 | |
21402 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table") | |
21403 | |
21404 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\ | |
21405 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.") | |
21406 | |
21407 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table") | |
21408 | |
21409 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\ | |
21410 Insert an editable text table. | |
21411 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional | |
21412 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each | |
21413 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size | |
21414 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size | |
21415 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is | |
21416 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters | |
21417 delimiting them. | |
21418 | |
21419 Examples: | |
21420 | |
21421 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location. | |
21422 | |
21423 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the | |
21424 location of point. | |
21425 | |
21426 -!- | |
21427 | |
21428 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table | |
21429 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows, | |
21430 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next | |
21431 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the | |
21432 first cell. | |
21433 | |
21434 +-----+-----+-----+ | |
21435 |-!- | | | | |
21436 +-----+-----+-----+ | |
21437 | |
21438 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map> | |
21439 | |
21440 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character | |
21441 width, which results as | |
21442 | |
21443 +--------------+-----+-----+ | |
21444 |-!- | | | | |
21445 +--------------+-----+-----+ | |
21446 | |
21447 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing | |
21448 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this: | |
21449 | |
21450 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21451 | | |-!- | | |
21452 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21453 | |
21454 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation, | |
21455 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete | |
21456 width information to `table-insert'. | |
21457 | |
21458 Cell width(s): 14 6 32 | |
21459 | |
21460 instead of | |
21461 | |
21462 Cell width(s): 5 | |
21463 | |
21464 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment | |
21465 work all together. | |
21466 | |
21467 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the | |
21468 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line. | |
21469 | |
21470 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21471 |-!- | | | | |
21472 | | | | | |
21473 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21474 | |
21475 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row. | |
21476 | |
21477 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21478 |-!- | | | | |
21479 | | | | | |
21480 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21481 | | | | | |
21482 | | | | | |
21483 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21484 | |
21485 Move the point under the table as shown below. | |
21486 | |
21487 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21488 | | | | | |
21489 | | | | | |
21490 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21491 | | | | | |
21492 | | | | | |
21493 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21494 -!- | |
21495 | |
21496 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work | |
21497 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at | |
21498 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end. | |
21499 | |
21500 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21501 | | | | | |
21502 | | | | | |
21503 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21504 | | | | | |
21505 | | | | | |
21506 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21507 |-!- | | | | |
21508 | | | | | |
21509 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21510 | |
21511 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected | |
21512 results. | |
21513 | |
21514 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21515 | | | | | |
21516 | | | | | |
21517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21518 | | |Text editing inside the table | | |
21519 | | |cell produces reasonably | | |
21520 | | |expected results.-!- | | |
21521 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21522 | | | | | |
21523 | | | | | |
21524 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | |
21525 | |
21526 Inside a table cell has a special keymap. | |
21527 | |
21528 \\{table-cell-map} | |
21529 | |
21530 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil) | |
21531 | |
21532 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\ | |
21533 Insert N table row(s). | |
21534 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above | |
21535 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below | |
21536 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s) | |
21537 are appended at the bottom of the table. | |
21538 | |
21539 \(fn N)" t nil) | |
21540 | |
21541 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\ | |
21542 Insert N table column(s). | |
21543 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left | |
21544 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be | |
21545 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly | |
21546 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table. | |
21547 | |
21548 \(fn N)" t nil) | |
21549 | |
21550 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\ | |
21551 Insert row(s) or column(s). | |
21552 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'. | |
21553 | |
21554 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil) | |
21555 | |
21556 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\ | |
21557 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them. | |
21558 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the | |
21559 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the | |
21560 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses | |
21561 all the table specific features. | |
21562 | |
21563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
21564 | |
21565 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\ | |
21566 Not documented | |
21567 | |
21568 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21569 | |
21570 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\ | |
21571 Recognize all tables within region. | |
21572 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric | |
21573 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become | |
21574 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table | |
21575 specific features. | |
21576 | |
21577 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
21578 | |
21579 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\ | |
21580 Not documented | |
21581 | |
21582 \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | |
21583 | |
21584 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\ | |
21585 Recognize a table at point. | |
21586 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table | |
21587 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all | |
21588 the table specific features. | |
21589 | |
21590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
21591 | |
21592 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\ | |
21593 Not documented | |
21594 | |
21595 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21596 | |
21597 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\ | |
21598 Recognize a table cell that contains current point. | |
21599 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The | |
21600 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and | |
21601 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG | |
21602 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes | |
21603 plain text and loses all the table specific features. | |
21604 | |
21605 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil) | |
21606 | |
21607 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\ | |
21608 Not documented | |
21609 | |
21610 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21611 | |
21612 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\ | |
21613 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically. | |
21614 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current | |
21615 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also | |
21616 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The | |
21617 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be | |
21618 specified. | |
21619 | |
21620 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil) | |
21621 | |
21622 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\ | |
21623 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically. | |
21624 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell | |
21625 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell | |
21626 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This | |
21627 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current | |
21628 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular | |
21629 table structure. | |
21630 | |
21631 \(fn N)" t nil) | |
21632 | |
21633 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\ | |
21634 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally. | |
21635 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the | |
21636 table's rectangle structure. | |
21637 | |
21638 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil) | |
21639 | |
21640 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\ | |
21641 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally. | |
21642 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the | |
21643 table's rectangle structure. | |
21644 | |
21645 \(fn N)" t nil) | |
21646 | |
21647 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\ | |
21648 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell. | |
21649 With argument ARG, do it ARG times; | |
21650 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells. | |
21651 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only. | |
21652 | |
21653 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases) | |
21654 | |
21655 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press | |
21656 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press | |
21657 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key. | |
21658 | |
21659 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+ | |
21660 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 | | |
21661 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+ | |
21662 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 | | |
21663 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+ | |
21664 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 | | |
21665 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+ | |
21666 | |
21667 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ | |
21668 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | | |
21669 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+ | |
21670 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 | | |
21671 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+ | |
21672 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 | | |
21673 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ | |
21674 | |
21675 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+ | |
21676 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | | |
21677 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ | | |
21678 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+ | |
21679 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 | | |
21680 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | | | |
21681 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ | |
21682 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ | |
21683 | |
21684 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil) | |
21685 | |
21686 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\ | |
21687 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell. | |
21688 With argument ARG, do it ARG times; | |
21689 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells. | |
21690 | |
21691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
21692 | |
21693 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\ | |
21694 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION. | |
21695 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below. | |
21696 | |
21697 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil) | |
21698 | |
21699 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\ | |
21700 Split current cell vertically. | |
21701 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location. | |
21702 | |
21703 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21704 | |
21705 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\ | |
21706 Split current cell horizontally. | |
21707 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location. | |
21708 | |
21709 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21710 | |
21711 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\ | |
21712 Split current cell in ORIENTATION. | |
21713 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically. | |
21714 | |
21715 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil) | |
21716 | |
21717 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\ | |
21718 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells. | |
21719 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, | |
21720 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none. | |
21721 | |
21722 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil) | |
21723 | |
21724 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\ | |
21725 Justify cell contents. | |
21726 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top, | |
21727 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is | |
21728 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph, | |
21729 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified. | |
21730 | |
21731 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil) | |
21732 | |
21733 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\ | |
21734 Justify cells of a row. | |
21735 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top, | |
21736 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. | |
21737 | |
21738 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil) | |
21739 | |
21740 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\ | |
21741 Justify cells of a column. | |
21742 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top, | |
21743 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. | |
21744 | |
21745 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil) | |
21746 | |
21747 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\ | |
21748 Toggle fixing width mode. | |
21749 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell | |
21750 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in | |
21751 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines. | |
21752 | |
21753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
21754 | |
21755 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\ | |
21756 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table. | |
21757 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell | |
21758 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table | |
21759 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells | |
21760 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell | |
21761 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns | |
21762 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore | |
21763 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with | |
21764 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional | |
21765 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported. | |
21766 | |
21767 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil) | |
21768 | |
21769 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\ | |
21770 Generate source of the current table in the specified language. | |
21771 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the | |
21772 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals. | |
21773 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer | |
21774 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default | |
21775 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case | |
21776 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation. | |
21777 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination | |
21778 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the | |
21779 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination | |
21780 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are | |
21781 untouched. | |
21782 | |
21783 References used for this implementation: | |
21784 | |
21785 HTML: | |
21786 http://www.w3.org | |
21787 | |
21788 LaTeX: | |
21789 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html | |
21790 | |
21791 CALS (DocBook DTD): | |
21792 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm | |
21793 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751 | |
21794 | |
21795 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil) | |
21796 | |
21797 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\ | |
21798 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell. | |
21799 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an | |
21800 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with | |
21801 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of | |
21802 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the | |
21803 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the | |
21804 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell | |
21805 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward | |
21806 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence | |
21807 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing. | |
21808 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element | |
21809 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for | |
21810 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence | |
21811 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell | |
21812 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or | |
21813 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string. | |
21814 | |
21815 Example: | |
21816 | |
21817 (progn | |
21818 (table-insert 16 3 5 1) | |
21819 (table-forward-cell 15) | |
21820 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center) | |
21821 (table-forward-cell 16) | |
21822 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center) | |
21823 (table-forward-cell 1) | |
21824 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center)) | |
21825 | |
21826 (progn | |
21827 (table-insert 16 8 5 1) | |
21828 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right) | |
21829 (table-forward-cell 1) | |
21830 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left)) | |
21831 | |
21832 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil) | |
21833 | |
21834 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\ | |
21835 Delete N row(s) of cells. | |
21836 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row | |
21837 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must | |
21838 consists from cells of same height. | |
21839 | |
21840 \(fn N)" t nil) | |
21841 | |
21842 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\ | |
21843 Delete N column(s) of cells. | |
21844 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is | |
21845 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each | |
21846 column must consists from cells of same width. | |
21847 | |
21848 \(fn N)" t nil) | |
21849 | |
21850 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\ | |
21851 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region. | |
21852 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END | |
21853 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table. | |
21854 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional | |
21855 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents | |
21856 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the | |
21857 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of | |
21858 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and | |
21859 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and | |
21860 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY | |
21861 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell | |
21862 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell | |
21863 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when | |
21864 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified. | |
21865 | |
21866 | |
21867 Example 1: | |
21868 | |
21869 1, 2, 3, 4 | |
21870 5, 6, 7, 8 | |
21871 , 9, 10 | |
21872 | |
21873 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP | |
21874 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In | |
21875 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is | |
21876 specified as 5. | |
21877 | |
21878 +-----+-----+-----+-----+ | |
21879 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | | |
21880 +-----+-----+-----+-----+ | |
21881 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | | |
21882 +-----+-----+-----+-----+ | |
21883 | | 9 | 10 | | | |
21884 +-----+-----+-----+-----+ | |
21885 | |
21886 Note: | |
21887 | |
21888 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert' | |
21889 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end | |
21890 of each row is optional. | |
21891 | |
21892 | |
21893 Example 2: | |
21894 | |
21895 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing. | |
21896 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from | |
21897 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item | |
21898 name headers. This time specify empty string for both | |
21899 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP. | |
21900 | |
21901 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power | |
21902 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. | |
21903 | |
21904 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular | |
21905 expression and raw delimiter regular | |
21906 expression, it parses the specified text | |
21907 area and extracts cell items from | |
21908 non-table text and then forms a table out | |
21909 of them. | |
21910 | |
21911 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it | |
21912 creates a single cell table. The text in | |
21913 the specified region is placed in that | |
21914 cell.-*- | |
21915 | |
21916 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table | |
21917 like this. | |
21918 | |
21919 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+ | |
21920 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power| | |
21921 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. | | |
21922 | | | |
21923 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular | | |
21924 | expression and raw delimiter regular | | |
21925 | expression, it parses the specified text | | |
21926 | area and extracts cell items from | | |
21927 | non-table text and then forms a table out | | |
21928 | of them. | | |
21929 | | | |
21930 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it | | |
21931 | creates a single cell table. The text in | | |
21932 | the specified region is placed in that | | |
21933 | cell. | | |
21934 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+ | |
21935 | |
21936 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of | |
21937 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited | |
21938 independently. | |
21939 | |
21940 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+ | |
21941 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power| | |
21942 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. | | |
21943 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+ | |
21944 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular | | |
21945 | |expression and raw delimiter regular | | |
21946 | |expression, it parses the specified text | | |
21947 | |area and extracts cell items from | | |
21948 | |non-table text and then forms a table out | | |
21949 | |of them. | | |
21950 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+ | |
21951 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it | | |
21952 | |creates a single cell table. The text in | | |
21953 | |the specified region is placed in that | | |
21954 | |cell. | | |
21955 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+ | |
21956 | |
21957 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the | |
21958 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as | |
21959 companion command to `table-capture' this way. | |
21960 | |
21961 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil) | |
21962 | |
21963 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\ | |
21964 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table. | |
21965 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command | |
21966 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to | |
21967 `table-capture' which does the opposite process. | |
21968 | |
21969 \(fn)" t nil) | |
21970 | |
21971 ;;;*** | |
21972 | |
21973 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15589 6165)) | |
21974 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el | |
21975 | |
21976 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
21977 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group. | |
21978 | |
21979 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil) | |
21980 | |
21981 ;;;*** | |
21982 | |
21983 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15961 24151)) | |
21984 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el | |
21985 | |
21986 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
21987 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
21988 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
21989 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
21990 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
21991 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
21992 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
21993 | |
21994 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
21995 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
21996 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
21997 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
21998 | |
21999 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
22000 \\{tar-mode-map} | |
22001 | |
22002 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22003 | |
22004 ;;;*** | |
22005 | |
22006 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" | |
22007 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16111 41834)) | |
22008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el | |
22009 | |
22010 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | |
22011 Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
22012 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
22013 Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
22014 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
22015 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
22016 | |
22017 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
22018 `tcl-indent-level' | |
22019 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. | |
22020 `tcl-continued-indent-level' | |
22021 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. | |
22022 | |
22023 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
22024 documentation for details): | |
22025 `tcl-tab-always-indent' | |
22026 Controls action of TAB key. | |
22027 `tcl-auto-newline' | |
22028 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, | |
22029 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
22030 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder' | |
22031 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current | |
22032 word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
22033 | |
22034 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for | |
22035 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
22036 already exist. | |
22037 | |
22038 Commands: | |
22039 \\{tcl-mode-map} | |
22040 | |
22041 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22042 | |
22043 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
22044 Run inferior Tcl process. | |
22045 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
22046 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information. | |
22047 | |
22048 \(fn CMD)" t nil) | |
22049 | |
22050 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
22051 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
22052 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'. | |
22053 | |
22054 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
22055 | |
22056 ;;;*** | |
22057 | |
22058 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15941 42963)) | |
22059 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el | |
22060 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
22061 | |
22062 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
22063 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
22064 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
22065 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
22066 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
22067 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
22068 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time. | |
22069 | |
22070 \(fn HOST)" t nil) | |
22071 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
22072 | |
22073 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
22074 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
22075 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
22076 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time. | |
22077 | |
22078 \(fn HOST)" t nil) | |
22079 | |
22080 ;;;*** | |
22081 | |
22082 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15941 | |
22083 ;;;;;; 42957)) | |
22084 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el | |
22085 | |
22086 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
22087 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
22088 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
22089 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
22090 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
22091 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM. | |
22092 | |
22093 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil) | |
22094 | |
22095 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
22096 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer. | |
22097 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the | |
22098 commands to use in that buffer. | |
22099 | |
22100 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer. | |
22101 | |
22102 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil) | |
22103 | |
22104 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
22105 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer. | |
22106 | |
22107 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil) | |
22108 | |
22109 ;;;*** | |
22110 | |
22111 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15491 | |
22112 ;;;;;; 28591)) | |
22113 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el | |
22114 | |
22115 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
22116 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
22117 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
22118 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
22119 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
22120 program as keyboard input. | |
22121 | |
22122 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
22123 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
22124 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
22125 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
22126 | |
22127 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
22128 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
22129 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
22130 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
22131 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
22132 | |
22133 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
22134 | |
22135 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
22136 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
22137 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
22138 terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
22139 | |
22140 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
22141 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
22142 subprocess started. | |
22143 | |
22144 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil) | |
22145 | |
22146 ;;;*** | |
22147 | |
22148 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover" | |
22149 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16162 11942)) | |
22150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el | |
22151 | |
22152 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\ | |
22153 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then | |
22154 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no | |
22155 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is | |
22156 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting. | |
22157 | |
22158 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil) | |
22159 | |
22160 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\ | |
22161 Start coverage on function under point. | |
22162 | |
22163 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22164 | |
22165 ;;;*** | |
22166 | |
22167 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15763 44954)) | |
22168 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el | |
22169 | |
22170 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
22171 Play the Tetris game. | |
22172 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
22173 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
22174 as to form complete rows. | |
22175 | |
22176 tetris-mode keybindings: | |
22177 \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
22178 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
22179 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
22180 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
22181 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
22182 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
22183 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
22184 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
22185 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
22186 | |
22187 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22188 | |
22189 ;;;*** | |
22190 | |
22191 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode | |
22192 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
22193 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
22194 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
22195 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
22196 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
22197 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
22198 ;;;;;; (16139 21086)) | |
22199 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el | |
22200 | |
22201 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
22202 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
22203 | |
22204 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode") | |
22205 | |
22206 (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
22207 *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
22208 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
22209 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
22210 `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
22211 | |
22212 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode") | |
22213 | |
22214 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
22215 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
22216 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
22217 if it matches the first line of the file, | |
22218 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
22219 | |
22220 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode") | |
22221 | |
22222 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
22223 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
22224 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
22225 if the variable is non-nil.") | |
22226 | |
22227 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode") | |
22228 | |
22229 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
22230 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
22231 | |
22232 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode") | |
22233 | |
22234 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
22235 *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
22236 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
22237 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
22238 | |
22239 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode") | |
22240 | |
22241 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
22242 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
22243 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
22244 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
22245 | |
22246 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode") | |
22247 | |
22248 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
22249 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
22250 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
22251 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
22252 | |
22253 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode") | |
22254 | |
22255 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\ | |
22256 *TeX options to use when starting TeX. | |
22257 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands' | |
22258 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted. | |
22259 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
22260 | |
22261 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode") | |
22262 | |
22263 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
22264 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX. | |
22265 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space. | |
22266 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
22267 | |
22268 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode") | |
22269 | |
22270 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
22271 *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
22272 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
22273 | |
22274 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode") | |
22275 | |
22276 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
22277 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
22278 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
22279 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
22280 | |
22281 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode") | |
22282 | |
22283 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
22284 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
22285 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
22286 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
22287 | |
22288 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode") | |
22289 | |
22290 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
22291 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
22292 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
22293 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
22294 | |
22295 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
22296 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
22297 for example, | |
22298 | |
22299 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
22300 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
22301 | |
22302 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
22303 use.") | |
22304 | |
22305 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode") | |
22306 | |
22307 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\ | |
22308 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
22309 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly. | |
22310 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
22311 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end. | |
22312 | |
22313 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.") | |
22314 | |
22315 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode") | |
22316 | |
22317 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
22318 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
22319 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
22320 | |
22321 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode") | |
22322 | |
22323 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ | |
22324 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. | |
22325 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
22326 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
22327 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
22328 | |
22329 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode") | |
22330 | |
22331 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
22332 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
22333 | |
22334 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode") | |
22335 | |
22336 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
22337 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
22338 | |
22339 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode") | |
22340 | |
22341 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
22342 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
22343 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
22344 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
22345 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
22346 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
22347 says which mode to use. | |
22348 | |
22349 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22350 | |
22351 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
22352 | |
22353 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
22354 | |
22355 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
22356 | |
22357 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
22358 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
22359 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
22360 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
22361 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
22362 | |
22363 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
22364 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
22365 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
22366 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
22367 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
22368 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
22369 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
22370 | |
22371 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
22372 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
22373 | |
22374 Special commands: | |
22375 \\{plain-tex-mode-map} | |
22376 | |
22377 Mode variables: | |
22378 tex-run-command | |
22379 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
22380 tex-directory | |
22381 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
22382 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
22383 tex-dvi-print-command | |
22384 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
22385 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
22386 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
22387 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
22388 tex-dvi-view-command | |
22389 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
22390 tex-show-queue-command | |
22391 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
22392 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
22393 | |
22394 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
22395 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
22396 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run. | |
22397 | |
22398 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22399 | |
22400 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
22401 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
22402 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
22403 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
22404 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
22405 | |
22406 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
22407 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
22408 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
22409 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
22410 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
22411 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
22412 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
22413 | |
22414 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
22415 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
22416 | |
22417 Special commands: | |
22418 \\{latex-mode-map} | |
22419 | |
22420 Mode variables: | |
22421 latex-run-command | |
22422 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
22423 tex-directory | |
22424 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
22425 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
22426 tex-dvi-print-command | |
22427 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
22428 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
22429 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
22430 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
22431 tex-dvi-view-command | |
22432 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
22433 tex-show-queue-command | |
22434 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
22435 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
22436 | |
22437 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
22438 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
22439 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run. | |
22440 | |
22441 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22442 | |
22443 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
22444 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
22445 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
22446 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
22447 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
22448 | |
22449 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
22450 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
22451 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
22452 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
22453 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
22454 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
22455 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
22456 | |
22457 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
22458 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
22459 | |
22460 Special commands: | |
22461 \\{slitex-mode-map} | |
22462 | |
22463 Mode variables: | |
22464 slitex-run-command | |
22465 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
22466 tex-directory | |
22467 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
22468 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
22469 tex-dvi-print-command | |
22470 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
22471 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
22472 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
22473 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
22474 tex-dvi-view-command | |
22475 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
22476 tex-show-queue-command | |
22477 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
22478 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
22479 | |
22480 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
22481 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
22482 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
22483 `tex-shell-hook' is run. | |
22484 | |
22485 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22486 | |
22487 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\ | |
22488 Not documented | |
22489 | |
22490 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
22491 | |
22492 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
22493 Major mode to edit DocTeX files. | |
22494 | |
22495 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22496 | |
22497 ;;;*** | |
22498 | |
22499 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
22500 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16111 41838)) | |
22501 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el | |
22502 | |
22503 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
22504 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
22505 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
22506 name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
22507 | |
22508 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
22509 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
22510 Info-split to do these manually. | |
22511 | |
22512 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil) | |
22513 | |
22514 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
22515 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
22516 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
22517 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
22518 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer. | |
22519 | |
22520 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil) | |
22521 | |
22522 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
22523 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
22524 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
22525 names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
22526 | |
22527 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
22528 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
22529 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
22530 Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
22531 | |
22532 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
22533 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually. | |
22534 | |
22535 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil) | |
22536 | |
22537 ;;;*** | |
22538 | |
22539 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote) | |
22540 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16148 4633)) | |
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el | |
22542 | |
22543 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\ | |
22544 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
22545 | |
22546 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo") | |
22547 | |
22548 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\ | |
22549 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
22550 | |
22551 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo") | |
22552 | |
22553 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ | |
22554 Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
22555 | |
22556 It has these extra commands: | |
22557 \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
22558 | |
22559 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
22560 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
22561 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
22562 modified version of TeX input format. | |
22563 | |
22564 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
22565 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
22566 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
22567 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
22568 | |
22569 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
22570 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
22571 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
22572 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
22573 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
22574 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
22575 in the Texinfo file. | |
22576 | |
22577 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
22578 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
22579 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
22580 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
22581 move forward past the closing brace. | |
22582 | |
22583 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
22584 updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
22585 | |
22586 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
22587 * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
22588 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
22589 | |
22590 Here are the functions: | |
22591 | |
22592 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
22593 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
22594 texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
22595 | |
22596 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
22597 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
22598 texinfo-master-menu | |
22599 | |
22600 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
22601 | |
22602 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
22603 which menu descriptions are indented. | |
22604 | |
22605 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
22606 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
22607 in the region. | |
22608 | |
22609 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
22610 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
22611 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
22612 `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
22613 | |
22614 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
22615 be the first node in the file. | |
22616 | |
22617 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the | |
22618 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'. | |
22619 | |
22620 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22621 | |
22622 ;;;*** | |
22623 | |
22624 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion | |
22625 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) | |
22626 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (16118 44435)) | |
22627 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el | |
22628 | |
22629 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | |
22630 Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
22631 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
22632 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region. | |
22633 | |
22634 \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | |
22635 | |
22636 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
22637 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string. | |
22638 | |
22639 \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | |
22640 | |
22641 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
22642 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer. | |
22643 | |
22644 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22645 | |
22646 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\ | |
22647 Not documented | |
22648 | |
22649 \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | |
22650 | |
22651 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ | |
22652 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. | |
22653 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
22654 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
22655 to compose. | |
22656 | |
22657 The return value is number of composed characters. | |
22658 | |
22659 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil) | |
22660 | |
22661 ;;;*** | |
22662 | |
22663 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point | |
22664 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
22665 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15941 42957)) | |
22666 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el | |
22667 | |
22668 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
22669 Move forward to the end of the next THING. | |
22670 | |
22671 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil) | |
22672 | |
22673 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
22674 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
22675 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
22676 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
22677 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
22678 | |
22679 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
22680 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
22681 | |
22682 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
22683 of the textual entity that was found. | |
22684 | |
22685 \(fn THING)" nil nil) | |
22686 | |
22687 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
22688 Return the THING at point. | |
22689 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
22690 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
22691 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
22692 | |
22693 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
22694 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
22695 | |
22696 \(fn THING)" nil nil) | |
22697 | |
22698 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
22699 Not documented | |
22700 | |
22701 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
22702 | |
22703 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
22704 Not documented | |
22705 | |
22706 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
22707 | |
22708 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
22709 Not documented | |
22710 | |
22711 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
22712 | |
22713 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
22714 Not documented | |
22715 | |
22716 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
22717 | |
22718 ;;;*** | |
22719 | |
22720 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion | |
22721 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer | |
22722 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region | |
22723 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan | |
22724 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" | |
22725 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16118 44435)) | |
22726 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el | |
22727 | |
22728 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22729 Check if char CH is Tibetan character. | |
22730 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil. | |
22731 | |
22732 \(fn CH)" nil nil) | |
22733 | |
22734 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22735 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string. | |
22736 | |
22737 \(fn STR)" nil nil) | |
22738 | |
22739 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22740 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | |
22741 The returned string has no composition information. | |
22742 | |
22743 \(fn STR)" nil nil) | |
22744 | |
22745 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22746 Compose Tibetan string STR. | |
22747 | |
22748 \(fn STR)" nil nil) | |
22749 | |
22750 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22751 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END. | |
22752 | |
22753 \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | |
22754 | |
22755 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22756 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO. | |
22757 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
22758 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences. | |
22759 | |
22760 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
22761 | |
22762 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22763 Decompose Tibetan string STR. | |
22764 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
22765 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences. | |
22766 | |
22767 \(fn STR)" nil nil) | |
22768 | |
22769 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22770 Not documented | |
22771 | |
22772 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil) | |
22773 | |
22774 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22775 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
22776 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'. | |
22777 | |
22778 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22779 | |
22780 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22781 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
22782 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region. | |
22783 | |
22784 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22785 | |
22786 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22787 Not documented | |
22788 | |
22789 \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | |
22790 | |
22791 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22792 Not documented | |
22793 | |
22794 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | |
22795 | |
22796 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\ | |
22797 Not documented | |
22798 | |
22799 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | |
22800 | |
22801 ;;;*** | |
22802 | |
22803 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" | |
22804 ;;;;;; (15941 42966)) | |
22805 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el | |
22806 | |
22807 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | |
22808 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | |
22809 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
22810 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
22811 parameters. | |
22812 This function performs no refilling of the changed text. | |
22813 | |
22814 \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | |
22815 | |
22816 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | |
22817 Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | |
22818 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
22819 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
22820 parameters. | |
22821 This function performs no refilling of the changed text. | |
22822 | |
22823 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22824 | |
22825 ;;;*** | |
22826 | |
22827 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date) | |
22828 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16011 37576)) | |
22829 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el | |
22830 | |
22831 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ | |
22832 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
22833 | |
22834 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time") | |
22835 | |
22836 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
22837 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
22838 This display updates automatically every minute. | |
22839 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
22840 are displayed as well. | |
22841 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update. | |
22842 | |
22843 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22844 | |
22845 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ | |
22846 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled. | |
22847 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
22848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
22849 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
22850 | |
22851 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time") | |
22852 | |
22853 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ | |
22854 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
22855 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
22856 | |
22857 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
22858 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
22859 are displayed as well. | |
22860 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update. | |
22861 | |
22862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
22863 | |
22864 ;;;*** | |
22865 | |
22866 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year | |
22867 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract | |
22868 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time) | |
22869 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230)) | |
22870 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el | |
22871 | |
22872 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
22873 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value. | |
22874 | |
22875 \(fn DATE)" nil nil) | |
22876 | |
22877 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
22878 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value. | |
22879 | |
22880 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil) | |
22881 | |
22882 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\ | |
22883 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2. | |
22884 | |
22885 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil) | |
22886 | |
22887 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
22888 Convert DAYS into a time value. | |
22889 | |
22890 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil) | |
22891 | |
22892 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\ | |
22893 Return the time elapsed since TIME. | |
22894 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string. | |
22895 | |
22896 \(fn TIME)" nil nil) | |
22897 | |
22898 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract)) | |
22899 | |
22900 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\ | |
22901 Subtract two time values. | |
22902 Return the difference in the format of a time value. | |
22903 | |
22904 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil) | |
22905 | |
22906 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\ | |
22907 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference. | |
22908 | |
22909 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil) | |
22910 | |
22911 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\ | |
22912 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE. | |
22913 DATE should be a date-time string. | |
22914 | |
22915 \(fn DATE)" nil nil) | |
22916 | |
22917 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\ | |
22918 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2. | |
22919 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings. | |
22920 | |
22921 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil) | |
22922 | |
22923 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\ | |
22924 Return t if YEAR is a leap year. | |
22925 | |
22926 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil) | |
22927 | |
22928 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\ | |
22929 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year. | |
22930 | |
22931 \(fn TIME)" nil nil) | |
22932 | |
22933 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\ | |
22934 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME. | |
22935 TIME should be a time value. | |
22936 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary. | |
22937 | |
22938 \(fn TIME)" nil nil) | |
22939 | |
22940 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
22941 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value. | |
22942 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros. | |
22943 | |
22944 \(fn DATE)" nil nil) | |
22945 | |
22946 ;;;*** | |
22947 | |
22948 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" | |
22949 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15941 42957)) | |
22950 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el | |
22951 | |
22952 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
22953 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. | |
22954 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp | |
22955 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
22956 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
22957 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
22958 look like one of the following: | |
22959 Time-stamp: <> | |
22960 Time-stamp: \" \" | |
22961 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
22962 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
22963 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
22964 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
22965 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', | |
22966 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
22967 template. | |
22968 | |
22969 \(fn)" t nil) | |
22970 | |
22971 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
22972 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
22973 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive. | |
22974 | |
22975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
22976 | |
22977 ;;;*** | |
22978 | |
22979 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string | |
22980 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out | |
22981 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in | |
22982 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" | |
22983 ;;;;;; (16148 4633)) | |
22984 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el | |
22985 | |
22986 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\ | |
22987 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline. | |
22988 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then | |
22989 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline | |
22990 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, | |
22991 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its | |
22992 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only | |
22993 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline | |
22994 display (non-nil means on). | |
22995 | |
22996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
22997 | |
22998 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\ | |
22999 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
23000 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that | |
23001 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg | |
23002 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or | |
23003 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of | |
23004 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time | |
23005 this function is called within a day. | |
23006 | |
23007 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and | |
23008 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in' | |
23009 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to | |
23010 discover the name of the project. | |
23011 | |
23012 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil) | |
23013 | |
23014 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
23015 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
23016 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was | |
23017 begun during the last time segment. | |
23018 | |
23019 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and | |
23020 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out' | |
23021 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to | |
23022 discover the reason. | |
23023 | |
23024 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil) | |
23025 | |
23026 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
23027 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment. | |
23028 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution. | |
23029 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time | |
23030 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days. | |
23031 | |
23032 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil) | |
23033 | |
23034 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\ | |
23035 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out. | |
23036 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been | |
23037 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last | |
23038 project you were working on. | |
23039 | |
23040 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil) | |
23041 | |
23042 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
23043 Ask the user before clocking out. | |
23044 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'. | |
23045 | |
23046 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
23047 | |
23048 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\ | |
23049 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes. | |
23050 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'. | |
23051 | |
23052 \(fn)" t nil) | |
23053 | |
23054 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
23055 Return a string representing the amount of time left today. | |
23056 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY | |
23057 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today. | |
23058 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of | |
23059 \"relative to today\". | |
23060 | |
23061 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil) | |
23062 | |
23063 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
23064 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today. | |
23065 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is | |
23066 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked. | |
23067 | |
23068 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil) | |
23069 | |
23070 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
23071 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today. | |
23072 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If | |
23073 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include | |
23074 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be | |
23075 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time. | |
23076 | |
23077 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil) | |
23078 | |
23079 ;;;*** | |
23080 | |
23081 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer | |
23082 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
23083 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16087 59607)) | |
23084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el | |
23085 | |
23086 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
23087 | |
23088 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
23089 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers. | |
23090 | |
23091 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil) | |
23092 | |
23093 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
23094 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION. | |
23095 | |
23096 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | |
23097 | |
23098 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
23099 Perform an action at time TIME. | |
23100 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
23101 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
23102 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
23103 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
23104 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
23105 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
23106 | |
23107 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'. | |
23108 | |
23109 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil) | |
23110 | |
23111 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
23112 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
23113 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
23114 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
23115 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
23116 | |
23117 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'. | |
23118 | |
23119 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil) | |
23120 | |
23121 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
23122 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
23123 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
23124 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'. | |
23125 | |
23126 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil) | |
23127 | |
23128 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
23129 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
23130 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
23131 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. | |
23132 | |
23133 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for | |
23134 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle). | |
23135 | |
23136 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'. | |
23137 | |
23138 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil) | |
23139 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
23140 | |
23141 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
23142 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
23143 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
23144 The call should look like: | |
23145 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
23146 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
23147 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
23148 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
23149 be detected. | |
23150 | |
23151 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
23152 | |
23153 ;;;*** | |
23154 | |
23155 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
23156 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15941 42961)) | |
23157 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el | |
23158 | |
23159 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
23160 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
23161 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
23162 the generated Quail package is saved. | |
23163 | |
23164 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil) | |
23165 | |
23166 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
23167 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
23168 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
23169 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
23170 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
23171 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
23172 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\". | |
23173 | |
23174 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil) | |
23175 | |
23176 ;;;*** | |
23177 | |
23178 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-compose-region) | |
23179 ;;;;;; "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16118 44435)) | |
23180 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el | |
23181 | |
23182 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\ | |
23183 Not documented | |
23184 | |
23185 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
23186 | |
23187 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\ | |
23188 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified. | |
23189 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable | |
23190 PATTERN regexp. | |
23191 | |
23192 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil) | |
23193 | |
23194 ;;;*** | |
23195 | |
23196 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
23197 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15557 10300)) | |
23198 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el | |
23199 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
23200 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
23201 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
23202 | |
23203 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
23204 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
23205 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
23206 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
23207 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice. | |
23208 | |
23209 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil) | |
23210 | |
23211 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
23212 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
23213 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
23214 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
23215 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
23216 | |
23217 \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | |
23218 | |
23219 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
23220 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
23221 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
23222 in the menu in two ways: | |
23223 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
23224 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
23225 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
23226 | |
23227 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
23228 keymap or an alist of alists. | |
23229 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
23230 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU. | |
23231 | |
23232 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil) | |
23233 | |
23234 ;;;*** | |
23235 | |
23236 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities | |
23237 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category) | |
23238 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 53844)) | |
23239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el | |
23240 | |
23241 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\ | |
23242 Add new category CAT to the TODO list. | |
23243 | |
23244 \(fn CAT)" t nil) | |
23245 | |
23246 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\ | |
23247 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY. | |
23248 | |
23249 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil) | |
23250 | |
23251 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\ | |
23252 Insert new TODO list entry. | |
23253 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current | |
23254 category. | |
23255 | |
23256 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
23257 | |
23258 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\ | |
23259 List top priorities for each category. | |
23260 | |
23261 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which | |
23262 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'. | |
23263 | |
23264 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted | |
23265 between each category. | |
23266 | |
23267 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil) | |
23268 | |
23269 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\ | |
23270 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'. | |
23271 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted | |
23272 between each category. | |
23273 | |
23274 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'. | |
23275 | |
23276 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil) | |
23277 | |
23278 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\ | |
23279 Major mode for editing TODO lists. | |
23280 | |
23281 \\{todo-mode-map} | |
23282 | |
23283 \(fn)" t nil) | |
23284 | |
23285 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\ | |
23286 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary. | |
23287 | |
23288 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
23289 | |
23290 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\ | |
23291 Show TODO list. | |
23292 | |
23293 \(fn)" t nil) | |
23294 | |
23295 ;;;*** | |
23296 | |
23297 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu | |
23298 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" | |
23299 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15678 51473)) | |
23300 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el | |
23301 | |
23302 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\ | |
23303 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled. | |
23304 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
23305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
23306 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.") | |
23307 | |
23308 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar") | |
23309 | |
23310 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\ | |
23311 Toggle use of the tool bar. | |
23312 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive. | |
23313 | |
23314 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for | |
23315 conveniently adding tool bar items. | |
23316 | |
23317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
23318 | |
23319 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t))) | |
23320 | |
23321 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\ | |
23322 Add an item to the tool bar. | |
23323 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol | |
23324 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments | |
23325 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See | |
23326 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. | |
23327 | |
23328 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The | |
23329 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally | |
23330 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'. | |
23331 | |
23332 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'. | |
23333 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'. | |
23334 | |
23335 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil) | |
23336 | |
23337 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\ | |
23338 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP. | |
23339 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol | |
23340 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments | |
23341 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See | |
23342 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. | |
23343 | |
23344 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The | |
23345 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally | |
23346 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'. | |
23347 | |
23348 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil) | |
23349 | |
23350 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\ | |
23351 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. | |
23352 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its | |
23353 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but | |
23354 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It | |
23355 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional | |
23356 properties to add to the binding. | |
23357 | |
23358 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap. | |
23359 | |
23360 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'. | |
23361 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'. | |
23362 | |
23363 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil) | |
23364 | |
23365 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\ | |
23366 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. | |
23367 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from | |
23368 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but | |
23369 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It | |
23370 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional | |
23371 properties to add to the binding. | |
23372 | |
23373 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap. | |
23374 | |
23375 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil) | |
23376 | |
23377 ;;;*** | |
23378 | |
23379 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" | |
23380 ;;;;;; (16162 11942)) | |
23381 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el | |
23382 | |
23383 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
23384 Mode for tooltip display. | |
23385 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
23386 | |
23387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
23388 | |
23389 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ | |
23390 Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
23391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
23392 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
23393 | |
23394 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip") | |
23395 | |
23396 ;;;*** | |
23397 | |
23398 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15678 | |
23399 ;;;;;; 51469)) | |
23400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el | |
23401 | |
23402 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
23403 | |
23404 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
23405 | |
23406 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
23407 Turn on TPU/edt emulation. | |
23408 | |
23409 \(fn)" t nil) | |
23410 | |
23411 ;;;*** | |
23412 | |
23413 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
23414 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15188 565)) | |
23415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el | |
23416 | |
23417 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
23418 Set scroll margins. | |
23419 | |
23420 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil) | |
23421 | |
23422 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
23423 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen. | |
23424 | |
23425 \(fn)" t nil) | |
23426 | |
23427 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
23428 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text. | |
23429 | |
23430 \(fn)" t nil) | |
23431 | |
23432 ;;;*** | |
23433 | |
23434 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15961 24152)) | |
23435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el | |
23436 | |
23437 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
23438 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
23439 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
23440 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
23441 to a tcp server on another machine. | |
23442 | |
23443 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil) | |
23444 | |
23445 ;;;*** | |
23446 | |
23447 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
23448 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15763 44953)) | |
23449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el | |
23450 | |
23451 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
23452 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
23453 | |
23454 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace") | |
23455 | |
23456 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
23457 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
23458 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
23459 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
23460 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
23461 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
23462 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
23463 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead. | |
23464 | |
23465 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
23466 | |
23467 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
23468 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
23469 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
23470 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
23471 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
23472 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
23473 the window or buffer configuration at all. | |
23474 | |
23475 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
23476 | |
23477 ;;;*** | |
23478 | |
23479 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler | |
23480 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp) | |
23481 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16162 11943)) | |
23482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el | |
23483 | |
23484 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\ | |
23485 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax. | |
23486 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.") | |
23487 | |
23488 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\ | |
23489 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting. | |
23490 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and | |
23491 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.") | |
23492 | |
23493 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\ | |
23494 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting. | |
23495 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS. | |
23496 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.") | |
23497 | |
23498 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\ | |
23499 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp. | |
23500 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names. | |
23501 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to | |
23502 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus, | |
23503 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist' | |
23504 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp | |
23505 files which are not really tramp files. | |
23506 | |
23507 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when | |
23508 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set | |
23509 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be | |
23510 updated after changing this variable. | |
23511 | |
23512 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.") | |
23513 | |
23514 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp") | |
23515 | |
23516 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\ | |
23517 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting. | |
23518 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and | |
23519 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.") | |
23520 | |
23521 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\ | |
23522 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting. | |
23523 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS. | |
23524 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.") | |
23525 | |
23526 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\ | |
23527 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion. | |
23528 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only. | |
23529 | |
23530 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when | |
23531 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set | |
23532 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be | |
23533 updated after changing this variable. | |
23534 | |
23535 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.") | |
23536 | |
23537 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp") | |
23538 | |
23539 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\ | |
23540 Invoke Tramp file name handler. | |
23541 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists. | |
23542 | |
23543 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
23544 | |
23545 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t) | |
23546 | |
23547 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\ | |
23548 Invoke tramp file name completion handler. | |
23549 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists. | |
23550 | |
23551 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
23552 | |
23553 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) | |
23554 | |
23555 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) | |
23556 | |
23557 ;;;*** | |
23558 | |
23559 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
23560 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16162 11944)) | |
23561 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el | |
23562 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
23563 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
23564 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
23565 | |
23566 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
23567 Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
23568 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
23569 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
23570 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
23571 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
23572 first and the associated buffer to its right. | |
23573 | |
23574 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | |
23575 | |
23576 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
23577 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
23578 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
23579 accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
23580 | |
23581 \(See \\[describe-mode] .) | |
23582 | |
23583 \(fn)" t nil) | |
23584 | |
23585 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
23586 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
23587 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
23588 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
23589 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
23590 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
23591 columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
23592 | |
23593 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
23594 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
23595 | |
23596 First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
23597 \\___/\\ | |
23598 / \\ | |
23599 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
23600 | |
23601 \(See \\[describe-mode] .) | |
23602 | |
23603 \(fn ARG)" t nil) | |
23604 | |
23605 ;;;*** | |
23606 | |
23607 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
23608 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
23609 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
23610 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16111 41826)) | |
23611 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el | |
23612 | |
23613 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
23614 Toggle typing break mode. | |
23615 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
23616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
23617 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
23618 | |
23619 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break") | |
23620 | |
23621 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
23622 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
23623 | |
23624 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break") | |
23625 | |
23626 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
23627 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
23628 | |
23629 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between | |
23630 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
23631 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
23632 | |
23633 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
23634 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
23635 | |
23636 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break") | |
23637 | |
23638 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
23639 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
23640 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
23641 | |
23642 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
23643 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
23644 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
23645 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
23646 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
23647 elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
23648 | |
23649 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
23650 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
23651 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
23652 will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
23653 | |
23654 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
23655 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
23656 | |
23657 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
23658 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
23659 | |
23660 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break") | |
23661 | |
23662 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
23663 Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
23664 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
23665 | |
23666 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
23667 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
23668 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
23669 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
23670 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
23671 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
23672 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
23673 | |
23674 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
23675 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
23676 | |
23677 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
23678 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
23679 reset the keystroke counter. | |
23680 | |
23681 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
23682 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
23683 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
23684 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
23685 | |
23686 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
23687 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
23688 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
23689 `type-break-schedule' command. | |
23690 | |
23691 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
23692 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
23693 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
23694 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
23695 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
23696 or not to continue. | |
23697 | |
23698 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
23699 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
23700 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
23701 approximate good values for this. | |
23702 | |
23703 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
23704 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
23705 | |
23706 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
23707 `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
23708 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
23709 `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
23710 `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
23711 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
23712 | |
23713 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
23714 a typing break occur. They include: | |
23715 | |
23716 `type-break-query-mode' | |
23717 `type-break-query-function' | |
23718 `type-break-query-interval' | |
23719 | |
23720 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things. | |
23721 | |
23722 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) | |
23723 | |
23724 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
23725 Take a typing break. | |
23726 | |
23727 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
23728 `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
23729 | |
23730 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
23731 as per the function `type-break-schedule'. | |
23732 | |
23733 \(fn)" t nil) | |
23734 | |
23735 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
23736 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
23737 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
23738 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc. | |
23739 | |
23740 \(fn)" t nil) | |
23741 | |
23742 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
23743 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
23744 | |
23745 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
23746 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
23747 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
23748 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
23749 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
23750 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
23751 average typing speed.) | |
23752 | |
23753 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
23754 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
23755 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
23756 the computed maximum threshold. | |
23757 | |
23758 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
23759 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
23760 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
23761 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
23762 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc. | |
23763 | |
23764 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil) | |
23765 | |
23766 ;;;*** | |
23767 | |
23768 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | |
23769 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15186 43697)) | |
23770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el | |
23771 | |
23772 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
23773 Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
23774 Works by overstriking underscores. | |
23775 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
23776 which specify the range to operate on. | |
23777 | |
23778 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
23779 | |
23780 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
23781 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
23782 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
23783 which specify the range to operate on. | |
23784 | |
23785 \(fn START END)" t nil) | |
23786 | |
23787 ;;;*** | |
23788 | |
23789 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
23790 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15961 24154)) | |
23791 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el | |
23792 | |
23793 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
23794 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
23795 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages. | |
23796 | |
23797 \(fn)" t nil) | |
23798 | |
23799 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
23800 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
23801 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
23802 following the containing message. | |
23803 | |
23804 \(fn)" t nil) | |
23805 | |
23806 ;;;*** | |
23807 | |
23808 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
23809 ;;;;;; (15764 7537)) | |
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el | |
23811 | |
23812 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
23813 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
23814 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
23815 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
23816 is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
23817 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'. | |
23818 | |
23819 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
23820 | |
23821 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
23822 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE. | |
23823 | |
23824 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil) | |
23825 | |
23826 ;;;*** | |
23827 | |
23828 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16162 | |
23829 ;;;;;; 11942)) | |
23830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el | |
23831 | |
23832 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\ | |
23833 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm; | |
23834 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list | |
23835 of symbols with local bindings. | |
23836 | |
23837 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil) | |
23838 | |
23839 ;;;*** | |
23840 | |
23841 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
23842 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15781 48897)) | |
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el | |
23844 | |
23845 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
23846 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
23847 This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
23848 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) | |
23849 to refrain from editing the file | |
23850 return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
23851 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
23852 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
23853 in any way you like. | |
23854 | |
23855 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil) | |
23856 | |
23857 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
23858 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
23859 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
23860 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
23861 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
23862 | |
23863 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
23864 The buffer in question is current when this function is called. | |
23865 | |
23866 \(fn FN)" nil nil) | |
23867 | |
23868 ;;;*** | |
23869 | |
23870 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external) | |
23871 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15186 43690)) | |
23872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el | |
23873 | |
23874 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\ | |
23875 Uudecode region between START and END using external program. | |
23876 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program | |
23877 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'. | |
23878 | |
23879 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil) | |
23880 | |
23881 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\ | |
23882 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program. | |
23883 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. | |
23884 | |
23885 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil) | |
23886 | |
23887 ;;;*** | |
23888 | |
23889 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file | |
23890 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update | |
23891 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot | |
23892 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window | |
23893 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file | |
23894 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook | |
23895 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16139 21084)) | |
23896 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el | |
23897 | |
23898 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\ | |
23899 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file. | |
23900 See `run-hooks'.") | |
23901 | |
23902 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc") | |
23903 | |
23904 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
23905 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
23906 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.") | |
23907 | |
23908 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc") | |
23909 | |
23910 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
23911 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in. | |
23912 See `run-hooks'.") | |
23913 | |
23914 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc") | |
23915 | |
23916 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\ | |
23917 Return the branch part of a revision number REV. | |
23918 | |
23919 \(fn REV)" nil nil) | |
23920 | |
23921 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
23922 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY. | |
23923 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed. | |
23924 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
23925 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
23926 somebody else, signal error. | |
23927 | |
23928 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
23929 | |
23930 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
23931 Edit FILE under version control, executing body. | |
23932 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY. | |
23933 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. | |
23934 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer. | |
23935 | |
23936 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | |
23937 | |
23938 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\ | |
23939 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors. | |
23940 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the | |
23941 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not | |
23942 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is | |
23943 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if | |
23944 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that | |
23945 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the | |
23946 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that | |
23947 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present, | |
23948 that is inserted into the command line before the filename. | |
23949 | |
23950 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil) | |
23951 | |
23952 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ | |
23953 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file. | |
23954 | |
23955 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
23956 it will operate on the file in the current line. | |
23957 | |
23958 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
23959 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on | |
23960 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
23961 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
23962 lock steals will raise an error. | |
23963 | |
23964 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
23965 | |
23966 For RCS and SCCS files: | |
23967 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
23968 control. | |
23969 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
23970 a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
23971 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
23972 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
23973 it performs a revert. | |
23974 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
23975 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
23976 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
23977 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
23978 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
23979 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
23980 the option to steal the lock. | |
23981 | |
23982 For CVS files: | |
23983 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
23984 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
23985 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
23986 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
23987 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
23988 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
23989 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
23990 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
23991 merge in the changes into your working copy. | |
23992 | |
23993 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil) | |
23994 | |
23995 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
23996 Register the current file into a version control system. | |
23997 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version | |
23998 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment. | |
23999 | |
24000 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list | |
24001 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares | |
24002 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that | |
24003 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to | |
24004 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the | |
24005 first backend that could register the file is used. | |
24006 | |
24007 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil) | |
24008 | |
24009 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
24010 Display diffs between file versions. | |
24011 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most | |
24012 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With | |
24013 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two | |
24014 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The | |
24015 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to | |
24016 saving the buffer. | |
24017 | |
24018 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil) | |
24019 | |
24020 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
24021 Visit version REV of the current file in another window. | |
24022 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | |
24023 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again. | |
24024 | |
24025 \(fn REV)" t nil) | |
24026 | |
24027 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
24028 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system. | |
24029 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from | |
24030 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'. | |
24031 | |
24032 \(fn)" t nil) | |
24033 | |
24034 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\ | |
24035 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file. | |
24036 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the | |
24037 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that | |
24038 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes | |
24039 from the current branch. | |
24040 | |
24041 See Info node `Merging'. | |
24042 | |
24043 \(fn)" t nil) | |
24044 | |
24045 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff)) | |
24046 | |
24047 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\ | |
24048 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR. | |
24049 | |
24050 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'. | |
24051 | |
24052 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override | |
24053 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing. | |
24054 | |
24055 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil) | |
24056 | |
24057 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
24058 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME. | |
24059 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version | |
24060 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument | |
24061 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files | |
24062 are checked out in that new branch. | |
24063 | |
24064 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil) | |
24065 | |
24066 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
24067 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME. | |
24068 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions. | |
24069 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any | |
24070 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are | |
24071 allowed and simply skipped). | |
24072 | |
24073 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil) | |
24074 | |
24075 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
24076 List the change log of the current buffer in a window. | |
24077 | |
24078 \(fn)" t nil) | |
24079 | |
24080 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
24081 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on. | |
24082 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | |
24083 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer | |
24084 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so. | |
24085 | |
24086 \(fn)" t nil) | |
24087 | |
24088 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\ | |
24089 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch. | |
24090 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces | |
24091 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains | |
24092 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from | |
24093 the current branch are merged into the working file. | |
24094 | |
24095 \(fn)" t nil) | |
24096 | |
24097 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
24098 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
24099 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards. | |
24100 | |
24101 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil) | |
24102 | |
24103 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\ | |
24104 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE. | |
24105 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not | |
24106 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes | |
24107 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it. | |
24108 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends. | |
24109 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument. | |
24110 | |
24111 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil) | |
24112 | |
24113 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\ | |
24114 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND. | |
24115 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend | |
24116 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in | |
24117 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the | |
24118 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current | |
24119 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current | |
24120 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend. | |
24121 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.) | |
24122 | |
24123 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil) | |
24124 | |
24125 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ | |
24126 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise. | |
24127 | |
24128 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil) | |
24129 | |
24130 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
24131 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs. | |
24132 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default | |
24133 directory. | |
24134 | |
24135 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file. | |
24136 | |
24137 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
24138 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
24139 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
24140 | |
24141 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which | |
24142 log entries should be gathered. | |
24143 | |
24144 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil) | |
24145 | |
24146 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
24147 Display the edit history of the current file using colours. | |
24148 | |
24149 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current | |
24150 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are | |
24151 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means | |
24152 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By | |
24153 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past; | |
24154 everything that is older than that is shown in blue. | |
24155 | |
24156 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the | |
24157 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer | |
24158 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version | |
24159 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then, | |
24160 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range | |
24161 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes | |
24162 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their | |
24163 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue. | |
24164 | |
24165 Customization variables: | |
24166 | |
24167 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
24168 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
24169 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
24170 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color. | |
24171 | |
24172 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil) | |
24173 | |
24174 ;;;*** | |
24175 | |
24176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16136 53054)) | |
24177 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el | |
24178 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f) | |
24179 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name | |
24180 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f))) | |
24181 (load "vc-cvs") | |
24182 (vc-cvs-registered f))) | |
24183 | |
24184 ;;;*** | |
24185 | |
24186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16070 35807)) | |
24187 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el | |
24188 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file) | |
24189 (let ((dir file)) | |
24190 (while (and (stringp dir) | |
24191 (not (equal | |
24192 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir)))) | |
24193 dir) | |
24194 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p | |
24195 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir)) | |
24196 t (directory-file-name dir)))) | |
24197 (if (eq dir t) | |
24198 (progn | |
24199 (load "vc-mcvs") | |
24200 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))) | |
24201 | |
24202 ;;;*** | |
24203 | |
24204 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el" | |
24205 ;;;;;; (16070 35807)) | |
24206 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el | |
24207 | |
24208 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\ | |
24209 *Where to look for RCS master files. | |
24210 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
24211 | |
24212 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs") | |
24213 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f)) | |
24214 | |
24215 ;;;*** | |
24216 | |
24217 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el" | |
24218 ;;;;;; (16070 35807)) | |
24219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el | |
24220 | |
24221 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\ | |
24222 *Where to look for SCCS master files. | |
24223 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
24224 | |
24225 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs") | |
24226 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f)) | |
24227 | |
24228 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\ | |
24229 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory. | |
24230 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not | |
24231 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir))))) | |
24232 | |
24233 ;;;*** | |
24234 | |
24235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16162 11942)) | |
24236 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el | |
24237 (defun vc-svn-registered (f) | |
24238 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name | |
24239 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f))) | |
24240 (load "vc-svn") | |
24241 (vc-svn-registered f))) | |
24242 | |
24243 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/") | |
24244 | |
24245 ;;;*** | |
24246 | |
24247 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" | |
24248 ;;;;;; (15997 673)) | |
24249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el | |
24250 | |
24251 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
24252 Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
24253 | |
24254 Usage: | |
24255 ------ | |
24256 | |
24257 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): | |
24258 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for | |
24259 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing | |
24260 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current | |
24261 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square | |
24262 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for | |
24263 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left | |
24264 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled | |
24265 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
24266 | |
24267 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the | |
24268 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. | |
24269 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by | |
24270 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS). | |
24271 | |
24272 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key | |
24273 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing | |
24274 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and | |
24275 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond, | |
24276 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
24277 | |
24278 Template styles can be customized in customization group | |
24279 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS). | |
24280 | |
24281 | |
24282 HEADER INSERTION: | |
24283 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer | |
24284 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'. | |
24285 See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
24286 | |
24287 | |
24288 STUTTERING: | |
24289 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements. | |
24290 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by | |
24291 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
24292 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
24293 | |
24294 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
24295 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
24296 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
24297 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
24298 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
24299 | |
24300 | |
24301 WORD COMPLETION: | |
24302 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a | |
24303 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case. | |
24304 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also | |
24305 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
24306 | |
24307 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
24308 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as | |
24309 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations | |
24310 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types | |
24311 beginning with \"std\"). | |
24312 | |
24313 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the | |
24314 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and | |
24315 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator | |
24316 stop. | |
24317 | |
24318 | |
24319 COMMENTS: | |
24320 `--' puts a single comment. | |
24321 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
24322 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines | |
24323 with a comment in between. | |
24324 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments | |
24325 out following lines. | |
24326 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
24327 uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
24328 | |
24329 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
24330 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process | |
24331 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. | |
24332 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after | |
24333 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is | |
24334 non-nil. | |
24335 | |
24336 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) | |
24337 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at | |
24338 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment | |
24339 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' | |
24340 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills | |
24341 multi-line comments. | |
24342 | |
24343 | |
24344 INDENTATION: | |
24345 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of | |
24346 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l' | |
24347 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option | |
24348 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). | |
24349 | |
24350 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region | |
24351 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are | |
24352 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) | |
24353 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. | |
24354 | |
24355 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of | |
24356 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs | |
24357 and vice versa. | |
24358 | |
24359 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option | |
24360 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation. | |
24361 | |
24362 | |
24363 ALIGNMENT: | |
24364 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments | |
24365 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines | |
24366 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same | |
24367 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by | |
24368 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c | |
24369 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c | |
24370 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments | |
24371 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region. | |
24372 | |
24373 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines | |
24374 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are | |
24375 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil, | |
24376 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates | |
24377 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align' | |
24378 is non-nil. | |
24379 | |
24380 Alignment tries to align inline comments at | |
24381 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed | |
24382 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. | |
24383 | |
24384 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator | |
24385 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
24386 | |
24387 | |
24388 | CODE FILLING: | |
24389 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port | |
24390 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all | |
24391 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list | |
24392 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by | |
24393 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and | |
24394 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region. | |
24395 | |
24396 | |
24397 CODE BEAUTIFICATION: | |
24398 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire | |
24399 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case | |
24400 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the | |
24401 command: | |
24402 | |
24403 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer | |
24404 | |
24405 | |
24406 PORT TRANSLATION: | |
24407 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be | |
24408 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations, | |
24409 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and | |
24410 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as | |
24411 internal signal initializations (menu). | |
24412 | |
24413 To include formals in component instantiations, see option | |
24414 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting, | |
24415 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'. | |
24416 | |
24417 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be | |
24418 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The | |
24419 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become | |
24420 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This | |
24421 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected | |
24422 | in subsequent paste operations.) | |
24423 | |
24424 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and | |
24425 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according | |
24426 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
24427 | |
24428 | |
24429 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION: | |
24430 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of | |
24431 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied | |
24432 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses | |
24433 | association list with formals). | |
24434 | |
24435 | |
24436 TESTBENCH GENERATION: | |
24437 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated | |
24438 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional | |
24439 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and | |
24440 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal | |
24441 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The | |
24442 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file | |
24443 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group | |
24444 `vhdl-testbench'. | |
24445 | |
24446 | |
24447 KEY BINDINGS: | |
24448 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu). | |
24449 | |
24450 | |
24451 VHDL MENU: | |
24452 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings. | |
24453 | |
24454 | |
24455 FILE BROWSER: | |
24456 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can | |
24457 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option | |
24458 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil. | |
24459 | |
24460 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
24461 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
24462 | |
24463 | |
24464 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: | |
24465 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units | |
24466 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified | |
24467 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
24468 | |
24469 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and | |
24470 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f', | |
24471 `h' or `H' in speedbar. | |
24472 | |
24473 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse | |
24474 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied | |
24475 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and | |
24476 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry). | |
24477 | |
24478 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source | |
24479 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The | |
24480 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the | |
24481 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see | |
24482 options in group `vhdl-speedbar'). | |
24483 | |
24484 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as | |
24485 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are | |
24486 required by secondary units. | |
24487 | |
24488 | |
24489 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION: | |
24490 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton | |
24491 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and | |
24492 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port | |
24493 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally, | |
24494 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals | |
24495 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules: | |
24496 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be | |
24497 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port) | |
24498 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as | |
24499 | inputs to this component -> input port created | |
24500 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as | |
24501 | outputs from this component -> output port created | |
24502 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are | |
24503 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created | |
24504 | | |
24505 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option | |
24506 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for | |
24507 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct | |
24508 | component instantiation is also supported (option | |
24509 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation'). | |
24510 | | |
24511 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to | |
24512 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key | |
24513 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new | |
24514 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy | |
24515 | browser, and wiring everything automatically. | |
24516 | | |
24517 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new | |
24518 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode. | |
24519 | | |
24520 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options. | |
24521 | |
24522 | |
24523 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: | |
24524 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL | |
24525 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by | |
24526 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option | |
24527 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
24528 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax | |
24529 information. New compilers can be added. | |
24530 | |
24531 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make' | |
24532 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
24533 | |
24534 | |
24535 MAKEFILE GENERATION: | |
24536 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation | |
24537 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is | |
24538 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be | |
24539 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
24540 | |
24541 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the | |
24542 command: | |
24543 | |
24544 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode | |
24545 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname] | |
24546 -f vhdl-generate-makefile | |
24547 | |
24548 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the | |
24549 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the | |
24550 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target | |
24551 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this | |
24552 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of | |
24553 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be | |
24554 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'. | |
24555 | |
24556 Limitations: | |
24557 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are | |
24558 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are | |
24559 not (yet) supported. | |
24560 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical), | |
24561 but configurations that go down several levels are not. | |
24562 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported. | |
24563 | |
24564 | |
24565 PROJECTS: | |
24566 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current | |
24567 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from | |
24568 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and | |
24569 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories | |
24570 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and | |
24571 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be | |
24572 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option | |
24573 `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
24574 | |
24575 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported. | |
24576 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but | |
24577 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting | |
24578 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l | |
24579 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is | |
24580 automatically loaded and its project activated if option | |
24581 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup | |
24582 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple | |
24583 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories. | |
24584 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option | |
24585 `vhdl-project-alist'. | |
24586 | |
24587 | |
24588 SPECIAL MENUES: | |
24589 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set | |
24590 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu | |
24591 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up | |
24592 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is | |
24593 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be | |
24594 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the | |
24595 current directory for VHDL source files. | |
24596 | |
24597 | |
24598 VHDL STANDARDS: | |
24599 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'. | |
24600 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages. | |
24601 | |
24602 | |
24603 KEYWORD CASE: | |
24604 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
24605 and enumeration values is supported. If the option | |
24606 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in | |
24607 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for | |
24608 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, | |
24609 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire | |
24610 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options | |
24611 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
24612 | |
24613 | |
24614 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): | |
24615 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and | |
24616 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well | |
24617 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using | |
24618 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant, | |
24619 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are | |
24620 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
24621 | |
24622 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words | |
24623 that should be avoided) can be specified in option | |
24624 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in | |
24625 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog | |
24626 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option | |
24627 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
24628 | |
24629 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their | |
24630 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting | |
24631 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to | |
24632 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds | |
24633 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them | |
24634 visually. | |
24635 | |
24636 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order | |
24637 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
24638 highlighted if written in lower case. | |
24639 | |
24640 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is | |
24641 highlighted using a different background color if option | |
24642 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil. | |
24643 | |
24644 For documentation and customization of the used colors see | |
24645 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For | |
24646 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
24647 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by | |
24648 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs). | |
24649 | |
24650 | |
24651 USER MODELS: | |
24652 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible | |
24653 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
24654 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
24655 | |
24656 | |
24657 HIDE/SHOW: | |
24658 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and | |
24659 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can | |
24660 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within | |
24661 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited | |
24662 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package. | |
24663 | |
24664 | |
24665 CODE UPDATING: | |
24666 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the | |
24667 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer. | |
24668 Limitations: | |
24669 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in | |
24670 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted. | |
24671 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted. | |
24672 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards). | |
24673 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read. | |
24674 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name | |
24675 (used to obtain the port names). | |
24676 | |
24677 | |
24678 CODE FIXING: | |
24679 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause | |
24680 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing). | |
24681 | |
24682 | |
24683 PRINTING: | |
24684 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is | |
24685 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if | |
24686 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
24687 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
24688 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. | |
24689 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
24690 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white | |
24691 printers. | |
24692 | |
24693 | |
24694 OPTIONS: | |
24695 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are | |
24696 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches | |
24697 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a | |
24698 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future | |
24699 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry. | |
24700 | |
24701 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using | |
24702 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x | |
24703 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect | |
24704 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation). | |
24705 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the | |
24706 INSTALL file). | |
24707 | |
24708 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see | |
24709 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)! | |
24710 | |
24711 | |
24712 FILE EXTENSIONS: | |
24713 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
24714 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension | |
24715 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
24716 | |
24717 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
24718 | |
24719 | |
24720 HINTS: | |
24721 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load | |
24722 a VHDL file first, use the command: | |
24723 | |
24724 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode | |
24725 | |
24726 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
24727 | |
24728 - Some features only work on properly indented code. | |
24729 | |
24730 | |
24731 RELEASE NOTES: | |
24732 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases. | |
24733 | |
24734 | |
24735 Maintenance: | |
24736 ------------ | |
24737 | |
24738 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode. | |
24739 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
24740 | |
24741 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>. | |
24742 | |
24743 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
24744 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta | |
24745 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe | |
24746 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>. | |
24747 | |
24748 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at | |
24749 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html | |
24750 where the latest version can be found. | |
24751 | |
24752 | |
24753 Known problems: | |
24754 --------------- | |
24755 | |
24756 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
24757 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar. | |
24758 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher). | |
24759 | |
24760 | |
24761 The VHDL Mode Authors | |
24762 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
24763 | |
24764 Key bindings: | |
24765 ------------- | |
24766 | |
24767 \\{vhdl-mode-map} | |
24768 | |
24769 \(fn)" t nil) | |
24770 | |
24771 ;;;*** | |
24772 | |
24773 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15941 42958)) | |
24774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el | |
24775 | |
24776 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
24777 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
24778 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
24779 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
24780 | |
24781 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
24782 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
24783 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
24784 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
24785 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
24786 | |
24787 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
24788 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
24789 | |
24790 Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
24791 | |
24792 * Limitations and unsupported features | |
24793 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
24794 not supported. | |
24795 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
24796 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
24797 | |
24798 * Modifications | |
24799 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
24800 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
24801 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
24802 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
24803 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
24804 for undoing a repeated change command. | |
24805 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
24806 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
24807 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
24808 | |
24809 * Extensions | |
24810 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
24811 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
24812 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
24813 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
24814 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
24815 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
24816 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
24817 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
24818 | |
24819 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs. | |
24820 | |
24821 \(fn)" t nil) | |
24822 | |
24823 ;;;*** | |
24824 | |
24825 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
24826 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
24827 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" | |
24828 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16118 44435)) | |
24829 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el | |
24830 | |
24831 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
24832 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate. | |
24833 | |
24834 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) | |
24835 | |
24836 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
24837 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters. | |
24838 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
24839 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region. | |
24840 | |
24841 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
24842 | |
24843 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
24844 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters. | |
24845 | |
24846 \(fn)" t nil) | |
24847 | |
24848 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
24849 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
24850 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
24851 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region. | |
24852 | |
24853 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | |
24854 | |
24855 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
24856 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
24857 | |
24858 \(fn)" t nil) | |
24859 | |
24860 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\ | |
24861 Not documented | |
24862 | |
24863 \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | |
24864 | |
24865 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\ | |
24866 Not documented | |
24867 | |
24868 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | |
24869 | |
24870 ;;;*** | |
24871 | |
24872 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
24873 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
24874 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16142 | |
24875 ;;;;;; 9350)) | |
24876 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el | |
24877 | |
24878 (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
24879 Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
24880 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
24881 functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
24882 | |
24883 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
24884 | |
24885 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
24886 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
24887 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
24888 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
24889 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
24890 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
24891 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
24892 | |
24893 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
24894 | |
24895 \(fn FILE)" t nil) | |
24896 | |
24897 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
24898 View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
24899 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
24900 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
24901 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
24902 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
24903 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
24904 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
24905 | |
24906 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
24907 | |
24908 \(fn FILE)" t nil) | |
24909 | |
24910 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
24911 View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
24912 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
24913 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
24914 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
24915 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
24916 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
24917 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
24918 | |
24919 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
24920 | |
24921 \(fn FILE)" t nil) | |
24922 | |
24923 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
24924 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
24925 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
24926 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
24927 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
24928 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
24929 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
24930 | |
24931 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
24932 | |
24933 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
24934 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
24935 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'. | |
24936 | |
24937 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil) | |
24938 | |
24939 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
24940 View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
24941 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
24942 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
24943 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
24944 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
24945 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
24946 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
24947 | |
24948 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
24949 | |
24950 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
24951 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
24952 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'. | |
24953 | |
24954 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil) | |
24955 | |
24956 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
24957 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
24958 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
24959 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
24960 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
24961 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
24962 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
24963 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
24964 | |
24965 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
24966 | |
24967 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
24968 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
24969 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'. | |
24970 | |
24971 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil) | |
24972 | |
24973 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
24974 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
24975 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
24976 | |
24977 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
24978 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
24979 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
24980 read-only. | |
24981 \\<view-mode-map> | |
24982 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
24983 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
24984 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
24985 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
24986 commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
24987 | |
24988 H, h, ? This message. | |
24989 Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
24990 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
24991 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
24992 > move to the end of buffer. | |
24993 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
24994 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines. | |
24995 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. | |
24996 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines. | |
24997 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. | |
24998 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
24999 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
25000 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
25001 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. | |
25002 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
25003 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. | |
25004 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). | |
25005 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). | |
25006 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. | |
25007 Use this to view a changing file. | |
25008 \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
25009 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
25010 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
25011 . set the mark. | |
25012 x exchanges point and mark. | |
25013 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
25014 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
25015 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
25016 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
25017 ' go to position saved in character register. | |
25018 s do forward incremental search. | |
25019 r do reverse incremental search. | |
25020 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
25021 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
25022 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
25023 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
25024 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
25025 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
25026 p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
25027 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state. | |
25028 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
25029 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
25030 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
25031 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer. | |
25032 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable | |
25033 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode. | |
25034 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state. | |
25035 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
25036 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
25037 | |
25038 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
25039 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame | |
25040 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will | |
25041 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer | |
25042 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, | |
25043 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] | |
25044 will return to that buffer. | |
25045 | |
25046 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
25047 | |
25048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
25049 | |
25050 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
25051 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
25052 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
25053 `view-return-to-alist'. | |
25054 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
25055 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
25056 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
25057 | |
25058 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
25059 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
25060 WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
25061 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
25062 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
25063 1) nil Do nothing. | |
25064 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
25065 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
25066 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
25067 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. | |
25068 | |
25069 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
25070 | |
25071 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
25072 | |
25073 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil) | |
25074 | |
25075 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
25076 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
25077 | |
25078 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25079 | |
25080 ;;;*** | |
25081 | |
25082 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16111 | |
25083 ;;;;;; 41830)) | |
25084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el | |
25085 | |
25086 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\ | |
25087 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users. | |
25088 | |
25089 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
25090 | |
25091 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
25092 Turn on VIP emulation of VI. | |
25093 | |
25094 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25095 | |
25096 ;;;*** | |
25097 | |
25098 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
25099 ;;;;;; (15941 42958)) | |
25100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el | |
25101 | |
25102 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
25103 Toggle Viper on/off. | |
25104 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on. | |
25105 | |
25106 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25107 | |
25108 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
25109 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi. | |
25110 | |
25111 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25112 | |
25113 ;;;*** | |
25114 | |
25115 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" | |
25116 ;;;;;; (16087 59607)) | |
25117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el | |
25118 | |
25119 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\ | |
25120 Function to generate warning prefixes. | |
25121 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments, | |
25122 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels', | |
25123 and should return the entry that should actually be used. | |
25124 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called | |
25125 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes | |
25126 the beginning of the warning.") | |
25127 | |
25128 (defvar warning-series nil "\ | |
25129 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series. | |
25130 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer | |
25131 which is the start of the current series; it means that | |
25132 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point. | |
25133 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here). | |
25134 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except | |
25135 also call that function before the next warning.") | |
25136 | |
25137 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\ | |
25138 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.") | |
25139 | |
25140 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\ | |
25141 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message. | |
25142 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the | |
25143 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.") | |
25144 | |
25145 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\ | |
25146 Display a warning message, MESSAGE. | |
25147 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol), | |
25148 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name. | |
25149 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes | |
25150 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.) | |
25151 | |
25152 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency. | |
25153 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon | |
25154 if you do not attend to it promptly. | |
25155 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong. | |
25156 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong, | |
25157 but raise suspicion of a possible problem. | |
25158 :debug -- info for debugging only. | |
25159 | |
25160 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the | |
25161 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. | |
25162 | |
25163 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features. | |
25164 | |
25165 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and | |
25166 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features. | |
25167 | |
25168 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil) | |
25169 | |
25170 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\ | |
25171 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...). | |
25172 Aside from generating the message with `format', | |
25173 this is equivalent to `display-warning'. | |
25174 | |
25175 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol). | |
25176 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name. | |
25177 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and | |
25178 can be whatever you like.) | |
25179 | |
25180 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency. | |
25181 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon | |
25182 if you do not attend to it promptly. | |
25183 :error -- invalid data or circumstances. | |
25184 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances. | |
25185 | |
25186 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
25187 | |
25188 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\ | |
25189 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...). | |
25190 Aside from generating the message with `format', | |
25191 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using | |
25192 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level. | |
25193 | |
25194 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
25195 | |
25196 ;;;*** | |
25197 | |
25198 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15941 42963)) | |
25199 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el | |
25200 | |
25201 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
25202 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
25203 | |
25204 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
25205 hotlist. | |
25206 | |
25207 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
25208 <nwv@acm.org>. | |
25209 | |
25210 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25211 | |
25212 ;;;*** | |
25213 | |
25214 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" | |
25215 ;;;;;; (16087 59843)) | |
25216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el | |
25217 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t) | |
25218 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t) | |
25219 | |
25220 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode)) | |
25221 | |
25222 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\ | |
25223 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled. | |
25224 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
25225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
25226 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.") | |
25227 | |
25228 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func") | |
25229 | |
25230 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
25231 Toggle Which Function mode, globally. | |
25232 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
25233 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
25234 | |
25235 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, | |
25236 and off otherwise. | |
25237 | |
25238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
25239 | |
25240 ;;;*** | |
25241 | |
25242 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode | |
25243 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region | |
25244 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check | |
25245 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check | |
25246 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" | |
25247 ;;;;;; (16111 41826)) | |
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el | |
25249 | |
25250 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
25251 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer. | |
25252 | |
25253 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25254 | |
25255 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
25256 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer. | |
25257 | |
25258 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25259 | |
25260 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
25261 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer. | |
25262 | |
25263 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25264 | |
25265 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
25266 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer. | |
25267 | |
25268 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25269 | |
25270 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
25271 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer. | |
25272 | |
25273 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25274 | |
25275 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ | |
25276 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer. | |
25277 These are: | |
25278 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
25279 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
25280 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
25281 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
25282 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
25283 | |
25284 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
25285 and: | |
25286 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
25287 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument. | |
25288 | |
25289 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil) | |
25290 | |
25291 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
25292 Check the region for whitespace errors. | |
25293 | |
25294 \(fn S E)" t nil) | |
25295 | |
25296 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
25297 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
25298 | |
25299 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
25300 whitespace problems. | |
25301 | |
25302 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25303 | |
25304 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
25305 Whitespace cleanup on the region. | |
25306 | |
25307 \(fn S E)" t nil) | |
25308 | |
25309 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\ | |
25310 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled. | |
25311 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
25312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
25313 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.") | |
25314 | |
25315 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace") | |
25316 | |
25317 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\ | |
25318 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers. | |
25319 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. | |
25320 | |
25321 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to | |
25322 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'. | |
25323 | |
25324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
25325 | |
25326 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\ | |
25327 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled. | |
25328 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'. | |
25329 | |
25330 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25331 | |
25332 ;;;*** | |
25333 | |
25334 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse | |
25335 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15941 42957)) | |
25336 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el | |
25337 | |
25338 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
25339 Browse the widget under point. | |
25340 | |
25341 \(fn POS)" t nil) | |
25342 | |
25343 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
25344 Create a widget browser for WIDGET. | |
25345 | |
25346 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil) | |
25347 | |
25348 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
25349 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window. | |
25350 | |
25351 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil) | |
25352 | |
25353 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
25354 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
25355 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
25356 | |
25357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
25358 | |
25359 ;;;*** | |
25360 | |
25361 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create | |
25362 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16111 | |
25363 ;;;;;; 41826)) | |
25364 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el | |
25365 | |
25366 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\ | |
25367 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget. | |
25368 | |
25369 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil) | |
25370 | |
25371 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
25372 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
25373 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil. | |
25374 | |
25375 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil) | |
25376 | |
25377 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
25378 Create widget of TYPE. | |
25379 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments. | |
25380 | |
25381 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
25382 | |
25383 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
25384 Delete WIDGET. | |
25385 | |
25386 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil) | |
25387 | |
25388 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\ | |
25389 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only. | |
25390 | |
25391 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | |
25392 | |
25393 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " | |
25394 " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\ | |
25395 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets. | |
25396 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.") | |
25397 | |
25398 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\ | |
25399 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works. | |
25400 | |
25401 \(fn)" nil nil) | |
25402 | |
25403 ;;;*** | |
25404 | |
25405 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right | |
25406 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16111 | |
25407 ;;;;;; 41826)) | |
25408 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el | |
25409 | |
25410 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\ | |
25411 Select the window to the left of the current one. | |
25412 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
25413 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
25414 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge | |
25415 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
25416 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. | |
25417 | |
25418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
25419 | |
25420 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\ | |
25421 Select the window above the current one. | |
25422 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\" | |
25423 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is | |
25424 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for | |
25425 negative ARG) of the current window. | |
25426 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. | |
25427 | |
25428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
25429 | |
25430 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\ | |
25431 Select the window to the right of the current one. | |
25432 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
25433 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window; | |
25434 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the | |
25435 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
25436 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. | |
25437 | |
25438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
25439 | |
25440 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\ | |
25441 Select the window below the current one. | |
25442 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
25443 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
25444 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge | |
25445 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
25446 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. | |
25447 | |
25448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
25449 | |
25450 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\ | |
25451 Set up keybindings for `windmove'. | |
25452 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}. | |
25453 Default MODIFIER is 'shift. | |
25454 | |
25455 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil) | |
25456 | |
25457 ;;;*** | |
25458 | |
25459 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" | |
25460 ;;;;;; (15941 42957)) | |
25461 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el | |
25462 | |
25463 (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | |
25464 Toggle winner-mode. | |
25465 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
25466 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | |
25467 | |
25468 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner") | |
25469 | |
25470 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | |
25471 Toggle Winner mode. | |
25472 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
25473 | |
25474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
25475 | |
25476 ;;;*** | |
25477 | |
25478 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman" | |
25479 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16012 41365)) | |
25480 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el | |
25481 | |
25482 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\ | |
25483 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program). | |
25484 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode. | |
25485 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the | |
25486 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and | |
25487 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for | |
25488 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be | |
25489 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory). | |
25490 | |
25491 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC | |
25492 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching. | |
25493 | |
25494 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil) | |
25495 | |
25496 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
25497 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file. | |
25498 | |
25499 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25500 | |
25501 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
25502 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME. | |
25503 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given. | |
25504 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting | |
25505 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier. | |
25506 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to | |
25507 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the | |
25508 `woman' command for further details. | |
25509 | |
25510 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil) | |
25511 | |
25512 ;;;*** | |
25513 | |
25514 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" | |
25515 ;;;;;; (15941 42958)) | |
25516 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el | |
25517 | |
25518 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
25519 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
25520 | |
25521 BUGS: | |
25522 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
25523 are not implemented | |
25524 - Options for search and replace | |
25525 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
25526 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
25527 | |
25528 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
25529 Emacs-like. | |
25530 | |
25531 The key bindings are: | |
25532 | |
25533 C-a backward-word | |
25534 C-b fill-paragraph | |
25535 C-c scroll-up-line | |
25536 C-d forward-char | |
25537 C-e previous-line | |
25538 C-f forward-word | |
25539 C-g delete-char | |
25540 C-h backward-char | |
25541 C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
25542 C-j help-for-help | |
25543 C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
25544 C-l ws-repeat-search | |
25545 C-n open-line | |
25546 C-p quoted-insert | |
25547 C-r scroll-down-line | |
25548 C-s backward-char | |
25549 C-t kill-word | |
25550 C-u keyboard-quit | |
25551 C-v overwrite-mode | |
25552 C-w scroll-down | |
25553 C-x next-line | |
25554 C-y kill-complete-line | |
25555 C-z scroll-up | |
25556 | |
25557 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
25558 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
25559 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
25560 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
25561 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
25562 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
25563 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
25564 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
25565 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
25566 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
25567 C-k b ws-begin-block | |
25568 C-k c ws-copy-block | |
25569 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
25570 C-k f find-file | |
25571 C-k h ws-show-markers | |
25572 C-k i ws-indent-block | |
25573 C-k k ws-end-block | |
25574 C-k p ws-print-block | |
25575 C-k q kill-emacs | |
25576 C-k r insert-file | |
25577 C-k s save-some-buffers | |
25578 C-k t ws-mark-word | |
25579 C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
25580 C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
25581 C-k v ws-move-block | |
25582 C-k w ws-write-block | |
25583 C-k x kill-emacs | |
25584 C-k y ws-delete-block | |
25585 | |
25586 C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
25587 C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
25588 C-o j justify-current-line | |
25589 C-o k kill-buffer | |
25590 C-o l list-buffers | |
25591 C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
25592 C-o r set-fill-column | |
25593 C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
25594 C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
25595 C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
25596 C-o wo other-window | |
25597 C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
25598 | |
25599 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
25600 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
25601 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
25602 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
25603 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
25604 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
25605 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
25606 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
25607 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
25608 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
25609 C-q a ws-query-replace | |
25610 C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
25611 C-q c end-of-buffer | |
25612 C-q d end-of-line | |
25613 C-q f ws-search | |
25614 C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
25615 C-q l ws-undo | |
25616 C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
25617 C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
25618 C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
25619 C-q w ws-last-error | |
25620 C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
25621 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
25622 | |
25623 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25624 | |
25625 ;;;*** | |
25626 | |
25627 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el" | |
25628 ;;;;;; (16148 4633)) | |
25629 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el | |
25630 | |
25631 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\ | |
25632 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE. | |
25633 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it. | |
25634 Returns the top node with all its children. | |
25635 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped. | |
25636 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. | |
25637 | |
25638 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil) | |
25639 | |
25640 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\ | |
25641 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER. | |
25642 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer. | |
25643 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region | |
25644 is not well-formed XML. | |
25645 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped, | |
25646 and returned as the first element of the list. | |
25647 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. | |
25648 | |
25649 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil) | |
25650 | |
25651 ;;;*** | |
25652 | |
25653 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16025 | |
25654 ;;;;;; 36883)) | |
25655 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el | |
25656 | |
25657 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\ | |
25658 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled. | |
25659 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
25660 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
25661 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.") | |
25662 | |
25663 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse") | |
25664 | |
25665 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
25666 Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
25667 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
25668 | |
25669 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands. | |
25670 | |
25671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | |
25672 | |
25673 ;;;*** | |
25674 | |
25675 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
25676 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15407 8860)) | |
25677 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el | |
25678 | |
25679 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
25680 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it. | |
25681 | |
25682 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil) | |
25683 | |
25684 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
25685 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point. | |
25686 | |
25687 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil) | |
25688 | |
25689 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
25690 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
25691 If called interactively, display a list of matches. | |
25692 | |
25693 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | |
25694 | |
25695 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
25696 Zippy goes to the analyst. | |
25697 | |
25698 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25699 | |
25700 ;;;*** | |
25701 | |
25702 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15678 51471)) | |
25703 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el | |
25704 | |
25705 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\ | |
25706 Zone out, completely. | |
25707 | |
25708 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25709 | |
25710 ;;;*** | |
25711 | |
25712 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" | |
25713 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15941 42963)) | |
25714 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el | |
25715 | |
25716 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
25717 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified. | |
25718 | |
25719 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25720 | |
25721 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ | |
25722 A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
25723 | |
25724 Zone-mode does two things: | |
25725 | |
25726 - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
25727 when saving the file | |
25728 | |
25729 - fontification | |
25730 | |
25731 \(fn)" t nil) | |
25732 | |
25733 ;;;*** | |
25734 | |
25735 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el" | |
25736 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" | |
25737 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" | |
25738 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" | |
25739 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" | |
25740 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" | |
25741 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el" | |
25742 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" | |
25743 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" | |
25744 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" | |
25745 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" | |
25746 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" | |
25747 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" | |
25748 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" | |
25749 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" | |
25750 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" | |
25751 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" | |
25752 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" | |
25753 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "case-table.el" | |
25754 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" | |
25755 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" | |
25756 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" | |
25757 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" | |
25758 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" | |
25759 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" | |
25760 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" | |
25761 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" | |
25762 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" | |
25763 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" | |
25764 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" | |
25765 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el" | |
25766 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" | |
25767 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" | |
25768 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" | |
25769 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" | |
25770 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" | |
25771 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" | |
25772 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" | |
25773 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" | |
25774 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" | |
25775 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" | |
25776 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" | |
25777 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" | |
25778 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" | |
25779 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" | |
25780 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" | |
25781 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" | |
25782 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" | |
25783 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" | |
25784 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" | |
25785 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" | |
25786 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" | |
25787 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el" | |
25788 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" | |
25789 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" | |
25790 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" | |
25791 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" | |
25792 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" | |
25793 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" | |
25794 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el" | |
25795 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" | |
25796 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" | |
25797 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" | |
25798 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" | |
25799 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" | |
25800 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" | |
25801 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" | |
25802 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" | |
25803 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el" | |
25804 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el" | |
25805 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" | |
25806 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el" | |
25807 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el" | |
25808 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el" | |
25809 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el" | |
25810 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el" | |
25811 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el" | |
25812 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el" | |
25813 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el" | |
25814 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" | |
25815 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el" | |
25816 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" | |
25817 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" | |
25818 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" | |
25819 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" | |
25820 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el" | |
25821 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" | |
25822 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" | |
25823 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" | |
25824 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el" | |
25825 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" | |
25826 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" | |
25827 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" | |
25828 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el" | |
25829 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" | |
25830 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" | |
25831 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el" | |
25832 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" | |
25833 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el" | |
25834 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" | |
25835 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" | |
25836 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" | |
25837 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" | |
25838 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" | |
25839 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" | |
25840 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" | |
25841 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" | |
25842 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" | |
25843 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" | |
25844 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" | |
25845 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" | |
25846 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el" | |
25847 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" | |
25848 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" | |
25849 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" | |
25850 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" | |
25851 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" | |
25852 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" | |
25853 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" | |
25854 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" | |
25855 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" | |
25856 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" | |
25857 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" | |
25858 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" | |
25859 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" | |
25860 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" | |
25861 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" | |
25862 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" | |
25863 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" | |
25864 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" | |
25865 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (16174 63124 427475)) | |
25866 | |
25867 ;;;*** | |
25868 | |
25869 ;;; Local Variables: | |
25870 ;;; version-control: never | |
25871 ;;; no-byte-compile: t | |
25872 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | |
25873 ;;; End: | |
25874 | |
25875 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |